Chevrolet 2015 Trax Owners Manual Chevy Owner's

2015-03-09

: Chevrolet Chevrolet-2015-Trax-Owners-Manual-590907 chevrolet-2015-trax-owners-manual-590907 chevrolet pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 407 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

2k15_chev_trax_23118885A.ai
(Modern Bridge - Level 2 / #23321109)
Spine = Printer Adjust
Color = Black
Date = 05/08/14
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
2015 Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual M
In Brief ........................ 1-1
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4
Vehicle Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Performance and
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Keys, Doors, and
Windows .................... 2-1
Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Doors..........................2-9
Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Roof..........................2-16
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1
Additional Storage Features . . . 4-2
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Trip Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 5-28
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
Phone........................7-26
Downloadable Applications . . . 7-45
Bluetooth Phone/Devices . . . . . 7-51
Trademarks and License
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1
Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 9-14
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 9-23
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 9-26
Drive Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-31
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34
Driver Assistance Systems . . . 9-37
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44
Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-44
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
2015 Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual M
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74
Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-2
Special Application
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts . . . . . . 11-11
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . 11-14
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1
Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-12
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
OnStar Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
OnStar Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6
Index ..................... i-1
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Introduction iii
The names, logos, emblems,
slogans, vehicle model names, and
vehicle body designs appearing in
this manual including, but not limited
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,
the CHEVROLET Emblem, and
TRAX are trademarks and/or
service marks of General Motors
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,
or licensors.
For vehicles first sold in Canada,
substitute the name “General
Motors of Canada Limited”for
Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it
appears in this manual.
This manual describes features that
may or may not be on the vehicle
because of optional equipment that
was not purchased on the vehicle,
model variants, country
specifications, features/applications
that may not be available in your
region, or changes subsequent to
the printing of this owner manual.
Refer to the purchase
documentation relating to your
specific vehicle to confirm the
features.
Keep this manual in the vehicle for
quick reference.
Canadian Vehicle Owners
Propriétaires Canadiens
A French language manual can be
obtained from your dealer, at
www.helminc.com, or from:
On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
ce guide en français auprès du
concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
savant:
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
Using this Manual
To quickly locate information about
the vehicle, use the Index in the
back of the manual. It is an
alphabetical list of what is in the
manual and the page number where
it can be found.
Litho in U.S.A.
Part No. 23118885 A First Printing ©2014 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
iv Introduction
About Driving the Vehicle
As with other vehicles of this type,
failure to operate this vehicle
correctly may result in loss of
control or an accident. Be sure to
read the driving guidelines in this
manual in the section called “Driving
and Operating”and specifically
Driver Behavior on page 9-2,
Driving Environment on page 9-2,
and Vehicle Design on page 9-2.
Danger, Warnings, and
Cautions
Warning messages found on vehicle
labels and in this manual describe
hazards and what to do to avoid or
reduce them.
{Danger
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result
in serious injury or death.
{Warning
Warning indicates a hazard that
could result in injury or death.
{Caution
Caution indicates a hazard that
could result in property or vehicle
damage.
A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
Not,” “Do not do this,”or “Do not let
this happen.”
Symbols
The vehicle has components and
labels that use symbols instead of
text. Symbols are shown along with
the text describing the operation or
information relating to a specific
component, control, message,
gauge, or indicator.
M:This symbol is shown when
you need to see your owner manual
for additional instructions or
information.
*:This symbol is shown when
you need to see a service manual
for additional instructions or
information.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Introduction v
Vehicle Symbol Chart
Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
and what they mean. For more
information on the symbol, refer to
the Index.
9:Airbag Readiness Light
#:Air Conditioning
!:Antilock Brake System (ABS)
%:Audio Steering Wheel Controls
or OnStar
®
(if equipped)
$:Brake System Warning Light
":Charging System
I:Cruise Control
B:Engine Coolant Temperature
O:Exterior Lamps
#:Fog Lamps
.:Fuel Gauge
+:Fuses
3:Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer
j:LATCH System Child
Restraints
*:Malfunction Indicator Lamp
::Oil Pressure
P:Power
/:Remote Vehicle Start
>:Safety Belt Reminders
7:Tire Pressure Monitor
d:Traction Control/StabiliTrak
®
M:Windshield Washer Fluid
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
vi Introduction
2NOTES
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
In Brief 1-1
In Brief
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Initial Drive Information
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 1-8
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Passenger Sensing System
(U.S. and Canada) . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Steering Wheel
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-12
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Vehicle Features
Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . 1-16
Bluetooth
®
................... 1-16
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-17
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Rear Vision
Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Performance and Maintenance
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . 1-20
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 1-20
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Roadside Assistance
Program .................... 1-21
OnStar
®
..................... 1-21
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
1-2 In Brief
Instrument Panel
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
In Brief 1-3
1. Air Vents on page 8-4.
2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and
Lane-Change Signals on
page 6-4.
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer on page 6-2.
3. Instrument Cluster on page 5-9.
4. Windshield Wiper/Washer on
page 5-3.
Rear Window Wiper/Washer on
page 5-4.
5. Light Sensor. See Automatic
Headlamp System on page 6-3.
6. Instrument Panel Storage on
page 4-1.
7. Infotainment on page 7-1.
8. Instrument Panel Storage on
page 4-1 (If Equipped).
9. Hood Release. See Hood on
page 10-4.
10. Exterior Lamp Controls on
page 6-1.
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control on page 6-5.
Front Fog Lamps on page 6-4.
11. Data Link Connector (DLC)
(Out of View). See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp on page 5-13.
12. Instrument Panel Storage on
page 4-1 (If Equipped).
13. Steering Wheel Adjustment on
page 5-2.
14. Horn on page 5-3.
15. Ignition Positions on
page 9-15.
16. Traction Control/Electronic
Stabilty Control Button. See
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-31.
17. Climate Control Systems on
page 8-1.
18. Parking Brake on page 9-30.
19. Shift Lever. See Automatic
Transmission on page 9-23 or
Manual Transmission on
page 9-26.
20. Hazard Warning Flashers on
page 6-3.
21. Passenger Safety Belt
Reminder Light. See Safety
Belt Reminders on page 5-11.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
1-4 In Brief
Initial Drive
Information
This section provides a brief
overview about some of the
important features that may or may
not be on your specific vehicle.
For more detailed information, refer
to each of the features which can be
found later in this owner manual.
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
The RKE transmitter may work up to
30 m (98 ft) away from the vehicle.
Press the key release button to
extend the key blade. The key can
be used for the ignition and all
locks.
K:Press to unlock the driver door,
all doors, or, if equipped, the locking
fuel door. The hazard warning
flashers may flash.
Q:Press to lock the doors, or,
if equipped, the locking fuel door.
Lock and unlock feedback can be
personalized. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5-28.
7:If equipped, press and hold
briefly to initiate vehicle locator.
Press and hold for at least
three seconds to sound the panic
alarm. Press again to cancel the
panic alarm.
See Keys on page 2-1 and Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation on page 2-3.
Remote Vehicle Start
For vehicles with this feature, the
engine can be started from outside
the vehicle.
Starting the Vehicle
1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the
vehicle.
2. Press and release Q.
3. Immediately after completing
Step 2, press and hold /for
several seconds or until the turn
signal lamps flash.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
In Brief 1-5
When the engine starts, the parking
lamps will turn on and remain on as
long as the engine is running. The
doors will be locked and the climate
control system may come on.
The engine will continue to run for
10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a
10-minute time extension. Remote
start can be extended only once.
Canceling a Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
.Aim the RKE transmitter at the
vehicle and press and hold /
until the parking lamps turn off.
.Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
.Turn the vehicle on and then off.
See Remote Vehicle Start on
page 2-5.
Door Locks
To lock or unlock a door manually:
.From the inside, to lock the door,
use the lock knob on the top of
the door panel.
.From the outside, turn the key
toward the front or rear of the
vehicle, or press Kor Qon the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter.
Power Door Locks
K:Press to unlock the doors.
Q:Press to lock the doors.
See Power Door Locks on page 2-7.
Liftgate
To open the liftgate, press Kon the
door lock switch or on the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter to
unlock all doors, then use the touch
pad on the trunk.
Press Qon the door lock switch or
on the RKE transmitter to lock the
liftgate.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
1-6 In Brief
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation on page 2-3.
See Liftgate on page 2-9.
Windows
Press the switch to lower the
window. Pull up on the front edge of
the switch to raise it. See Power
Windows on page 2-14.
The switches work when the vehicle
is in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY, or when Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) on page 9-19.
Seat Adjustment
Manual Seats
To adjust a manual seat:
1. Pull the handle at the front of
the seat.
2. Slide the seat to the desired
position and release the handle.
3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
place.
Height Adjustment
If available, move the lever up or
down to manually raise or lower
the seat.
See Seat Adjustment on page 3-4.
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
In Brief 1-7
Power Seats
To adjust the power driver seat,
if available:
.Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
.Raise or lower the front part of
the seat cushion by moving the
front of the control up or down.
.Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the rear of the control up
or down.
See Power Seat Adjustment on
page 3-4.
Lumbar Adjustment
Manual Seat Shown, Power Seat
Similar
If available, press the front or rear of
the switch to increase or decrease
lumbar support. Release the switch
when the desired level of support is
reached.
See Lumbar Adjustment on
page 3-5.
Reclining Seatbacks
Manual Seat Shown, Power Seat
Similar
To recline the seatback:
1. Lift the lever.
If necessary, move the safety
belt out of the way to access the
lever.
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, then release
the lever to lock the seatback in
place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
1-8 In Brief
To return the seatback to an upright
position:
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback
returns to the upright position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
See Reclining Seatbacks on
page 3-5.
Second Row Seats
The rear seatbacks can be folded
down to increase cargo space.
See Rear Seats on page 3-9.
Heated Seats
If available, the controls are on the
climate control panel. To operate,
the engine must be running.
Press Mor Lto heat the driver or
passenger seat.
See Heated Front Seats on
page 3-7.
Head Restraint
Adjustment
Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback
recline angle as little as necessary
while keeping the seat and the head
restraint height in the proper
position.
See Head Restraints on page 3-2
and Seat Adjustment on page 3-4.
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
In Brief 1-9
Safety Belts
Refer to the following sections for
important information on how to use
safety belts properly:
.Safety Belts on page 3-13.
.How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly on page 3-14.
.Lap-Shoulder Belt (U.S. and
Canada) on page 3-15 or
Lap-Shoulder Belt (Mexico) on
page 3-20.
.Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
page 3-50.
Passenger Sensing
System (U.S. and
Canada)
United States
Canada
The passenger sensing system
turns off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag and knee
airbag under certain conditions. No
other airbag is affected by the
passenger sensing system. See
Passenger Sensing System (U.S.
and Canada) on page 3-36 for
important information.
The passenger airbag status
indicator will be visible on the
instrument panel when the vehicle is
started. See Passenger Airbag
Status Indicator (U.S. and Canada)
on page 5-12.
Mirror Adjustment
Exterior Mirrors
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
1-10 In Brief
To adjust the mirrors:
1. Turn the selector switch to L
(Left) or R (Right) to choose the
driver or passenger mirror.
2. Move the control to adjust the
mirror.
3. Turn the selector switch to (to
deselect the mirror.
Interior Mirror
Adjustment
Adjust the rearview mirror to get a
clear view of the area behind the
vehicle.
Manual Rearview Mirror
If equipped, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it for nighttime
use to avoid the glare of headlamps
from behind. See Manual Rearview
Mirror on page 2-13.
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror
If equipped, automatic dimming
reduces the glare of headlamps
from behind. The dimming feature
comes on when the vehicle is
started.
See Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror on page 2-13.
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up,
down, forward, and backward.
3. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
Interior Lighting
Front and Rear Dome Lamps
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
In Brief 1-11
The front dome lamp controls are in
the overhead console.
(:Press to turn the lamps off,
even when a door is open.
H:When the button is returned to
the middle position, the lamps turn
on automatically when a door is
opened.
':Press to turn on the dome
lamps.
The rear dome lamp controls are in
the headliner above the rear seats.
9:Press to turn the lamps off,
even when a door is open.
H:When the button is returned to
the middle position, the lamps turn
on automatically when a door is
opened.
R:Press to turn on the dome lamps.
Reading Lamps
The front reading lamps are in the
overhead console.
#or $:Press to turn each lamp
on or off.
For more information about interior
lighting, see Instrument Panel
Illumination Control on page 6-5 or
Courtesy Lamps on page 6-5.
Exterior Lighting
The exterior lamp control is to the
left of the steering column on the
instrument panel.
There are four positions:
O:Briefly turn to this position to
turn the automatic lamp control off
or on again.
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
1-12 In Brief
AUTO: If equipped with the auto
headlamp system, it turns the
headlamps on automatically at
normal brightness, together with the
parking lamps, taillamps, license
plate lamps, sidemarker lamps, and
instrument panel lights.
;:Turns on the parking lamps
including all lamps except the
headlamps.
5:Turns on the headlamps
together with the parking lamps and
instrument panel lights. A warning
chime sounds if the driver door is
opened when the ignition switch is
off and the headlamps are on.
#:If equipped with fog lamps,
press to turn the lamps on or off.
See:
.Exterior Lamp Controls on
page 6-1
.Front Fog Lamps on page 6-4
Windshield Wiper/Washer
The windshield wiper/washer lever
is located on the right side of the
steering column.
Move the lever to one of the
following positions:
HI: Use for fast wipes.
LO: Use for slow wipes.
INT: Move the lever up to INT for
intermittent wipes, then turn the x
INT band up for more frequent
wipes or down for less frequent
wipes.
OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.
1X: For a single wipe, briefly move
the wiper lever down. For several
wipes, hold the wiper lever down.
b:Pull the windshield wiper lever
toward you to spray windshield
washer fluid and activate the wipers.
Rear Window Wiper/Washer
If equipped with the rear wiper/
washer, the controls are on the end
of the windshield wiper lever.
ON: Press the upper portion of the
button for continuous rear window
wipes.
OFF: The rear wiper turns off when
the button is returned to the middle
position.
Black plate (13,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
In Brief 1-13
INT (Intermittent Rear Wipes):
Press the lower portion of the button
to set a delay between wipes.
m=REAR (Rear Washer): Push
the windshield wiper lever forward
to spray washer fluid on the rear
window. The lever returns to its
starting position when released.
See Windshield Wiper/Washer on
page 5-3 and Rear Window Wiper/
Washer on page 5-4 (If Equipped).
Climate Controls
If equipped with these climate
control systems, the heating,
cooling, and ventilation can be
controlled for the vehicle.
Climate Control System with
Heater and Air Conditioning
1. Temperature Control
2. Fan Control
3. Air Delivery Mode Control
4. Driver and Passenger Heated
Seats
5. Air Conditioning
6. Rear Window Defogger
7. Recirculation
Climate Control System with
Heater Only
1. Temperature Control
2. Fan Control
3. Air Delivery Mode Control
4. Rear Window Defogger
See Climate Control Systems on
page 8-1.
Black plate (14,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
1-14 In Brief
Transmission
Driver Shift Control (DSC)
DSC allows you to shift an
automatic transmission similar to a
manual transmission. To use the
DSC feature:
1. Move the shift lever from
D (Drive) rearward to
M (Manual).
2. Press the + (plus) end of the
button on the side of the shift
lever to upshift, or push the −
(minus) end of the button to
downshift.
See Manual Mode on page 9-25.
Manual Transmission
To engage R (Reverse), with the
vehicle stationary, pull up on the
button on the selector lever and
engage the gear. If the gear does
not engage, set the lever in Neutral,
release the clutch pedal and apply it
again; then repeat gear selection.
See Manual Transmission on
page 9-26.
Up-Shift Light
If the vehicle has a manual
transmission, it may have an
up-shift light that indicates when to
shift to the next higher gear for the
best fuel economy.
See Manual Transmission on
page 9-26.
Black plate (15,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
In Brief 1-15
Vehicle Features
Radio(s)
Radio Controls without
Touchscreen
O/VOL: Press to turn the system
on and off. Turn to increase or
decrease the volume.
RADIO/BAND: Press to select AM,
FM, or SiriusXM
®
(if equipped).
©Seek ¨:Press to seek the
previous or next station.
Buttons 1−6: Press to save and
select favorite stations.
INFO: Press to view current radio
information.
For more information about these
and other radio features, see
Operation on page 7-8.
Storing a Favorite Station
Stations from all bands can be
stored in the favorite lists in any
order. Up to six stations can be
stored in each favorite page and the
number of available favorite pages
can be set.
To store the station to a position in
the list, press the corresponding
button 1−6 until a beep is heard.
See “Storing a Station as a
Favorite”in AM-FM Radio on
page 7-11.
Radio Controls with
Touchscreen
Audio Source Menu
zVOL y:Press to increase or
decrease the volume.
O:Press and hold to turn the
system on and off.
D:Press to enter the Home Page.
Storing a Favorite Station
Stations from all bands can be
stored in any order in the favorite
pages.
Up to five stations can be stored in
each of the seven favorites pages.
Storing Stations
To store the station to a position in
the list, press the corresponding
button 1−5 until a beep is heard.
1. Select the desired station.
2. Press Sor Tto select the
desired page of saved favorites.
3. Hold down any of the preset
buttons to save the current radio
station to that button of the
selected favorites page.
To change a preset button, tune to
the new desired radio station and
hold the button.
Black plate (16,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
1-16 In Brief
See “Storing a Station as a
Favorite”in "Playing the Radio with
Touchscreen" under AM-FM Radio
on page 7-11.
Setting the Clock
See Clock on page 5-5.
Satellite Radio
If equipped, vehicles with a
SiriusXM
®
satellite radio tuner and a
valid SiriusXM satellite radio
subscription can receive SiriusXM
programming.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio
Service
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
based in the 48 contiguous United
States and 10 Canadian provinces.
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
variety of programming and
commercial-free music, coast to
coast, and in digital-quality sound.
A fee is required to receive the
SiriusXM service.
Refer to:
.www.siriusxm.com or call
1-866-635-2349 (U.S.).
.www.xmradio.ca or call
1-877-209-0079 (Canada).
See Satellite Radio on page 7-15.
Portable Audio Devices
There is a USB port in the storage
area to the right of the infotainment
system. If equipped, there is a
3.5 mm (1/8 in) AUX input jack on
the front of the infotainment system.
External devices such as iPods
®
,
laptop computers, MP3 players, CD
changers, and USB storage devices
may be connected, depending on
the audio system.
See USB Port on page 7-20 and
Auxiliary Devices on page 7-24.
Bluetooth
®
The Bluetooth
®
system allows users
with a Bluetooth-enabled mobile
phone to make and receive
hands-free calls using the vehicle
audio system and controls.
The Bluetooth-enabled mobile
phone must be paired with the
in-vehicle Bluetooth system before it
can be used in the vehicle. Not all
phones will support all functions.
See Bluetooth (Voice Recognition)
on page 7-36 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls) on
page 7-27 or Bluetooth (Overview)
on page 7-26 and Hands-Free
Phone on page 7-42.
Black plate (17,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
In Brief 1-17
Steering Wheel Controls
Some audio steering wheel controls
could differ depending on the
vehicle's options. Some audio
steering wheel controls can be
adjusted at the steering wheel.
b/g:Press to interact with the
available Bluetooth or OnStar
systems.
$/i:Press to decline an
incoming call, to end speech
recognition, or to end a current call.
Press to silence the vehicle
speakers while using the
infotainment system. Press again to
turn the sound on.
For vehicles with OnStar or
Bluetooth systems, press to reject
an incoming call, or end a
current call.
_SRC ^:Press to select an audio
source.
Toggle up or down to select the next
or previous favorite radio station,
CD/MP3 track, USB file, iPod/
iPhone song or Bluetooth music.
Toggle and hold up or down to fast
forward or reverse the radio
stations, CD/MP3 tracks, USB files,
iPod/iPhone songs or Bluetooth
music.
+x−:Press + or −to increase or
decrease the volume.
See Steering Wheel Controls on
page 5-2.
Cruise Control
o:Press to turn the cruise control
system on and off. A white indicator
comes on in the instrument cluster
when cruise is turned on.
RES/+: If there is a set speed in
memory, move the thumbwheel up
briefly to resume to that speed or
hold upwards to accelerate. If cruise
control is already active, use to
increase vehicle speed.
Black plate (18,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
1-18 In Brief
SET/−:Move the thumbwheel down
briefly to set the speed and activate
cruise control. If cruise control is
already active, use to decrease
speed.
n:Press to disengage cruise
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
See Cruise Control on page 9-34.
Driver Information
Center (DIC)
If equipped, the DIC display is in the
instrument cluster. It shows the
status of many vehicle systems. The
controls for the DIC are on the turn
signal lever.
1. SET/CLR: Press to set or clear
the menu item displayed.
2. w x :Use the thumbwheel to
scroll through the items in
each menu.
3. MENU: Press to display the DIC
menus. This button is also used
to return to or exit the last
screen displayed on the DIC.
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
on page 5-23.
Rear Vision
Camera (RVC)
If equipped, RVC displays a view of
the area behind the vehicle, on the
center stack display, when the
vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).
See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) on
page 9-38.
Parking Assist
If equipped, this system uses
sensors on the rear bumper to
assist with parking and avoiding
objects while in R (Reverse).
It operates at speeds less than
8 km/h (5 mph). Rear Parking Assist
(RPA) uses audible beeps to
provide distance and system
information.
Keep the sensors on the vehicle's
rear bumper clean to ensure proper
operation.
See Parking Assist on page 9-37.
Power Outlets
The accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
The vehicle has an accessory
power outlet in front of the
cupholders on the center stack.
See Power Outlets on page 5-6.
Black plate (19,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
In Brief 1-19
Sunroof
If equipped, the sunroof only
operates when the ignition is turned
to ON/RUN or Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) is active.
Open/Close: Press and hold the
front or rear of switch (1) to open or
close the sunroof.
Vent: Press and hold the front or
rear of switch (2) to vent or close
the sunroof.
Manually close the sunshade.
The sunroof will not operate if the
vehicle has an electrical failure.
See Sunroof on page 2-16.
Performance and
Maintenance
Traction Control/
Electronic Stability
Control
If equipped, the traction control
system limits wheel spin. The
system is on when the vehicle is
started.
If equipped, the StabiliTrak system
assists with directional control of the
vehicle in difficult driving conditions.
The system is on when the vehicle
is started.
.To turn off traction control, press
and release gon the center
stack. iilluminates in the
instrument cluster.
.Press and release gagain to
turn traction control back on.
Black plate (20,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
1-20 In Brief
.To turn off both Traction Control
and StabiliTrak, press and
hold guntil gand iilluminate
in the instrument cluster.
.Press gagain to turn on both
systems.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-31.
Tire Pressure Monitor
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
The low tire pressure warning light
alerts to a significant loss in
pressure of one of the vehicle's
tires. If the warning light comes on,
stop as soon as possible and inflate
the tires to the recommended
pressure shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See
Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-10.
The warning light will remain on until
the tire pressure is corrected.
The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
may be an early indicator that the
tire pressures are getting low and
the tires need to be inflated to the
proper pressure.
The TPMS does not replace normal
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
the correct tire pressures.
See Tire Pressure Monitor System
on page 10-49.
Engine Oil Life System
The engine oil life system calculates
engine oil life based on vehicle use
and displays the :% CHANGE
message on the DIC when it is
necessary to change the engine oil
and filter.
Remember, the oil life display must
be reset after each oil change. It will
not reset itself.
Resetting the Oil Life System
1. Press the MENU button to show
Remaining Oil Life on the
display. This display shows an
estimate of the oil’s remaining
useful life. If 99% is displayed,
that means that 99% of the
current oil life remains.
2. To reset the engine oil life
system, press the SET/CLR
button while the oil life display is
active. After a few seconds,
there will be a single chime and
the oil life will be reset to 100%.
Be careful not to reset the oil life
display accidentally at any time
other than when the oil has just
been changed. It cannot be reset
accurately until the next oil change.
See Engine Oil Life System on
page 10-11.
Black plate (21,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
In Brief 1-21
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy
Driving habits can affect fuel
mileage. Here are some driving tips
to get the best fuel economy
possible.
.Avoid fast starts and accelerate
smoothly.
.Brake gradually and avoid
abrupt stops.
.Avoid idling the engine for long
periods of time.
.When road and weather
conditions are appropriate, use
cruise control.
.Always follow posted speed
limits or drive more slowly when
conditions require.
.Keep vehicle tires properly
inflated.
.Combine several trips into a
single trip.
.Replace the vehicle's tires with
the same TPC Spec number
molded into the tire's sidewall
near the size.
.Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.
Roadside Assistance
Program
U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
1-888-889-2438
Canada: 1-800-268-6800
New Chevrolet owners are
automatically enrolled in the
Roadside Assistance Program.
See Roadside Assistance Program
on page 13-5.
OnStar
®
This vehicle may be equipped with a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to a live OnStar
Advisor for Emergency, Security,
Navigation, Connection, and
Diagnostic Services. OnStar
services may require a paid
subscription. See OnStar Overview
on page 14-1.
Black plate (22,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
1-22 In Brief
2NOTES
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1
Keys, Doors, and
Windows
Keys and Locks
Keys .......................... 2-1
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Doors
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . 2-10
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . 2-11
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . 2-13
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . 2-13
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Windows
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Keys and Locks
Keys
{Warning
Leaving children in a vehicle with
the ignition key is dangerous and
children or others could be
seriously injured or killed. They
could operate the power windows
or other controls or make the
vehicle move. The windows will
function with the keys in the
ignition, and children or others
could be caught in the path of a
closing window. Do not leave
children in a vehicle with the
ignition key.
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows
The key that is part of the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter can
be used for the ignition and all
locks.
Press the key release button on the
RKE transmitter to extend the key
blade. Press the button and the key
blade to retract the key.
The key code is stamped on the key
number plate and can be used to
make new keys at any dealer. Store
this information in a safe place
outside the vehicle.
If it becomes difficult to turn the key
in the ignition, inspect the key blade
for debris. Periodically clean with a
brush or pick.
See your dealer if a new key is
needed.
If locked out of the vehicle, see
Roadside Assistance Program on
page 13-5.
With an active OnStar subscription,
an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
Overview on page 14-1.
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13-11.
If there is a decrease in the RKE
operating range:
.Check the distance. The
transmitter may be too far from
the vehicle.
.Check the location. Other
vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
.Check the transmitter's battery.
See “Battery Replacement”later
in this section.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3
.If the transmitter is still not
working correctly, see your
dealer or a qualified technician
for service.
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation
The RKE transmitter may work up to
30 m (98 ft) away from the vehicle.
Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System on page 2-2.
The following may be available:
Q(Lock): Press to lock all doors
or, if equipped, the locking fuel door.
The hazard warning lamps may
flash and/or the horn may sound to
indicate locking. See “Remote Lock
Feedback”under Vehicle
Personalization on page 5-28.
If the driver door is open when Qis
pressed and Unlocked Door Anti
Lock Out is enabled through vehicle
personalization, all doors will lock
and then the driver door will unlock.
See “Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out”
under Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-28.
Pressing Qmay also arm the alarm
system. See Vehicle Alarm System
on page 2-10.
K(Unlock): Press to unlock the
driver door, all doors or, if equipped,
the locking fuel door. See “Door
Unlock Options”under Vehicle
Personalization on page 5-28.
The hazard warning lamps may
flash to indicate unlocking. See
“Remote Unlock Light Feedback”
under Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-28.
Pressing Kwill disarm the alarm
system. See Vehicle Alarm System
on page 2-10.
7(Vehicle Locator/Panic
Alarm): If equipped, press and hold
briefly to initiate vehicle locator. The
exterior lamps flash and the horn
chirps three times.
Press and hold 7for at least
three seconds to sound the panic
alarm. The horn sounds and the
turn signals flash for 30 seconds,
or until 7is pressed again or the
key is placed in the ignition and
turned to ACC/ACCESSORY or
ON/RUN.
/(Remote Vehicle Start):
If equipped, press Qand then press
and hold /to start the engine from
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows
outside the vehicle using the RKE
transmitter. See Remote Vehicle
Start on page 2-5.
The RKE transmitter buttons will not
operate when the key is in the
ignition.
Programming Transmitters to
the Vehicle
Only RKE transmitters programmed
to this vehicle will work. If a
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
replacement can be purchased and
programmed through your dealer.
When the replacement transmitter is
programmed to this vehicle, all
remaining transmitters must also be
reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen
transmitters will no longer work
once the new transmitter is
programmed.
Programming with a Recognized
Transmitter
To program a new key:
1. Insert the original, already
programmed key in the ignition
and turn to the key to the ON/
RUN position.
2. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF, and
remove the key.
3. Insert the new key to be
programmed and turn it to the
ON/RUN position within
five seconds.
The security light will turn off
once the key has been
programmed.
4. Repeat Steps 1–3 if additional
keys are to be programmed.
If a key is lost or damaged, see your
dealer to have a new key made.
Programming without a
Recognized Transmitter
Program a new key to the vehicle
when a recognized key is not
available. Canadian regulations
require that owners see their dealer.
If there are no currently recognized
keys available, follow this procedure
to program the first key.
This procedure will take
approximately 30 minutes to
complete for the first key. The
vehicle must be off and all of the
keys you wish to program must be
with you.
1. Insert the new vehicle key into
the ignition.
2. Turn to ON/RUN. The security
light will come on.
3. Wait 10 minutes until the
security light turns off.
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5
5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more
times. After the third time, turn to
ON/RUN; the key is learned and
all previously known keys will no
longer work with the vehicle.
Remaining keys can be learned by
following the procedure in
“Programming with a Recognized
Transmitter”.
Battery Replacement
The battery is not rechargeable. To
replace the battery:
{Caution
When replacing the battery, do
not touch any of the circuitry on
the transmitter. Static from your
body could damage the
transmitter.
1. Extend the key blade and open
the battery cover on the back of
the transmitter by prying with a
finger.
2. Remove the used battery by
pushing on the battery and
sliding it toward the key blade.
3. Insert the new battery, positive
side facing up. Push the battery
down until it is held in place.
Replace with a CR2032 or
equivalent battery.
4. Snap the battery cover back on
to the transmitter.
Remote Vehicle Start
The vehicle may have this feature
that allows you to start the engine
from outside the vehicle.
/(Remote Vehicle Start): This
button will be on the RKE
transmitter if the vehicle has remote
start.
The climate control system will use
the previous settings during a
remote start. The rear defog may
come on during remote start based
on cold ambient conditions. The
rear fog indicator light does not
come on during remote start. If the
vehicle has heated seats, they may
come on during a remote start. See
Heated Front Seats on page 3-7.
Laws in some local communities
may restrict the use of remote
starters. For example, some laws
require a person using remote start
to have the vehicle in view. Check
local regulations for any
requirements.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System on page 2-2.
Starting the Vehicle
To start the engine using the remote
start feature:
1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the
vehicle.
2. Press and release Q.
3. Immediately after completing
Step 2, press and hold /for
several seconds or until the turn
signal lamps flash. The turn
signal lamps flashing confirms
the request to remote start the
vehicle has been received.
When the engine starts, the parking
lamps will turn on and remain on as
long as the engine is running. The
doors will be locked and the climate
control system may come on.
The engine will continue to run for
10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a
10-minute time extension. Remote
start can be extended only once.
Start the vehicle before driving.
Extending Engine Run Time
The engine run time can also be
extended by another 10 minutes,
if during the first 10 minutes
Steps 1–3 are repeated while the
engine is still running. This provides
a total of 20 minutes.
The remote start can only be
extended once.
When the remote start is extended,
the second 10-minute period is
added on to the first 10 minutes for
a total of 20 minutes.
A maximum of two remote starts,
or a remote start with an extension,
are allowed between ignition cycles.
The vehicle's ignition must be
changed to ON/RUN/START and
then back to OFF before the remote
start procedure can be used again.
Canceling a Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
.Aim the RKE transmitter at the
vehicle and press and hold /
until the parking lamps turn off.
.Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
.Turn the vehicle on and then off.
Conditions in Which Remote Start
Will Not Work
The remote vehicle start feature will
not operate if:
.The key is in the ignition.
.The hood is not closed.
.The hazard warning flashers
are on.
.The malfunction indicator lamp
is on.
.The engine coolant temperature
is too high.
.The oil pressure is low.
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7
.Two remote vehicle starts, or a
single remote start with an
extension, have already
been used.
.The vehicle is not in P (Park).
Door Locks
{Warning
Unlocked doors can be
dangerous.
.Passengers, especially
children, can easily open the
doors and fall out of a moving
vehicle. When a door is
locked, the handle will not
open it. The chance of being
thrown out of the vehicle in a
crash is increased if the
doors are not locked. So, all
passengers should wear
safety belts properly and the
doors should be locked
whenever the vehicle is
driven.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.Young children who get into
unlocked vehicles may be
unable to get out. A child can
be overcome by extreme heat
and can suffer permanent
injuries or even death from
heat stroke. Always lock the
vehicle whenever leaving it.
.Outsiders can easily enter
through an unlocked door
when you slow down or stop
the vehicle. Locking the doors
can help prevent this from
happening.
To lock or unlock a door manually:
.From the inside, to lock the door,
use the lock knob on the top of
the door panel.
.From the outside, turn the key
toward the front or rear of the
vehicle, or press Kor Qon the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter.
Power Door Locks
Press Qor Kto lock or unlock the
doors, tailgate, and if equipped, the
locking fuel door.
If the driver door is open, the driver
door and locking fuel door cannot
be locked. This can be changed in
the Vehicle Settings. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5-28.
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Delayed Locking
This feature delays the actual
locking of the doors until
five seconds after all doors are
closed.
Delayed locking can only be turned
on when the Unlocked Door Anti
Lockout feature has been turned off.
When Qis pressed on the power
door lock switch with the door open,
a chime will sound three times
indicating that delayed locking is
active.
The doors will then lock
automatically five seconds after all
doors are closed. If a door is
reopened before five seconds have
elapsed, the five-second timer will
reset once all the doors are closed
again.
Press Qon the door lock switch
again, or press Qon the RKE
transmitter, to override this feature
and lock the doors immediately.
Delayed locking can be
programmed through the Driver
Information Center (DIC). See
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-28.
Automatic Door Locks
Automatic Door Lock
When the doors are closed, the
ignition is on, and the shift lever is
moved out of P (Park) for automatic
transmissions, or when vehicle
speed becomes faster than 13 km/h
(8 mph) for manual transmissions,
the doors will lock.
Automatic door locking can be
configured. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5-28.
Automatic Door Unlock
When the shift lever is moved into
P (Park) for automatic transmissions
or when the key is removed from
the ignition for manual
transmissions, the doors will
automatically unlock.
See Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-28.
Safety Locks
The rear door safety locks prevent
passengers from opening the rear
doors from inside the vehicle.
Manual Safety Locks
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9
If equipped, the safety lock is
located on the inside edge of the
rear doors. To use the safety lock:
1. Insert the key into the safety lock
slot and turn it so the slot is in
the horizontal position.
2. Close the door.
3. Do the same for the other
rear door.
To open a rear door when the safety
lock is on:
1. Unlock the door by activating the
inside handle, using the power
door lock switch, or the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
2. Open the door from the outside.
To cancel the safety lock:
1. Unlock the door and open it from
the outside.
2. Insert the key into the safety lock
slot and turn it so the slot is in
the vertical position. Do the
same for the other door.
Doors
Liftgate
{Warning
Exhaust gases can enter the
vehicle if it is driven with the
liftgate, hatch/trunk open, or with
any objects that pass through the
seal between the body and the
hatch/trunk or liftgate. Engine
exhaust contains carbon
monoxide (CO) which cannot be
seen or smelled. It can cause
unconsciousness and even death.
If the vehicle must be driven with
the liftgate or hatch/trunk open:
.Close all of the windows.
.Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that
brings in only outside air and
set the fan speed to the
highest setting. See “Climate
Control Systems”in the
Index.
.If the vehicle is equipped with
a power liftgate, disable the
power liftgate function.
For more information about
carbon monoxide, see Engine
Exhaust on page 9-22.
{Caution
To avoid damage to the liftgate or
liftgate glass, make sure the area
above and behind the liftgate is
clear before opening it.
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows
To open the liftgate, press Kon the
door lock switch or on the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter to
unlock all doors, then use the touch
pad on the trunk.
Press Qon the door lock switch or
on the RKE transmitter to lock the
liftgate.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation on page 2-3.
When closing the liftgate, close from
the center to ensure that it fully
latches.
Vehicle Security
This vehicle has theft-deterrent
features; however, they do not make
the vehicle impossible to steal.
Vehicle Alarm System
This vehicle may be equipped with
an alarm system.
An indicator light, on the instrument
panel near the windshield, indicates
the status of the system:
Off: Alarm system is disarmed.
On Solid: Vehicle is secured
during the delay to arm the system.
Fast Flast: Vehicle is unsecured.
A door, the turnk, or the hood
is open.
Slow Flash: Alarm system is
armed.
Arming the Alarm System
1. Turn off the vehicle.
2. Lock the vehicle in one of
two ways:
.Use the RKE transmitter.
.With a door open, press Q
on the interior of the door.
3. After 30 seconds the alarm
system will arm, and the
indicator light will begin to slowly
flash indicating the alarm system
is operating. Pressing Qon the
RKE transmitter a second time
will bypass the 30-second delay
and immediately arm the alarm
system.
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11
The vehicle alarm system will not
arm if the doors are locked with
the key.
If the driver door is opened without
first unlocking with the RKE
transmitter, the horn will chirp and
the lights will flash to indicate
pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not
started, or the door is not unlocked
by pressing Kon the RKE
transmitter during the 10–second
pre-alarm, the alarm will be
activated.
The alarm will also be activated if a
passenger door, the trunk, or the
hood is opened without first
disarming the system. When the
alarm is activated, the turn signals
flash and the horn sounds for about
30 seconds. The alarm system will
then re-arm to monitor for the next
unauthorized event.
Disarming the Alarm System
To disarm the alarm system or turn
off the alarm if it has been activated:
.Press Kon the RKE transmitter.
.Start the vehicle.
Avoid setting off the alarm by
accident by locking the vehicle after
all occupants have left the vehicle
and all doors are closed.
To avoid setting off the alarm by
accident:
.Lock the vehicle after all
occupants have exited.
.Always unlock the vehicle with
the RKE transmitter.
Unlocking the driver door with the
key will not disarm the system or
turn off the alarm.
How to Detect a Tamper
Condition
If Kis pressed on the RKE
transmitter and the horn chirps and
the lights flash three times, an alarm
occurred previously while the
system was armed.
Immobilizer
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13-11.
Immobilizer Operation
This vehicle has a passive
theft-deterrent system.
The system does not have to be
manually armed or disarmed.
The vehicle is automatically
immobilized when the key is
removed from the ignition.
The system is automatically
disarmed when the vehicle is
started with the correct key. The key
uses a transponder that matches an
immobilizer control unit in the
vehicle and automatically disarms
the system. Only an authorized key
starts the vehicle. The vehicle may
not start if the key is damaged.
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows
The security light in the instrument
cluster comes on if there is a
problem with arming or disarming
the theft-deterrent system.
When trying to start the vehicle, the
security light comes on briefly when
the ignition is turned on.
If the engine does not start and the
security light stays on, there is a
problem with the system. Turn the
ignition off and try again.
If the engine still does not start, and
the key appears to be undamaged
or the light continues to stay on, try
another ignition key. If the engine
does not start with the other key, the
vehicle needs service. If the vehicle
does start, the first key may be
damaged. See your dealer who can
service the theft-deterrent system
and have a new key made.
Do not leave the key or device that
disarms or deactivates the
theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors
{Warning
A convex mirror can make things,
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
The passenger side mirror is convex
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
curved so more can be seen from
the driver seat.
Power Mirrors
To adjust the mirrors:
1. Turn the selector switch to L
(Left) or R (Right) to choose the
driver or passenger mirror.
2. Move the control to adjust the
mirror.
3. Turn the selector switch to (to
deselect the mirror.
Black plate (13,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13
Folding Mirrors
Manual Folding Mirrors
If equipped the outside mirrors can
be folded inward to prevent
damage. To fold, pull the mirror
toward the vehicle. Push the mirror
outward to return it to the original
position.
Heated Mirrors
For vehicles with heated mirrors:
1(Rear Window Defogger):
Press to heat the mirrors.
See “Rear Window Defogger”under
Climate Control Systems on
page 8-1.
Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
view of the area behind your
vehicle.
If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle
may have three control buttons at
the bottom of the mirror. See your
dealer for more information about
OnStar and how to subscribe to it.
See OnStar Overview on page 14-1.
Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.
Manual Rearview Mirror
If equipped with a manual rearview
mirror, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it for nighttime
use to avoid glare from the
headlamps from behind.
Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror
If equipped, automatic dimming
reduces the glare of headlamps
from behind. The dimming feature
comes on when the vehicle is
started.
Black plate (14,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Windows
{Warning
Never leave a child, a helpless
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
especially with the windows
closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the
extreme heat and suffer
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke.
The vehicle aerodynamics are
designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
pulsing sound when either rear
window is down and the front
windows are up. To reduce the
sound, open either a front window
or the sunroof, if equipped.
Power Windows
{Warning
Children could be seriously
injured or killed if caught in the
path of a closing window. Never
leave keys in a vehicle with
children. When there are children
in the rear seat, use the window
lockout button to prevent
operation of the windows. See
Keys on page 2-1.
Press the switch to lower the
window. Pull up on the front edge of
the switch to raise it.
The driver door also has switches
that control the passenger and rear
windows. The switches work when
the vehicle is in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY, or when Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) on page 9-19.
Black plate (15,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15
Express-Up/Express-Down
Windows
If equipped, a window with the
express-up/down feature can be
raised or lowered without holding
the switch. Press or pull the window
switch fully and release it to activate
the express feature. The express
mode can be canceled by pressing
or pulling the switch.
Programming the Power
Windows
If the battery on the vehicle has
been recharged, disconnected,
or replaced, windows with the
express-up feature need to be
reprogrammed for this feature to
work. To program the window:
1. Close all doors with the ignition
in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY, or when RAP is
active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) on page 9-19.
2. Press and continue to hold the
window switch until the window
is fully open.
3. Pull up and hold the window
switch to close the window.
Continue to hold it briefly after
the window is fully closed.
4. Repeat for each window that has
the express-up feature.
Anti-Pinch Feature
The anti-pinch feature is on
windows with the express-up
feature. If an object is in the way of
the window as it is express-closing,
or in certain weather conditions like
severe icing, the window will stop
and open to a factory preset
position. The window functions
normally once the obstruction is
removed.
Rear Window Lockout
The rear window lockout feature
prevents the rear passenger
windows from operating, except
from the driver position.
Press vto activate the rear
window lockout switch.
Press vagain to deactivate the
lockout switch.
Black plate (16,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Sun Visors
Pull the sun visor down to block
glare. If equipped, detach the sun
visor from the center mount to pivot
to the side window or to extend
along the rod.
If equipped, there is a lighted mirror
on the sun visor. Lift the cover
to open.
Roof
Sunroof
If equipped, the sunroof only
operates when the ignition is turned
to ON/RUN or Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) is active.
Open/Close: Press and hold the
front or rear of switch (1) to open or
close the sunroof.
Vent: Press and hold the front or
rear of switch (2) to vent or close
the sunroof.
Manually close the sunshade.
The sunroof will not operate if the
vehicle has an electrical failure.
Dirt and debris may collect on the
sunroof seal or in the track. This
could cause an issue with sunroof
operation or noise. It could also plug
the water drainage system.
Periodically open the sunroof and
remove any obstacles or loose
debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
roof sealing area using a clean
cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
remove grease from the sunroof.
If water is seen dripping into the
water drainage system, this is
normal.
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-1
Seats and
Restraints
Head Restraints
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Front Seats
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . 3-4
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Front Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Folding Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Rear Seats
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Safety Belts
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Lap-Shoulder Belt (U.S. and
Canada) .................... 3-15
Lap-Shoulder Belt
(Mexico) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 3-25
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Airbag System
Airbag System (U.S. and
Canada) .................... 3-26
Airbag System (Mexico) . . . . . 3-28
Where Are the Airbags? (U.S.
and Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Where Are the Airbags?
(Mexico) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? (U.S. and
Canada) .................... 3-32
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? (Mexico) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Passenger Sensing System
(U.S. and Canada) . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-41
Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 3-42
Replacing Airbag System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-42
Child Restraints
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Infants and Young
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-47
Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-49
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-2 Seats and Restraints
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-57
Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat –U.S. and
Canada) .................... 3-57
Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat –Mexico) . . . . . . . 3-59
Securing Child Restraints
(Front Passenger Seat –
U.S. and Canada) . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
Securing Child Restraints
(Front Passenger Seat –
Mexico) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
Head Restraints
{Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
Front Seats
The front seats have adjustable
head restraints in the outboard
seating positions.
Adjust the head restraint so that the
top of the restraint is at the same
height as the top of the occupant's
head. This position reduces the
chances of a neck injury in a crash.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-3
The height of the head restraint can
be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
up to raise it. Try to move the head
restraint to make sure that it is
locked in place.
To lower the head restraint, press
the button, located on the top of the
seatback, and push the head
restraint down. Try to move the
head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not removable.
Rear Seats
The rear seats have head restraints
in the outboard seating positions
that can be lowered for better
visibility when the rear seat is
unoccupied.
To lower the head restraint, press
the button, located on the top of the
seatback, and push the head
restraint down.
When an occupant is in the seat,
always return the head restraint to
the upright position. Pull the head
restraint up and push it rearward
until it locks into place. Push and
pull on the head restraint to make
sure that it is locked.
Rear outboard head restraints are
not removable.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-4 Seats and Restraints
Front Seats
Seat Adjustment
Seat Position
{Warning
You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
seat while the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.
To adjust a manual seat:
1. Pull the handle at the front of
the seat.
2. Slide the seat to the desired
position and release the handle.
3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
place.
Height Adjustment
If available, move the lever up or
down to manually raise or lower
the seat.
Power Seat Adjustment
To adjust the power driver seat,
if available:
.Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
.Raise or lower the front part of
the seat cushion by moving the
front of the control up or down.
.Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the rear of the control up
or down.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-5
To adjust the seatback, see
Reclining Seatbacks on page 3-5.
To adjust the lumbar support, see
Lumbar Adjustment on page 3-5.
Lumbar Adjustment
Manual Seat Shown, Power Seat
Similar
If available, press the front or rear of
the switch to increase or decrease
lumbar support. Release the switch
when the desired level of support is
reached.
Reclining Seatbacks
{Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
Manual Seat Shown, Power Seat
Similar
To recline the seatback:
1. Lift the lever.
If necessary, move the safety
belt out of the way to access the
lever.
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, then release
the lever to lock the seatback in
place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
To return the seatback to an upright
position:
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback
returns to the upright position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-6 Seats and Restraints
{Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you
could go into it, receiving neck or
other injuries.
The lap belt could go up over
your abdomen. The belt forces
would be there, not at your pelvic
bones. This could cause serious
internal injuries.
For proper protection when the
vehicle is in motion, have the
seatback upright. Then sit well
back in the seat and wear the
safety belt properly.
Do not have a seatback reclined if
the vehicle is moving.
Front Seat Armrest
There may be an armrest on the
inboard side of the driver seat. To
raise or lower the armrest, push up
or pull down on the armrest.
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-7
Heated Front Seats
{Warning
If you cannot feel temperature
change or pain to the skin, the
seat heater may cause burns. To
reduce the risk of burns, people
with such a condition should use
care when using the seat heater,
especially for long periods of
time. Do not place anything on
the seat that insulates against
heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
cover, or similar item. This may
cause the seat heater to
overheat. An overheated seat
heater may cause a burn or may
damage the seat.
If available, the controls are on the
climate control panel. To operate,
the engine must be running.
Press Mor Lto turn the driver or
passenger heated seat on or off.
The indicator light on the control
turns on when this feature is on.
The passenger seat may take
longer to heat up.
Remote Start Heated Seats
If available, the heated seats can be
turned on automatically during a
remote start when it is cold outside.
The heated seats will be canceled
when the ignition is turned on. Press
the control to use the heated seats
after the vehicle is started.
The heated seat indicator lights do
not turn on during a remote start.
The temperature performance of an
unoccupied seat may be reduced.
This is normal.
The heated seats will not turn on
during a remote start unless the
heated seat feature is enabled in
the vehicle personalization menu.
See Remote Vehicle Start on
page 2-5 and Vehicle
Personalization on page 5-28.
Folding Seatback
The front passenger seatback may
fold flat.
{Warning
If you fold the seatback forward to
carry longer objects, such as skis,
be sure any such cargo is not
(Continued)
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-8 Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
near an airbag. In a crash, an
inflating airbag might force that
object toward a person. This
could cause severe injury or even
death. Secure objects away from
the area in which an airbag would
inflate. For more information, see
Where Are the Airbags? (Mexico)
on page 3-31 or Where Are the
Airbags? (U.S. and Canada) on
page 3-30 and Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9-10.
{Warning
Things you put on this seatback
can strike and injure people in a
sudden stop or turn, or in a crash.
Remove or secure all items
before driving.
To fold the seatback:
1. Lower the head restraint all the
way. See Head Restraints on
page 3-2.
2. Move the seat as far back as
possible. See Seat Adjustment
on page 3-4.
3. Lift the lever fully and fold the
seatback forward.
If necessary, move the safety
belt out of the way to access the
lever.
4. Continue lowering the seatback
until it is completely folded and
locks in place.
To raise the seatback:
1. Lift the lever fully to unlock the
seatback. Then, raise the
seatback and push it rearward
until it re-engages.
2. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked in place.
{Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-9
Rear Seats
Folding the Seatback
Either side of the seatback can be
folded down for more cargo space.
Fold a seatback only when the
vehicle is not moving.
{Caution
Folding a rear seat with the safety
belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the safety
belts. Always unbuckle the safety
belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before
folding a rear seat.
{Caution
Folding the rear seatback prior to
tilting the seat cushion forward
may damage the rear seat.
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
Always tilt the rear seat cushion
forward before folding the
seatback.
To fold a seatback down:
1. Make sure the floor area in front
of the rear seats is clear.
2. Fully lower the head restraint.
See Head Restraints on
page 3-2.
3. Slide the front seats forward and
place the front seatbacks in the
upright position. See Seat
Adjustment on page 3-4 and
Reclining Seatbacks on
page 3-5.
4. Pull the strap on the front edge
of the rear seat cushion to
release the cushion. Tilt the seat
cushion forward toward the front
of the vehicle.
The seat cushion must be tilted
forward before the seatback is
folded down. Otherwise, the
seatback will not fold down
properly.
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-10 Seats and Restraints
Rear Seat with Retainer Hook on
the Seatback
5. Make sure the safety belt is in
the retainer hook on top of the
seatback, if equipped.
Rear Seat with Retainer Hook on
the Seatback
6. Reach under the belt and pull
the lever on top of the seatback
to unlock the seatback.
A tab near the seatback lever
raises when the seatback is
unlocked.
7. Fold the seatback forward
and down.
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-11
Safety Belt Clip on Side Trim
8. Place the outboard safety belt in
the safety belt clip (if equipped)
on the side trim of the vehicle.
9. Repeat Steps 1–8 for the other
seatback and seat cushion,
if desired.
Raising the Seatback
{Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
{Warning
A safety belt that is improperly
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After raising the
rear seatback, always check to be
sure that the safety belts are
properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.
To return the rear seatback to the
normal seating position:
Safety Belt Clip on Side Trim
1. Remove the outboard safety belt
from the safety belt clip (if
equipped) on the side trim of the
vehicle.
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-12 Seats and Restraints
2. Lift the seatback and push it
rearward to lock it in place. A tab
near the seatback lever retracts
when the seatback is locked in
place.
Make sure the safety belts are
not pinched by the seatback
locking mechanism.
The center rear safety belt may
lock when you raise the
seatback. If this happens, let the
belt go back all the way and
start again. If the safety belt is
still locked, try again after pulling
the seat cushion out.
3. Push and pull the top of the
seatback to be sure it is locked
into position.
4. Return the seat cushion to its
original position and push down
on the front part of the seat
cushion until it latches.
Make sure the safety belts and
safety belt buckles are not
trapped under the seat cushion
and are properly positioned
for use.
5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for the other
seatback and seat cushion,
if necessary.
If additional cargo space is not
needed, the seatbacks should be
kept in the upright, locked position.
Rear Seat Armrest
If available, the rear seat has an
armrest in the center of the
seatback. Lower the armrest to
access the cupholders.
To fold, lift the armrest up and push
it rearward until it is flush with the
seatback.
Black plate (13,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-13
Safety Belts
This section of the manual
describes how to use safety belts
properly. It also describes some
things not to do with safety belts.
{Warning
Do not let anyone ride where a
safety belt cannot be worn
properly. In a crash, if you or your
passenger(s) are not wearing
safety belts, injuries can be much
worse than if you are wearing
safety belts. You can be seriously
injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by
being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not
buckled up can strike other
passengers in the vehicle.
It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
passengers to ride in any area of
the vehicle that is not equipped
with seats and safety belts.
Always wear a safety belt, and
check that all passenger(s) are
restrained properly too.
This vehicle has indicators as a
reminder to buckle the safety belts.
See Safety Belt Reminders on
page 5-11.
Why Safety Belts Work
When riding in a vehicle, you travel
as fast as the vehicle does. If the
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep
going until something stops you.
It could be the windshield, the
instrument panel, or the safety belts!
When you wear a safety belt, you
and the vehicle slow down together.
There is more time to stop because
you stop over a longer distance and,
when worn properly, your strongest
bones take the forces from the
Black plate (14,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-14 Seats and Restraints
safety belts. That is why wearing
safety belts makes such good
sense.
Questions and Answers About
Safety Belts
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
after a crash if I am wearing a
safety belt?
A: You could be —whether you are
wearing a safety belt or not.
Your chance of being conscious
during and after a crash, so you
can unbuckle and get out, is
much greater if you are belted.
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why
should I have to wear safety
belts?
A: Airbags are supplemental
systems only; so they work with
safety belts —not instead of
them. Whether or not an airbag
is provided, all occupants still
have to buckle up to get the
most protection.
Also, in nearly all states and in
all Canadian provinces, the law
requires wearing safety belts.
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly
This section is only for people of
adult size.
There are special things to know
about safety belts and children. And
there are different rules for smaller
children and infants. If a child will be
riding in the vehicle, see Older
Children on page 3-43 or Infants
and Young Children on page 3-45.
Follow those rules for everyone's
protection.
It is very important for all occupants
to buckle up. Statistics show that
unbelted people are hurt more often
in crashes than those who are
wearing safety belts.
There are important things to know
about wearing a safety belt properly.
.Sit up straight and always keep
your feet on the floor in front
of you.
.Always use the correct buckle
for your seating position.
.Wear the lap part of the belt low
and snug on the hips, just
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong
pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap
belt. If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.
Black plate (15,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-15
.Wear the shoulder belt over the
shoulder and across the chest.
These parts of the body are best
able to take belt restraining
forces. The shoulder belt locks if
there is a sudden stop or crash.
{Warning
You can be seriously injured,
or even killed, by not wearing
your safety belt properly.
.Never allow the lap or
shoulder belt to become
loose or twisted.
.Never wear the shoulder belt
under both arms or behind
your back.
.Never route the lap or
shoulder belt over an
armrest.
Lap-Shoulder Belt (U.S.
and Canada)
All seating positions in the vehicle
have a lap-shoulder belt.
The following instructions explain
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
properly.
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
adjustable, so you can sit up
straight. To see how, see “Seats”
in the Index.
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
the belt across you. Do not let it
get twisted.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock if
you pull the belt across you very
quickly. If this happens, let the
belt go back slightly to unlock it.
Then pull the belt across you
more slowly.
If the shoulder portion of a
passenger belt is pulled out all
the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be engaged.
If this happens, let the belt go
back all the way and start again.
The rear center safety belt can
only be withdrawn from the
retractor if the seatback is in the
upright locked position.
Black plate (16,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-16 Seats and Restraints
3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
4. Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the belt
is not long enough, see Safety
Belt Extender on page 3-25.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
5. If equipped with a shoulder belt
height adjuster, move it to the
height that is right for you. See
“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”
later in this section for
instructions on use and
important safety information.
6. To make the lap part tight, pull
up on the shoulder belt.
It may be necessary to pull the
stitching on the safety belt
through the latch plate to fully
tighten the lap belt on smaller
occupants.
To unlatch the belt, push the button
on the buckle. The belt should
return to its stowed position. Slide
the latch plate up the safety belt
webbing when the safety belt is not
in use.
Before a door is closed, be sure the
safety belt is out of the way. If a
door is slammed against a safety
belt, damage can occur to both the
safety belt and the vehicle.
Black plate (17,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-17
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
The vehicle has a shoulder belt
height adjuster for the driver and
right front passenger seating
positions.
Adjust the height so the shoulder
portion of the belt is on the shoulder
but not falling off of it. The belt
should be close to but not
contacting the neck. Improper
shoulder belt height adjustment
could reduce the effectiveness of
the safety belt in a crash. See How
to Wear Safety Belts Properly on
page 3-14.
To move the shoulder belt height
adjuster down, push down on the
release button and move the height
adjuster to the desired position. You
can move the height adjuster up by
pushing up on the shoulder belt
guide.
After the adjuster is set to the
desired position, try to move it down
without pushing the release button
to make sure it has locked into
position.
Safety Belt Pretensioners
This vehicle has safety belt
pretensioners for the front outboard
occupants. Although the safety belt
pretensioners cannot be seen, they
are part of the safety belt assembly.
They can help tighten the safety
belts during the early stages of a
moderate to severe frontal, near
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner
activation are met. Safety belt
pretensioners can also help tighten
the safety belts in a side crash or a
rollover event.
Pretensioners work only once. If the
pretensioners activate in a crash,
the pretensioners and probably
other parts of the vehicle's safety
belt system will need to be replaced.
See Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash on page 3-25.
Black plate (18,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-18 Seats and Restraints
Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides
Rear safety belt comfort guides may
provide added safety belt comfort
for older children who have
outgrown booster seats and for
some adults. When installed on a
shoulder belt, the comfort guide
positions the shoulder belt away
from the neck and head.
Safety belt comfort guides are
available through your dealer.
Instructions are included with the
guide.
To install:
1. Locate the anchor loop (1) on
the rear outboard seatback.
2. Attach the adjustable comfort
guide (2) to the anchor loop by
threading the hook through
the loop.
3. Place the guide over the belt,
and insert the two edges of the
belt into the slots of the guide.
Black plate (19,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-19
4. Be sure that the belt is not
twisted and it lies flat. The
elastic cord must be behind the
belt with the plastic guide on the
front.
5. The elastic cord on the comfort
guide is adjustable. Make it
longer or shorter by squeezing
both ends of the plastic adjuster
and pulling on the elastic cord or
the guide.
6. Adjust the guide so the shoulder
portion of the belt is on the
shoulder and not falling off of it.
The belt should be close to, but
not contacting, the neck.
Improper comfort guide
adjustment could reduce the
effectiveness of the safety belt in
a crash.
{Warning
A safety belt that is not properly
worn may not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. The shoulder
belt should go over the shoulder
and across the chest. These parts
of the body are best able to take
belt restraining forces.
7. Buckle and position the safety
belt as described previously in
this section. Make sure that the
shoulder belt crosses the
shoulder.
To remove and store the comfort
guide, squeeze the belt edges
together so that the safety belt can
be removed from the guide. Unhook
the guide from the loop on the seat.
Store the guide in a convenient
place like the glove box for the next
time it is needed.
Black plate (20,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-20 Seats and Restraints
Lap-Shoulder Belt
(Mexico)
All seating positions in the vehicle
have a lap-shoulder belt.
The following instructions explain
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
properly.
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
adjustable, so you can sit up
straight. To see how, see “Seats”
in the Index.
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
the belt across you. Do not let it
get twisted.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock if
you pull the belt across you very
quickly. If this happens, let the
belt go back slightly to unlock it.
Then pull the belt across you
more slowly.
The rear center safety belt can
only be withdrawn from the
retractor if the seatback is in the
upright locked position.
3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
4. Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the belt
is not long enough, see Safety
Belt Extender on page 3-25.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
5. If equipped with a shoulder belt
height adjuster, move it to the
height that is right for you. See
“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”
later in this section for
instructions on use and
important safety information.
Black plate (21,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-21
6. To make the lap part tight, pull
up on the shoulder belt.
It may be necessary to pull the
stitching on the safety belt
through the latch plate to fully
tighten the lap belt on smaller
occupants.
To unlatch the belt, push the button
on the buckle. The belt should
return to its stowed position. Slide
the latch plate up the safety belt
webbing when the safety belt is not
in use.
Before a door is closed, be sure the
safety belt is out of the way. If a
door is slammed against a safety
belt, damage can occur to both the
safety belt and the vehicle.
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
The vehicle has a shoulder belt
height adjuster for the driver and
right front passenger seating
positions.
Adjust the height so the shoulder
portion of the belt is on the shoulder
but not falling off of it. The belt
should be close to but not
contacting the neck. Improper
shoulder belt height adjustment
could reduce the effectiveness of
the safety belt in a crash. See How
to Wear Safety Belts Properly on
page 3-14.
Black plate (22,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-22 Seats and Restraints
To move the shoulder belt height
adjuster down, push down on the
release button and move the height
adjuster to the desired position. You
can move the height adjuster up by
pushing up on the shoulder belt
guide.
After the adjuster is set to the
desired position, try to move it down
without pushing the release button
to make sure it has locked into
position.
Safety Belt Pretensioners
This vehicle has safety belt
pretensioners for the front outboard
occupants. Although the safety belt
pretensioners cannot be seen, they
are part of the safety belt assembly.
They can help tighten the safety
belts during the early stages of a
moderate to severe frontal, near
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner
activation are met. And, if the
vehicle has side impact airbags,
safety belt pretensioners can help
tighten the safety belts in a side
crash.
Pretensioners work only once. If the
pretensioners activate in a crash,
the pretensioners and probably
other parts of the vehicle's safety
belt system will need to be replaced.
See Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash on page 3-25.
Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides
Rear safety belt comfort guides may
provide added safety belt comfort
for older children who have
outgrown booster seats and for
some adults. When installed on a
shoulder belt, the comfort guide
positions the shoulder belt away
from the neck and head.
Safety belt comfort guides are
available through your dealer.
Instructions are included with the
guide.
Black plate (23,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-23
To install:
1. Locate the anchor loop (1) on
the rear outboard seatback.
2. Attach the adjustable comfort
guide (2) to the anchor loop by
threading the hook through
the loop.
3. Place the guide over the belt,
and insert the two edges of the
belt into the slots of the guide.
4. Be sure that the belt is not
twisted and it lies flat. The
elastic cord must be behind the
belt with the plastic guide on the
front.
5. The elastic cord on the comfort
guide is adjustable. Make it
longer or shorter by squeezing
both ends of the plastic adjuster
and pulling on the elastic cord or
the guide.
Black plate (24,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-24 Seats and Restraints
6. Adjust the guide so the shoulder
portion of the belt is on the
shoulder and not falling off of it.
The belt should be close to, but
not contacting, the neck.
Improper comfort guide
adjustment could reduce the
effectiveness of the safety belt in
a crash.
{Warning
A safety belt that is not properly
worn may not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. The shoulder
belt should go over the shoulder
and across the chest. These parts
of the body are best able to take
belt restraining forces.
7. Buckle and position the safety
belt as described previously in
this section. Make sure that the
shoulder belt crosses the
shoulder.
To remove and store the comfort
guide, squeeze the belt edges
together so that the safety belt can
be removed from the guide. Unhook
the guide from the loop on the seat.
Store the guide in a convenient
place like the glove box for the next
time it is needed.
Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy
Safety belts work for everyone,
including pregnant women. Like all
occupants, they are more likely to
be seriously injured if they do not
wear safety belts.
A pregnant woman should wear a
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
portion should be worn as low as
possible, below the rounding,
throughout the pregnancy.
Black plate (25,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-25
The best way to protect the fetus is
to protect the mother. When a safety
belt is worn properly, it is more likely
that the fetus will not be hurt in a
crash. For pregnant women, as for
anyone, the key to making safety
belts effective is wearing them
properly.
Safety Belt Extender
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten
around you, you should use it.
But if a safety belt is not long
enough, your dealer will order you
an extender. When you go in to
order it, take the heaviest coat you
will wear, so the extender will be
long enough for you. To help avoid
personal injury, do not let someone
else use it, and use it only for the
seat it is made to fit. The extender
has been designed for adults. Never
use it for securing child seats. To
wear it, attach it to the regular safety
belt. See the instruction sheet that
comes with the extender.
Safety System Check
Now and then, check that the safety
belt reminder light, safety belts,
buckles, latch plates, retractors, and
anchorages are all working properly.
Look for any other loose or
damaged safety belt system parts
that might keep a safety belt system
from doing its job. See your dealer
to have it repaired. Torn or frayed
safety belts may not protect you in a
crash. They can rip apart under
impact forces. If a belt is torn or
frayed, get a new one right away.
Make sure the safety belt reminder
light is working. See Safety Belt
Reminders on page 5-11.
Keep safety belts clean and dry.
See Safety Belt Care on page 3-25.
Safety Belt Care
Keep belts clean and dry.
{Warning
Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
It may severely weaken them. In
a crash, they might not be able to
provide adequate protection.
Clean safety belts only with mild
soap and lukewarm water.
Replacing Safety Belt
System Parts after a
Crash
{Warning
A crash can damage the safety
belt system in the vehicle.
A damaged safety belt system
may not properly protect the
person using it, resulting in
serious injury or even death in a
crash. To help make sure the
safety belt systems are working
properly after a crash, have them
(Continued)
Black plate (26,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-26 Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.
After a minor crash, replacement of
safety belts may not be necessary.
But the safety belt assemblies that
were used during any crash may
have been stressed or damaged.
See your dealer to have the safety
belt assemblies inspected or
replaced.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the safety belt
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
Have the safety belt pretensioners
checked if the vehicle has been in a
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
stays on after you start the vehicle
or while you are driving. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 5-12.
Airbag System
Airbag System (U.S. and
Canada)
The vehicle has the following
airbags:
.A frontal airbag for the driver.
.A frontal airbag for the front
outboard passenger.
.A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the driver.
.A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the front outboard
passenger.
.A roof-rail airbag for the driver
and the passenger seated
directly behind the driver.
.A roof-rail airbag for the front
outboard passenger and the
passenger seated directly
behind the front outboard
passenger.
The vehicle may have the following
airbags:
.A knee airbag for the driver.
.A knee airbag for the front
outboard passenger.
.Seat-mounted side impact
airbags for the second row
outboard passengers.
All vehicle airbags have the word
AIRBAG on the trim or on a label
near the deployment opening.
For frontal airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the center of the
steering wheel for the driver and on
the instrument panel for the front
outboard passenger.
For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG
is on the lower part of the
instrument panel.
For seat-mounted side impact
airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
side of the seatback closest to
the door.
For roof-rail airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
Black plate (27,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-27
Airbags are designed to supplement
the protection provided by safety
belts. Even though today's airbags
are also designed to help reduce
the risk of injury from the force of an
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
very quickly to do their job.
Here are the most important things
to know about the airbag system:
{Warning
You can be severely injured or
killed in a crash if you are not
wearing your safety belt, even
with airbags. Airbags are
designed to work with safety
belts, not replace them. Also,
airbags are not designed to inflate
in every crash. In some crashes
safety belts are the only restraint.
See When Should an Airbag
Inflate? (U.S. and Canada) on
page 3-32 or When Should an
Airbag Inflate? (Mexico) on
page 3-33.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
Wearing your safety belt during a
crash helps reduce the chance of
hitting things inside the vehicle or
being ejected from it. Airbags are
“supplemental restraints”to the
safety belts. Everyone in the
vehicle should wear a safety belt
properly, whether or not there is
an airbag for that person.
{Warning
Because airbags inflate with great
force and faster than the blink of
an eye, anyone who is up
against, or very close to any
airbag when it inflates can be
seriously injured or killed. Do not
sit unnecessarily close to any
airbag, as you would be if sitting
on the edge of the seat or leaning
forward. Safety belts help keep
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
you in position before and during
a crash. Always wear a safety
belt, even with airbags. The driver
should sit as far back as possible
while still maintaining control of
the vehicle.
Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.
{Warning
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Always secure children
properly in the vehicle. To read
how, see Older Children on
page 3-43 or Infants and Young
Children on page 3-45.
Black plate (28,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-28 Seats and Restraints
There is an airbag readiness light
on the instrument cluster, which
shows the airbag symbol. The
system checks the airbag electrical
system for malfunctions. The light
tells you if there is an electrical
problem. See Airbag Readiness
Light on page 5-12 for more
information.
Airbag System (Mexico)
The vehicle has the following
airbags:
.A frontal airbag for the driver.
.A frontal airbag for the front
outboard passenger.
The vehicle may have the following
airbags:
.A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the driver.
.A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the front outboard
passenger.
.A roof-rail airbag for the driver
and the passenger seated
directly behind the driver.
.A roof-rail airbag for the front
outboard passenger and the
passenger seated directly
behind the front outboard
passenger.
All vehicle airbags have the word
AIRBAG on the trim or on a label
near the deployment opening.
For frontal airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the center of the
steering wheel for the driver and on
the instrument panel for the front
outboard passenger.
For seat-mounted side impact
airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
side of the seatback closest to
the door.
For roof-rail airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
Airbags are designed to supplement
the protection provided by safety
belts. Even though today's airbags
are also designed to help reduce
the risk of injury from the force of an
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
very quickly to do their job.
Here are the most important things
to know about the airbag system:
{Warning
You can be severely injured or
killed in a crash if you are not
wearing your safety belt, even
with airbags. Airbags are
designed to work with safety
belts, not replace them. Also,
airbags are not designed to inflate
in every crash. In some crashes
safety belts are the only restraint.
See When Should an Airbag
Inflate? (U.S. and Canada) on
page 3-32 or When Should an
Airbag Inflate? (Mexico) on
page 3-33.
(Continued)
Black plate (29,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-29
Warning (Continued)
Wearing your safety belt during a
crash helps reduce the chance of
hitting things inside the vehicle or
being ejected from it. Airbags are
“supplemental restraints”to the
safety belts. Everyone in the
vehicle should wear a safety belt
properly, whether or not there is
an airbag for that person.
{Warning
Because airbags inflate with great
force and faster than the blink of
an eye, anyone who is up
against, or very close to any
airbag when it inflates can be
seriously injured or killed. Do not
sit unnecessarily close to any
airbag, as you would be if sitting
on the edge of the seat or leaning
forward. Safety belts help keep
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
you in position before and during
a crash. Always wear a safety
belt, even with airbags. The driver
should sit as far back as possible
while still maintaining control of
the vehicle.
Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.
{Warning
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Always secure children
properly in the vehicle. To read
how, see Older Children on
page 3-43 or Infants and Young
Children on page 3-45.
There is an airbag readiness light
on the instrument panel cluster,
which shows the airbag symbol. The
system checks the airbag electrical
system for malfunctions. The light
tells you if there is an electrical
problem. See Airbag Readiness
Light on page 5-12.
Black plate (30,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-30 Seats and Restraints
Where Are the Airbags?
(U.S. and Canada)
The driver frontal airbag is in the
center of the steering wheel.
The front outboard passenger
frontal airbag is in the passenger
side instrument panel.
If the vehicle has a knee airbag for
the driver and front outboard
passenger, the knee airbag for the
driver is below the steering column.
The front outboard passenger knee
airbag is below the glove box.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar
The seat-mounted side impact
airbags for the driver and front
outboard passenger are in the side
of the seatbacks closest to the door.
The roof-rail airbags for the driver,
right front passenger, and second
row outboard passengers are in the
ceiling above the side windows.
Black plate (31,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-31
Rear Seat Driver Side Shown,
Passenger Side Similar
On vehicles with second row
seat-mounted side impact airbags,
they are in the sides of the rear
seatback closest to the door.
{Warning
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
or even death. The path of an
inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Do not use seat accessories that
block the inflation path of a
seat-mounted side impact airbag.
Never secure anything to the roof
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
by routing a rope or tie‐down
through any door or window
opening. If you do, the path of an
inflating roof-rail airbag will be
blocked.
Where Are the Airbags?
(Mexico)
The driver frontal airbag is in the
center of the steering wheel.
The front outboard passenger
frontal airbag is in the passenger
side instrument panel.
Black plate (32,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-32 Seats and Restraints
Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar
If the vehicle has seat-mounted side
impact airbags for the driver and
front outboard passenger, they are
in the side of the seatbacks closest
to the door.
If the vehicle has roof-rail airbags
for the driver, front outboard
passenger, and second row
outboard passengers, they are in
the ceiling above the side windows.
{Warning
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
or even death. The path of an
inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Do not use seat accessories that
block the inflation path of a
seat-mounted side impact airbag.
Never secure anything to the roof
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
by routing a rope or tie‐down
through any door or window
opening. If you do, the path of an
inflating roof-rail airbag will be
blocked.
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? (U.S. and Canada)
This vehicle is equipped with
airbags. See Airbag System
(Mexico) on page 3-28 or Airbag
System (U.S. and Canada) on
page 3-26. Airbags are designed to
inflate if the impact exceeds the
specific airbag system's deployment
threshold. Deployment thresholds
are used to predict how severe a
crash is likely to be in time for the
airbags to inflate and help restrain
the occupants. The vehicle has
electronic sensors that help the
airbag system determine the
severity of the impact. Deployment
thresholds can vary with specific
vehicle design.
Frontal airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe frontal
or near frontal crashes to help
reduce the potential for severe
injuries, mainly to the driver's or
front outboard passenger's head
and chest.
Black plate (33,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-33
Whether the frontal airbags will or
should inflate is not based primarily
on how fast the vehicle is traveling.
It depends on what is hit, the
direction of the impact, and how
quickly the vehicle slows down.
Frontal airbags may inflate at
different crash speeds depending on
whether the vehicle hits an object
straight on or at an angle, and
whether the object is fixed or
moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
or wide.
Frontal airbags are not intended to
inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear
impacts, or many side impacts.
In addition, the vehicle has
advanced technology frontal
airbags. Advanced technology
frontal airbags adjust the restraint
according to crash severity.
Knee airbags, if equipped, are
designed to inflate in moderate to
severe frontal or near-frontal
impacts. Knee airbags are not
designed to inflate during vehicle
rollovers, in rear impacts, or in many
side crashes.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags
are designed to inflate in moderate
to severe side crashes depending
on the location of the impact.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags
are not designed to inflate in frontal
impacts, near frontal impacts,
rollovers, or rear impacts.
A seat-mounted side impact airbag
is designed to inflate on the side of
the vehicle that is struck.
Roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes depending on the location
of the impact. In addition, these
roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate during a rollover or in a
severe frontal impact. Roof-rail
airbags are not designed to inflate in
rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags
will inflate when either side of the
vehicle is struck, if the sensing
system predicts that the vehicle is
about to roll over on its side, or in a
severe frontal impact.
In any particular crash, no one can
say whether an airbag should have
inflated simply because of the
vehicle damage or the repair costs.
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? (Mexico)
This vehicle is equipped with
airbags. See Airbag System
(Mexico) on page 3-28 or Airbag
System (U.S. and Canada) on
page 3-26. Airbags are designed to
inflate if the impact exceeds the
specific airbag system's deployment
threshold. Deployment thresholds
are used to predict how severe a
crash is likely to be in time for the
airbags to inflate and help restrain
the occupants. Deployment
thresholds can vary with specific
vehicle design.
Frontal airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe frontal
or near frontal crashes to help
reduce the potential for severe
Black plate (34,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-34 Seats and Restraints
injuries, mainly to the driver's or
front outboard passenger's head
and chest.
Whether the frontal airbags will or
should inflate is not based primarily
on how fast the vehicle is traveling.
It depends on what is hit, the
direction of the impact, and how
quickly the vehicle slows down.
Frontal airbags may inflate at
different crash speeds depending on
whether the vehicle hits an object
straight on or at an angle, and
whether the object is fixed or
moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
or wide.
Frontal airbags are not intended to
inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear
impacts, or many side impacts.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags,
if equipped, are designed to inflate
in moderate to severe side crashes
depending on the location of the
impact. Seat-mounted side impact
airbags are not designed to inflate in
frontal impacts, near frontal impacts,
rollovers, or rear impacts.
A seat-mounted side impact airbag
is designed to inflate on the side of
the vehicle that is struck.
Roof-rail airbags, if equipped, are
designed to inflate in moderate to
severe side crashes depending on
the location of the impact. Roof-rail
airbags are not designed to inflate in
frontal, near frontal, or rear impacts.
A roof-rail airbag is intended to
inflate on the side of the vehicle that
is struck.
In any particular crash, no one can
say whether an airbag should have
inflated simply because of the
vehicle damage or the repair costs.
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate?
In a deployment event, the sensing
system sends an electrical signal
triggering a release of gas from the
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
airbag causing the bag to break out
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
and related hardware are all part of
the airbag module.
For airbag locations, see Where Are
the Airbags? (Mexico) on page 3-31
or Where Are the Airbags? (U.S.
and Canada) on page 3-30.
How Does an Airbag
Restrain?
In moderate to severe frontal or
near frontal collisions, even belted
occupants can contact the steering
wheel or the instrument panel. In
moderate to severe side collisions,
even belted occupants can contact
the inside of the vehicle.
Airbags supplement the protection
provided by safety belts by
distributing the force of the impact
more evenly over the
occupant's body.
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags,
if equipped, are designed to help
contain the head and chest of
occupants in the outboard seating
positions in the first and second
rows. The rollover capable roof-rail
airbags are designed to help reduce
Black plate (35,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-35
the risk of full or partial ejection in
rollover events, although no system
can prevent all such ejections.
But airbags would not help in many
types of collisions, primarily
because the occupant's motion is
not toward those airbags. See When
Should an Airbag Inflate? (U.S. and
Canada) on page 3-32 or When
Should an Airbag Inflate? (Mexico)
on page 3-33.
Airbags should never be regarded
as anything more than a supplement
to safety belts.
What Will You See after
an Airbag Inflates?
After the frontal airbags and
seat-mounted side impact airbags
inflate, they quickly deflate, so
quickly that some people may not
even realize an airbag inflated.
Roof-rail airbags may still be at least
partially inflated for some time after
they inflate. Some components of
the airbag module may be hot for
several minutes. For location of the
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? (Mexico) on page 3-31 or
Where Are the Airbags? (U.S. and
Canada) on page 3-30.
The parts of the airbag that come
into contact with you may be warm,
but not too hot to touch. There may
be some smoke and dust coming
from the vents in the deflated
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
prevent the driver from seeing out of
the windshield or being able to steer
the vehicle, nor does it prevent
people from leaving the vehicle.
{Warning
When an airbag inflates, there
may be dust in the air. This dust
could cause breathing problems
for people with a history of
asthma or other breathing trouble.
To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get out as soon as
it is safe to do so. If you have
breathing problems but cannot
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
get out of the vehicle after an
airbag inflates, then get fresh air
by opening a window or a door.
If you experience breathing
problems following an airbag
deployment, you should seek
medical attention.
The vehicle has a feature that may
automatically unlock the doors, turn
on the interior lamps and hazard
warning flashers, and shut off the
fuel system after the airbags inflate.
The feature may also activate,
without airbag inflation, after an
event that exceeds a predetermined
threshold. You can lock the doors,
and turn off the interior lamps, and
turn off the hazard warning flashers
by using the controls for those
features.
Black plate (36,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-36 Seats and Restraints
{Warning
A crash severe enough to inflate
the airbags may have also
damaged important functions in
the vehicle, such as the fuel
system, brake and steering
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
appears to be drivable after a
moderate crash, there may be
concealed damage that could
make it difficult to safely operate
the vehicle.
Use caution if you should attempt
to restart the engine after a crash
has occurred.
In many crashes severe enough to
inflate the airbag, windshields are
broken by vehicle deformation.
Additional windshield breakage may
also occur from the front outboard
passenger airbag.
.Airbags are designed to inflate
only once. After an airbag
inflates, you will need some new
parts for the airbag system.
If you do not get them, the
airbag system will not be there
to help protect you in another
crash. A new system will include
airbag modules and possibly
other parts. The service manual
for the vehicle covers the need
to replace other parts.
.The vehicle has a crash sensing
and diagnostic module which
records information after a
crash. See Vehicle Data
Recording and Privacy on
page 13-13 and Event Data
Recorders on page 13-13.
.Let only qualified technicians
work on the airbag systems.
Improper service can mean that
an airbag system will not work
properly. See your dealer for
service.
Passenger Sensing
System (U.S. and
Canada)
The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system for the front
outboard passenger position. The
passenger airbag status indicator
will light on the instrument panel
when the vehicle is started.
United States
Canada
Black plate (37,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-37
The words ON and OFF, or the
symbol for on and off, will be visible
during the system check. When the
system check is complete, either the
word ON or OFF, or the symbol for
on or off, will be visible. See
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
(U.S. and Canada) on page 5-12.
The passenger sensing system
turns off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag and knee
airbag (if equipped) under certain
conditions. No other airbag is
affected by the passenger sensing
system.
The passenger sensing system
works with sensors that are part of
the front outboard passenger seat.
The sensors are designed to detect
the presence of a properly seated
occupant and determine if the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag (if equipped)
should be allowed to inflate or not.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
secured in a rear seat in the correct
child restraint for their weight
and size.
Whenever possible, children aged
12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag inflates.
{Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag inflates.
This is because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the front
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
outboard passenger frontal airbag
inflates and the passenger seat is
in a forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger airbag(s), no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
inflate under some unusual
circumstance, even though the
airbag(s) are off.
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the
airbag(s) are off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard passenger
seat, always move the seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.
Black plate (38,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-38 Seats and Restraints
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag (if equipped) if:
.The front outboard passenger
seat is unoccupied.
.The system determines that an
infant is present in a child
restraint.
.A front outboard passenger
takes his/her weight off of the
seat for a period of time.
.There is a critical problem with
the airbag system or the
passenger sensing system.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag (if equipped), the
off indicator will light and stay lit as
a reminder that the airbags are off.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator (U.S. and Canada) on
page 5-12.
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn on the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag (if equipped)
anytime the system senses that a
person of adult size is sitting
properly in the front outboard
passenger seat. When the
passenger sensing system has
allowed the airbags to be enabled,
the on indicator will light and stay lit
as a reminder that the airbags are
active.
For some children, including
children in child restraints, and for
very small adults, the passenger
sensing system may or may not turn
off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag and knee airbag (if
equipped), depending upon the
person's seating posture and body
build. Everyone in the vehicle who
has outgrown child restraints should
wear a safety belt properly —
whether or not there is an airbag for
that person.
{Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light on page 5-12 for more
information, including important
safety information.
If the On Indicator Is Lit for a
Child Restraint
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag (if equipped) if the
system determines that an infant is
present in a child restraint. If a child
restraint has been installed and the
on indicator is lit:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove the child restraint from
the vehicle.
Black plate (39,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-39
3. Remove any additional items
from the seat such as blankets,
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers.
4. Reinstall the child restraint
following the directions provided
by the child restraint
manufacturer and refer to
Securing Child Restraints (Rear
Seat –U.S. and Canada) on
page 3-57 or Securing Child
Restraints (Front Passenger
Seat –Mexico) on page 3-64 or
Securing Child Restraints (Rear
Seat –Mexico) on page 3-59 or
Securing Child Restraints (Front
Passenger Seat –U.S. and
Canada) on page 3-61.
5. If, after reinstalling the child
restraint and restarting the
vehicle, the on indicator is still lit,
turn the vehicle off. Then slightly
recline the vehicle seatback and
adjust the seat cushion,
if adjustable, to make sure that
the vehicle seatback is not
pushing the child restraint into
the seat cushion. Also make
sure the child restraint is not
trapped under the vehicle head
restraint. If this happens, adjust
the head restraint. See Head
Restraints on page 3-2.
6. Restart the vehicle.
The passenger sensing system may
or may not turn off the airbags for a
child restraint depending upon the
child’s size. It is better to secure a
child seat in a rear seat.
If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an
Adult-Sized Occupant
If a person of adult size is sitting in
the front outboard passenger seat,
but the off indicator is lit, it could be
because that person is not sitting
properly in the seat. Use the
following steps to allow the system
to detect that person and enable the
front outboard passenger frontal
airbag and knee airbag (if
equipped):
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove any additional material
from the seat, such as blankets,
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers.
3. Place the seatback in the fully
upright position.
4. Have the person sit upright in
the seat, centered on the seat
cushion, with legs comfortably
extended.
5. Restart the vehicle and have the
person remain in this position for
two to three minutes after the on
indicator is lit.
Black plate (40,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-40 Seats and Restraints
{Warning
If the front outboard passenger
airbag is turned off for an
adult-sized occupant, the airbag
will not be able to inflate and help
protect that person in a crash,
resulting in an increased risk of
serious injury or even death. An
adult-sized occupant should not
ride in the front outboard
passenger seat, if the passenger
airbag off indicator is lit.
Additional Factors Affecting
System Operation
Safety belts help keep the
passenger in position on the seat
during vehicle maneuvers and
braking, which helps the passenger
sensing system maintain the
passenger airbag status. See
“Safety Belts”and “Child Restraints”
in the Index for additional
information about the importance of
proper restraint use.
A thick layer of additional material,
such as a blanket or cushion,
or aftermarket equipment such as
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat
massagers can affect how well the
passenger sensing system
operates. We recommend that you
not use seat covers or other
aftermarket equipment except when
approved by GM for your specific
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
page 3-41 for more information
about modifications that can affect
how the system operates.
The on indicator may be lit if an
object, such as a briefcase,
handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
or other electronic device, is put on
an unoccupied seat. If this is not
desired, remove the object from
the seat.
{Warning
Stowing of articles under the
passenger seat or between the
passenger seat cushion and
seatback may interfere with the
proper operation of the passenger
sensing system.
Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Airbags affect how the vehicle
should be serviced. There are parts
of the airbag system in several
places around the vehicle. Your
dealer and the service manual have
information about servicing the
vehicle and the airbag system. To
purchase a service manual, see
Service Publications Ordering
Information on page 13-10.
Black plate (41,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-41
{Warning
For up to 10 seconds after the
vehicle is turned off and the
battery is disconnected, an airbag
can still inflate during improper
service. You can be injured if you
are close to an airbag when it
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
They are probably part of the
airbag system. Be sure to follow
proper service procedures, and
make sure the person performing
work for you is qualified to do so.
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Adding accessories that change the
vehicle's frame, bumper system,
height, front end, or side sheet
metal, may keep the airbag system
from working properly. The
operation of the airbag system can
also be affected by changing or
moving any parts of the front seats,
safety belts, the airbag sensing and
diagnostic module, steering wheel,
instrument panel, any airbag
module, ceiling or pillar garnish trim,
overhead console, front sensors,
side impact sensors, or airbag
wiring.
Your dealer and the service manual
have information about the location
of the airbag sensors, sensing and
diagnostic module, and airbag
wiring.
In addition, the vehicle may have a
passenger sensing system for the
front outboard passenger position,
which includes sensors that are part
of the passenger seat. The
passenger sensing system may not
operate properly if the original seat
trim is replaced with non-GM
covers, upholstery, or trim; or with
GM covers, upholstery, or trim
designed for a different vehicle. Any
object, such as an aftermarket seat
heater or a comfort-enhancing pad
or device, installed under or on top
of the seat fabric, could also
interfere with the operation of the
passenger sensing system. This
could either prevent proper
deployment of the passenger
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
sensing system from properly
turning off the passenger airbag(s).
See Passenger Sensing System
(U.S. and Canada) on page 3-36.
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail
airbags, see Different Size Tires
and Wheels on page 10-57 for
additional important information.
If you have to modify your vehicle
because you have a disability and
you have questions about whether
the modifications will affect the
vehicle's airbag system, or if you
have questions about whether the
airbag system will be affected if the
vehicle is modified for any other
reason, call Customer Assistance.
See Customer Assistance Offices
on page 13-3.
Black plate (42,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-42 Seats and Restraints
Airbag System Check
The airbag system does not need
regularly scheduled maintenance or
replacement. Make sure the airbag
readiness light is working. See
Airbag Readiness Light on
page 5-12.
{Caution
If an airbag covering is damaged,
opened, or broken, the airbag
may not work properly. Do not
open or break the airbag
coverings. If there are any
opened or broken airbag
coverings, have the airbag
covering and/or airbag module
replaced. For the location of the
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? (Mexico) on page 3-31
or Where Are the Airbags? (U.S.
and Canada) on page 3-30. See
your dealer for service.
Replacing Airbag System
Parts after a Crash
{Warning
A crash can damage the airbag
systems in the vehicle.
A damaged airbag system may
not work properly and may not
protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
in serious injury or even death. To
help make sure the airbag
systems are working properly
after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.
If an airbag inflates, you will need to
replace airbag system parts. See
your dealer for service.
If the airbag readiness light stays on
after the vehicle is started or comes
on when you are driving, the airbag
system may not work properly. Have
the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light on
page 5-12.
Black plate (43,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-43
Child Restraints
Older Children
Older children who have outgrown
booster seats should wear the
vehicle safety belts.
The manufacturer instructions that
come with the booster seat state the
weight and height limitations for that
booster. Use a booster seat with a
lap-shoulder belt until the child
passes the fit test below:
.Sit all the way back on the seat.
Do the knees bend at the seat
edge? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
.Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.
Does the shoulder belt rest on
the shoulder? If yes, continue.
If no, try using the rear safety
belt comfort guide, if available.
See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides”under Lap-Shoulder Belt
(U.S. and Canada) on page 3-15
or Lap-Shoulder Belt (Mexico)
on page 3-20. If a comfort guide
is not available, or if the
shoulder belt still does not rest
on the shoulder, then return to
the booster seat.
.Does the lap belt fit low and
snug on the hips, touching the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
.Can proper safety belt fit be
maintained for the length of the
trip? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
Q: What is the proper way to
wear safety belts?
A: An older child should wear a
lap-shoulder belt and get the
additional restraint a shoulder
belt can provide. The shoulder
belt should not cross the face or
neck. The lap belt should fit
snugly below the hips, just
touching the top of the thighs.
This applies belt force to the
child's pelvic bones in a crash.
It should never be worn over the
abdomen, which could cause
severe or even fatal internal
injuries in a crash.
Black plate (44,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-44 Seats and Restraints
Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides”under Lap-Shoulder Belt
(U.S. and Canada) on page 3-15 or
Lap-Shoulder Belt (Mexico) on
page 3-20.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
restrained in a rear seating position.
In a crash, children who are not
buckled up can strike other people
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use safety belts
properly.
{Warning
Never allow more than one child
to wear the same safety belt. The
safety belt cannot properly spread
the impact forces. In a crash, they
can be crushed together and
seriously injured. A safety belt
must be used by only one person
at a time.
{Warning
Never allow a child to wear the
safety belt with the shoulder belt
behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured by not wearing
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen.
That could cause serious or fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should
go over the shoulder and across
the chest.
Black plate (45,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-45
Infants and Young
Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs
protection! This includes infants and
all other children. Neither the
distance traveled nor the age and
size of the traveler changes the
need, for everyone, to use safety
restraints. In fact, the law in every
Canadian province says children up
to some age must be restrained
while in a vehicle.
{Warning
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is
pulled all the way out of the
retractor. It unlocks when the
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
the way back into the retractor,
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
but it cannot do this if it is
wrapped around a child’s neck.
If the shoulder belt is locked and
tightened around a child’s neck,
the only way to loosen the belt is
to cut it.
Never leave children unattended
in a vehicle and never allow
children to play with the safety
belts.
Every time infants and young
children ride in vehicles, they should
have the protection provided by
appropriate child restraints. Neither
the vehicle's safety belt system nor
its airbag system is designed
for them.
Children who are not restrained
properly can strike other people,
or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
{Warning
Never hold an infant or a child
while riding in a vehicle. Due to
crash forces, an infant or a child
will become so heavy it is not
possible to hold it during a crash.
For example, in a crash at only
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
infant will suddenly become a
110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
arms. An infant should be
secured in an appropriate
restraint.
Black plate (46,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-46 Seats and Restraints
{Warning
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Never put a rear-facing
child restraint in the front
outboard seat. Secure a
rear-facing child restraint in a rear
seat. It is also better to secure a
forward-facing child restraint in a
rear seat. If you must secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
the front outboard seat, always
move the front passenger seat as
far back as it will go.
Q: What are the different types of
add-on child restraints?
A: Add-on child restraints, which
are purchased by the vehicle
owner, are available in four basic
types. Selection of a particular
restraint should take into
consideration not only the child's
weight, height, and age but also
whether or not the restraint will
be compatible with the motor
vehicle in which it will be used.
For most basic types of child
restraints, there are many
different models available. When
purchasing a child restraint, be
sure it is designed to be used in
a motor vehicle. If it is, the
restraint will have a label saying
that it meets federal motor
vehicle safety standards.
The restraint manufacturer's
instructions that come with the
restraint state the weight and
height limitations for a particular
child restraint. In addition, there
are many kinds of restraints
available for children with
special needs.
Black plate (47,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-47
{Warning
To reduce the risk of neck and
head injury during a crash, infants
need complete support. In a
crash, if an infant is in a
rear-facing child restraint, the
crash forces can be distributed
across the strongest part of an
infant's body, the back and
shoulders. Infants should always
be secured in rear-facing child
restraints.
{Warning
A young child's hip bones are still
so small that the vehicle's regular
safety belt may not remain low on
the hip bones, as it should.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal
injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a
crash, young children should
always be secured in appropriate
child restraints.
Child Restraint Systems
Rear-Facing Infant Seat
A rear-facing infant seat provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
Black plate (48,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-48 Seats and Restraints
Forward-Facing Child Seat
A forward-facing child seat provides
restraint for the child's body with the
harness.
Booster Seats
A booster seat is a child restraint
designed to improve the fit of the
vehicle's safety belt system.
A booster seat can also help a child
to see out the window.
Securing an Add-On Child
Restraint in the Vehicle
{Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle safety belt or
LATCH system, following the
instructions that came with that
child restraint and the instructions
in this manual.
To help reduce the chance of injury,
the child restraint must be secured
in the vehicle. Child restraint
systems must be secured in vehicle
seats by lap belts or the lap belt
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by
the LATCH system. See Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) on page 3-50.
Black plate (49,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-49
Children can be endangered in a
crash if the child restraint is not
properly secured in the vehicle.
When securing an add-on child
restraint, refer to the instructions
that come with the restraint which
may be on the restraint itself or in a
booklet, or both, and to this manual.
The child restraint instructions are
important, so if they are not
available, obtain a replacement
copy from the manufacturer.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle —even when no child is
in it.
In some areas of the United States
and Canada, Certified Child
Passenger Safety Technicians
(CPSTs) are available to inspect
and demonstrate how to correctly
use and install child restraints. In
the U.S., refer to the National
Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) website to
locate the nearest child safety seat
inspection station. For CPST
availability in Canada, check with
Transport Canada or the Provincial
Ministry of Transportation office.
Securing the Child Within the
Child Restraint
{Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child is not
properly secured in the child
restraint. Secure the child
properly following the instructions
that came with that child restraint.
Where to Put the
Restraint
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position.
Whenever possible, children age
12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position.
Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the front. This is because
the risk to the rear-facing child is so
great if the airbag deploys.
{Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front outboard
passenger airbag inflates. This is
because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the front
outboard passenger airbag
inflates and the passenger seat is
in a forward position.
(Continued)
Black plate (50,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-50 Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
The vehicle may have a
passenger sensing system which
is designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
under certain conditions.
Even if the passenger sensing
system, if equipped, has turned
off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag, no system is
fail-safe. No one can guarantee
that an airbag will not deploy
under some unusual
circumstance, even though it is
turned off.
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard seat, always
move the front passenger seat as
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
far back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System
(U.S. and Canada) on page 3-36
for additional information.
When securing a child restraint in a
rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with the child
restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
Child restraints and booster seats
vary considerably in size, and some
may fit in certain seating positions
better than others. Always make
sure the child restraint is properly
secured.
Depending on where you place the
child restraint and the size of the
child restraint, you may not be able
to access adjacent safety belt
assemblies or LATCH anchors for
additional passengers or child
restraints. Adjacent seating
positions should not be used if the
child restraint prevents access to or
interferes with the routing of the
safety belt.
Wherever a child restraint is
installed, be sure to secure the child
restraint properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle —even when no child is
in it.
Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children
(LATCH System)
The LATCH system secures a child
restraint during driving or in a crash.
LATCH attachments on the child
restraint are used to attach the child
restraint to the anchors in the
Black plate (51,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-51
vehicle. The LATCH system is
designed to make installation of a
child restraint easier.
In order to use the LATCH system in
your vehicle, you need a child
restraint that has LATCH
attachments. LATCH-compatible
rear-facing and forward-facing child
seats can be properly installed
using either the LATCH anchors or
the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not
use both the safety belts and the
LATCH anchorage system to secure
a rear-facing or forward-facing
child seat.
Booster seats use the vehicle’s
safety belts to secure the child in
the booster seat. If the manufacturer
recommends that the booster seat
be secured with the LATCH system,
this can be done as long as the
booster seat can be positioned
properly and there is no interference
with the proper positioning of the
lap-shoulder belt on the child.
Make sure to follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint,
and also the instructions in this
manual.
When installing a child restraint with
a top tether, you must also use
either the lower anchors or the
safety belts to properly secure the
child restraint. A child restraint must
never be installed using only the top
tether and anchor.
The LATCH anchorage system can
be used until the combined weight
of the child plus the child restraint is
29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt
alone instead of the LATCH
anchorage system once the
combined weight is more than
29.5 kg (65 lbs).
The following explains how to attach
a child restraint with these
attachments in the vehicle.
Not all vehicle seating positions or
child restraints have lower anchors
and attachments or top tether
anchors and attachments.
Lower Anchors
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars
built into the vehicle. There are two
lower anchors for each LATCH
seating position that will
accommodate a child restraint with
lower attachments (2).
Black plate (52,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-52 Seats and Restraints
Top Tether Anchor
A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of
the child restraint to the vehicle.
A top tether anchor is built into the
vehicle. The top tether
attachment (2) on the child restraint
connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the
forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or in
a crash.
The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints that have a
top tether are designed for use with
or without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations
I(Top Tether Anchor): Seating
positions with top tether anchors.
H(Lower Anchor): Seating
positions with two lower anchors.
Black plate (53,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-53
To assist in locating the lower
anchors, each seating position with
lower anchors has two labels, near
the crease between the seatback
and the seat cushion.
To assist in locating the top tether
anchors, the top tether anchor
symbol is on the trim near the
anchor.
The top tether anchors are on the
back of the rear seatbacks. Be sure
to use an anchor on the same side
of the vehicle as the seating
position where the child restraint will
be placed.
Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached.
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint on page 3-49 for
additional information.
Securing a Child Restraint
Designed for the LATCH
System
{Warning
If a LATCH-type child restraint is
not attached to anchors or with
the safety belt, the child restraint
will not be able to protect the child
correctly. In a crash, the child
could be seriously injured or
killed. Install a LATCH-type child
restraint properly using the
anchors, or use the vehicle safety
belts to secure the restraint,
(Continued)
Black plate (54,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-54 Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
following the instructions that
came with the child restraint and
the instructions in this manual.
{Warning
Do not attach more than one child
restraint to a single anchor.
Attaching more than one child
restraint to a single anchor could
cause the anchor or attachment
to come loose or even break
during a crash. A child or others
could be injured. To reduce the
risk of serious or fatal injuries
during a crash, attach only one
child restraint per anchor.
{Warning
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is
pulled all the way out of the
retractor. It unlocks when the
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
the way back into the retractor,
but it cannot do this if it is
wrapped around a child’s neck.
If the shoulder belt is locked and
tightened around a child’s neck,
the only way to loosen the belt is
to cut it.
Buckle any unused safety belts
behind the child restraint so
children cannot reach them. Pull
the shoulder belt all the way out
of the retractor to set the lock,
and tighten the belt behind the
child restraint after the child
restraint has been installed.
{Caution
Do not let the LATCH
attachments rub against the
vehicle’s safety belts. This may
damage these parts. If necessary,
move buckled safety belts to
avoid rubbing the LATCH
attachments.
Do not fold the empty rear seat
with a safety belt buckled. This
could damage the safety belt or
the seat. Unbuckle and return the
safety belt to its stowed position,
before folding the seat.
If you need to secure more than one
child restraint in the rear seat, see
Where to Put the Restraint on
page 3-49.
This system is designed to make
installation of child restraints easier.
When using lower anchors, do not
use the vehicle's safety belts.
Instead use the vehicle's anchors
and child restraint attachments to
Black plate (55,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-55
secure the restraints. Some
restraints also use another vehicle
anchor to secure a top tether.
1. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments to the lower
anchors. If the child restraint
does not have lower
attachments or the desired
seating position does not have
lower anchors, secure the child
restraint with the top tether and
the safety belts. Refer to your
child restraint manufacturer
instructions and the instructions
in this manual.
1.1. Find the lower anchors for
the desired seating
position.
1.2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
When installing a
rear-facing child restraint, it
may be necessary to move
the front seat forward to
properly install the child
restraint per the child
restraint manufacturer
instructions. See Seat
Adjustment on page 3-4.
1.3. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments on the child
restraint to the lower
anchors.
2. If the child restraint manufacturer
recommends that the top tether
be attached, attach and tighten
the top tether to the top tether
anchor, if equipped. Refer to the
child restraint instructions and
the following steps:
2.1. Find the top tether anchor.
2.2. Remove the cargo cover
before installing the top
tether. Place the cargo
cover on the floor of the
cargo area. The cargo
cover should remain off
while the top tether is
in use.
2.3. Route, attach, and tighten
the top tether according to
your child restraint
instructions and the
following instructions:
Black plate (56,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-56 Seats and Restraints
If the position you are using
does not have a head
restraint and you are using
a single tether, route the
tether over the seatback.
If the position you are using
does not have a head
restraint and you are using
a dual tether, route the
tether over the seatback.
If the position you are using
has an adjustable head
restraint and you are using
a single tether, raise the
head restraint and route the
tether under the head
restraint and in between the
head restraint posts.
If the position you are using
has an adjustable head
restraint and you are using
a dual tether, raise the head
restraint and route the
tether under the head
restraint and around the
head restraint posts.
3. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
LATCH path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. There should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement for proper installation.
Black plate (57,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-57
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash
{Warning
A crash can damage the LATCH
system in the vehicle. A damaged
LATCH system may not properly
secure the child restraint,
resulting in serious injury or even
death in a crash. To help make
sure the LATCH system is
working properly after a crash,
see your dealer to have the
system inspected and any
necessary replacements made as
soon as possible.
If the vehicle has the LATCH system
and it was being used during a
crash, new LATCH system parts
may be needed.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the LATCH
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat –U.S. and
Canada)
When securing a child restraint in a
rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with the child
restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
If the child restraint has the LATCH
system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3-50 for how and
where to install the child restraint
using LATCH. If a child restraint is
secured in the vehicle using a
safety belt and it uses a top tether,
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
page 3-50 for top tether anchor
locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
If the child restraint or vehicle seat
position does not have the LATCH
system, you will be using the safety
belt to secure the child restraint in
this position. Be sure to follow the
instructions that came with the child
restraint. Secure the child in the
child restraint when and as the
instructions say.
If more than one child restraint
needs to be installed in the rear
seat, be sure to read Where to Put
the Restraint on page 3-49.
Black plate (58,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-58 Seats and Restraints
1. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
For outboard second row seating
positions, remove the safety belt
from the guide. Do not secure
the child restraint with the safety
belt routed through the guide.
When installing a rear-facing
child restraint, it may be
necessary to move the front seat
forward to properly install the
child restraint per the child
restraint manufacturer
instructions.
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions of
the vehicle's safety belt through
or around the restraint. The child
restraint instructions will show
you how.
3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
out of the retractor to set the
lock. When the retractor lock is
set, the belt can be tightened but
not pulled out of the retractor.
Black plate (59,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-59
5. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the belt,
and feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor. When installing
a forward-facing child restraint, it
may be helpful to use your knee
to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
6. If the child restraint has a top
tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3-50 for more
information.
7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
safety belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. When the child
restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it.
Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat –Mexico)
When securing a child restraint in a
rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with the child
restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
If the child restraint has the LATCH
system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3-50 for how and
where to install the child restraint
using LATCH. If a child restraint is
secured in the vehicle using a
safety belt and it uses a top tether,
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
page 3-50 for top tether anchor
locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
Black plate (60,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-60 Seats and Restraints
If the child restraint or vehicle seat
position does not have the LATCH
system, you will be using the safety
belt to secure the child restraint in
this position. Be sure to follow the
instructions that came with the child
restraint. Secure the child in the
child restraint when and as the
instructions say.
If more than one child restraint
needs to be installed in the rear
seat, be sure to read Where to Put
the Restraint on page 3-49.
1. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
For outboard second row seating
positions, remove the safety belt
from the guide. Do not secure
the child restraint with the safety
belt routed through the guide.
When installing a rear-facing
child restraint, it may be
necessary to move the front seat
forward to properly install the
child restraint per the child
restraint manufacturer
instructions.
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions of
the vehicle's safety belt through
or around the restraint. The child
restraint instructions will show
you how.
3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
4. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the belt,
and feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor. When installing
a forward-facing child restraint, it
may be helpful to use your knee
to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.
Black plate (61,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-61
5. If the child restraint has a top
tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3-50 for more
information.
6. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
safety belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. When the child
restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it.
Securing Child Restraints
(Front Passenger Seat –
U.S. and Canada)
This vehicle has airbags. A rear
seat is a safer place to secure a
forward-facing child restraint. See
Where to Put the Restraint on
page 3-49.
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system which is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag (if equipped) under
certain conditions. See Passenger
Sensing System (U.S. and Canada)
on page 3-36 and Passenger Airbag
Status Indicator (U.S. and Canada)
on page 5-12 for more information,
including important safety
information.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.
{Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag inflates.
This is because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
inflates and the passenger seat is
in a forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger airbag(s), no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
inflate under some unusual
circumstance, even though the
airbag(s) are off.
(Continued)
Black plate (62,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-62 Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the
airbag(s) are off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard passenger
seat, always move the seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System
(U.S. and Canada) on page 3-36
for additional information.
If the child restraint uses a top
tether, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3-50 for top tether
anchor locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
When using the lap-shoulder belt to
secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint and the
following instructions:
1. Move the seat as far back as it
will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal
airbag and knee airbag (if
equipped), the off indicator on
the passenger airbag status
indicator should light and stay lit
when the vehicle is started. See
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator (U.S. and Canada) on
page 5-12.
2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions of
the vehicle's safety belt through
or around the restraint. The child
restraint instructions will show
you how.
4. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle, so that the safety
belt could be quickly unbuckled
if necessary.
Black plate (63,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-63
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
out of the retractor to set the
lock. When the retractor lock is
set, the belt can be tightened but
not pulled out of the retractor.
6. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the belt,
and feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor. When installing
a forward-facing child restraint, it
may be helpful to use your knee
to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
safety belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. When the child
restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
If the passenger sensing system
has turned off the airbags, the off
indicator in the passenger airbag
status indicator will come on and
stay on when the vehicle is started.
If a child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
Restraint”under Passenger Sensing
System (U.S. and Canada) on
page 3-36.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
Black plate (64,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-64 Seats and Restraints
Securing Child Restraints
(Front Passenger Seat –
Mexico)
This vehicle has airbags. A rear
seat is a safer place to secure a
forward-facing child restraint. See
Where to Put the Restraint on
page 3-49.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.
{Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the passenger airbag
inflates. This is because the back
of the rear-facing child restraint
would be very close to the
inflating airbag. Secure
rear-facing child restraints in a
rear seat.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
A child in a forward-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front outboard
passenger airbag inflates and the
passenger seat is in a forward
position. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard passenger
seat, always move the passenger
seat as far back as it will go. It is
better to secure the child restraint
in a rear seat.
If the child restraint uses a top
tether, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3-50 for top tether
anchor locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
When using the lap-shoulder belt to
secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint and the
following instructions:
1. Move the seat as far back as it
will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.
2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions of
the vehicle's safety belt through
or around the restraint. The child
restraint instructions will show
you how.
Black plate (65,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Seats and Restraints 3-65
4. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
5. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the belt
and feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor. When installing
a forward-facing child restraint, it
may be helpful to use your knee
to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.
6. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
push and pull the child restraint
in different directions to be sure
it is secure.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
Black plate (66,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
3-66 Seats and Restraints
2NOTES
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Storage 4-1
Storage
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . 4-1
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . 4-1
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Additional Storage Features
Cargo Management
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Warning Triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Roof Rack System
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Storage
Compartments
{Warning
Do not store heavy or sharp
objects in storage compartments.
In a crash, these objects may
cause the cover to open and
could result in injury.
Instrument Panel Storage
If equipped, pull the handle to open.
Slide the latch to open.
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
4-2 Storage
Press the button to open the
storage above the glovebox.
Cupholders
If equipped, pull the rear seat
armrest down to access.
Sunglasses Storage
There may be sunglasses storage
over the driver door. Pull to open.
Underseat Storage
If equipped, there is storage under
the front passenger seat. Lift the
end of the tray up and pull it forward
to open. Push it in toward the seat
to close.
Additional Storage
Features
Cargo Management
System
This vehicle has a cargo
management system in the rear.
Pull the strap to lift.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Storage 4-3
Fold the load floor. Place the hook
from the load floor inside the hook
on the side trim.
Convenience Net
The vehicle may have a
convenience net. Attach the net to
the cargo tie-downs.
The net is used to store small loads
and should not be used for heavy
loads.
Warning Triangle
If equipped, the warning triangle is
stowed in the rear storage
compartment.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
4-4 Storage
Roof Rack System
{Warning
If something is carried on top of
the vehicle that is longer or wider
than the roof rack —like paneling,
plywood, or a mattress —the
wind can catch it while the vehicle
is being driven. The item being
carried could be violently torn off,
and this could cause a collision
and damage the vehicle. Never
carry something longer or wider
than the roof rack on top of the
vehicle unless using a GM
certified accessory carrier.
For vehicles with a roof rack, the
rack can be used to load items. For
roof racks that do not have
crossrails included, GM Certified
crossrails can be purchased as an
accessory. See your dealer for
additional information.
{Caution
Loading cargo on the roof rack
that weighs more than 75 kg
(165 lb) or hangs over the rear or
sides of the vehicle may damage
the vehicle. Load cargo so that it
rests evenly between the
crossrails, making sure to fasten
cargo securely.
To prevent damage or loss of cargo
when driving, check to make sure
crossrails and cargo are securely
fastened. Loading cargo on the roof
rack will make the vehicle’s center
of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,
sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden
braking, or abrupt maneuvers;
otherwise it may result in loss of
control. If driving for a long distance,
on rough roads, or at high speeds,
occasionally stop the vehicle to
make sure the cargo remains in its
place. Do not exceed the maximum
vehicle capacity when loading the
vehicle.
See Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-10.
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Instruments and Controls 5-1
Instruments and
Controls
Controls
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-2
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3
Rear Window Wiper/
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . 5-11
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 5-12
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator (U.S. and
Canada) .................... 5-12
Charging System Light . . . . . . 5-13
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Service Vehicle Soon
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Owner Manual Indicator . . . . . 5-16
Brake System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Power Steering Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Ultrasonic Parking Sensor
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
StabiliTrak
®
OFF Light . . . . . . . 5-18
Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak
®
Light . . . . 5-19
Engine Coolant Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-20
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 5-21
Immobilizer Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Reduced Engine Power
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Daytime Running Lamps
(DRL) Indicator Light . . . . . . . 5-22
Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . 5-22
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Information Displays
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Vehicle Messages
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . 5-25
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Trip Computer
Trip Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . 5-28
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
5-2 Instruments and Controls
Controls
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up,
down, forward, and backward.
3. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
Steering Wheel Controls
Some audio steering wheel controls
could differ depending on the
vehicle's options. Some audio
controls can be adjusted at the
steering wheel.
b/g(Press to Talk): For vehicles
with Bluetooth or OnStar, press to
interact with those systems. See
Bluetooth (Voice Recognition) on
page 7-36 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls) on
page 7-27 or Bluetooth (Overview)
on page 7-26 or OnStar (if
equipped).
$/i(Mute/End Call): Press to
decline an incoming call, to end
speech recognition, or to end a
current call. Press to silence the
vehicle speakers while using the
infotainment system. Press again to
turn the sound on.
For vehicles with OnStar or
Bluetooth systems, press to reject
an incoming call, or end a
current call.
_SRC ^(Source): Press to select
an audio source.
Toggle up or down to select the next
or previous favorite radio station,
CD/MP3 track, USB file, iPod/
iPhone song or Bluetooth music.
Toggle and hold up or down to fast
forward or reverse the radio
stations, CD/MP3 tracks, USB files,
iPod/iPhone songs or Bluetooth
music.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Instruments and Controls 5-3
+x−(Volume): Press + or −to
increase or decrease the volume.
Horn
Press aon the steering wheel pad
to sound the horn.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
The windshield wiper/washer lever
is on the right side of the steering
column.
Move the lever to one of the
following positions:
HI: Use for fast wipes.
LO: Use for slow wipes.
INT (Intermittent Wipes): Move
the lever up to INT for intermittent
wipes, then turn the xINT band
up for more frequent wipes or down
for less frequent wipes.
OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.
1X (Mist): For a single wipe, briefly
move the wiper lever down. For
several wipes, hold the wiper
lever down.
b(Windshield Washer): Pull the
windshield wiper lever toward you to
spray windshield washer fluid and
activate the wipers. The wipers will
continue until the lever is released
or the maximum wash time is
reached. When the windshield wiper
lever is released, additional wipes
may occur depending on how long
the windshield washer had been
activated. See Washer Fluid on
page 10-21 for information on filling
the windshield washer fluid
reservoir.
{Warning
In freezing weather, do not use
the washer until the windshield is
warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form ice on the
windshield, blocking your vision.
Clear snow and ice from the wiper
blades before using them. If frozen
to the windshield, carefully loosen or
thaw them. Damaged wiper blades
should be replaced. See Wiper
Blade Replacement on page 10-27.
Heavy snow or ice can overload the
wiper motor. A circuit breaker will
stop the motor until it cools down.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
5-4 Instruments and Controls
Rear Window Wiper/
Washer
If equipped with the rear wiper/
washer, the controls are on the end
of the windshield wiper lever.
ON: Press the upper portion of the
button for continuous rear window
wipes.
OFF: The rear wiper turns off when
the button is returned to the middle
position.
INT (Intermittent Rear Wipes):
Press the lower portion of the button
to set a delay between wipes.
m=REAR (Rear Washer): Push
the windshield wiper lever forward
to spray washer fluid on the rear
window. The lever returns to its
starting position when released.
Reverse Gear Wipes
If the rear wiper control is off, the
rear wiper will automatically operate
continuously when the shift lever is
in R (Reverse), and the front
windshield wiper is performing low
or high speed wipes. If the rear
wiper control is off, the shift lever is
in R (Reverse), and the front
windshield wiper is performing
interval wipes, then the rear wiper
automatically performs interval
wipes.
This feature can be changed. See
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-28.
The windshield washer reservoir is
used for the windshield and the rear
window. Check the fluid level in the
reservoir if either washer is not
working. See Washer Fluid on
page 10-21.
Compass
The vehicle may have a compass
display in the Driver Information
Center (DIC).
Setting the Compass Zone
Under certain circumstances, such
as during a long trip or moving to a
new area, the compass zone will
need to be reset. If the compass is
not set to the correct zone, it may
give false readings. The compass
zone should be set to the area in
which the vehicle is currently
traveling.
Use the DIC buttons to set the
compass zone:
1. While the vehicle is in P (Park),
press the MENU button to
display the DIC menu.
2. Press and hold SET/CLR while
the Set Area display is active.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Instruments and Controls 5-5
3. Find the vehicle's current
location and zone number on the
map. Zones 1 through 15 are
available.
4. Use w x to change to the
correct zone number.
5. Press SET/CLR to confirm the
setting.
Clock
Radio without Touchscreen
The infotainment system controls
are used to access the time and
date settings through the menu
system. See Operation on page 7-8
for information about how to use the
menu system.
Setting the Time and Date
1. Press H.
2. Select Set Time or Set Date.
3. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to
the desired value.
4. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to
select the value.
5. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to
change the desired value.
6. To save and return to the Time
Settings menu, press the /
BACK button at any time.
Setting the 12/24 Hour Format
1. Press H.
2. Select Set Time Format.
3. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to
select the 12 hour or 24 hour
display format.
Setting the Month and Day
Format
1. Press H.
2. Select Set Date Format.
3. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to
the desired setting.
4. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to
select the DD/MM/YYYY (day/
month/year), MM/DD/YYYY
(month/day/year), or YYYY/MM/
DD (year/month/day) display
format.
Radio with Touchscreen
The infotainment system controls
are used to access the time and
date settings through the menu
system. See Operation on page 7-8
for information about how to use the
menu system.
Setting the Time and Date
1. Press D, and then press
settings.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
5-6 Instruments and Controls
2. Press time and date settings,
and then set time and date.
3. Press yor zto adjust the
value.
4. Press OK.
Setting the 12/24 Hour Format
1. Press D, and then press
settings.
2. Press time and date settings,
and then set time format.
3. Select 12/24 HR Format.
Setting the Month and Day
Format
1. Press D, and then press
settings.
2. Press time and date settings,
and then set date format.
3. Set the date display to DD/MM/
YYYY (day/month/year), MM/
DD/YYYY (month/day/year),
or YYYY/MM/DD (year/month/
day) display format.
Power Outlets
The accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
The vehicle has an accessory
power outlet in front of the
cupholders on the center stack.
There may also be one on the rear
of the center console.
Remove the cover to access and
replace when not in use.
{Warning
Power is always supplied to the
outlets. Do not leave electrical
equipment plugged in when the
vehicle is not in use because the
vehicle could catch fire and cause
injury or death.
{Caution
Leaving electrical equipment
plugged in for an extended period
of time while the vehicle is off will
drain the battery. Always unplug
electrical equipment when not in
use and do not plug in equipment
that exceeds the maximum
20 amp rating.
Certain accessory power plugs may
not be compatible with the
accessory power outlet and could
overload vehicle or adapter fuses.
If a problem is experienced, see
your dealer.
When adding electrical equipment,
be sure to follow the proper
installation instructions included with
the equipment. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment on page 9-44.
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Instruments and Controls 5-7
{Caution
Hanging heavy equipment from
the power outlet can cause
damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty. The power
outlets are designed for
accessory power plugs only, such
as cell phone charge cords.
Power Outlet 120 Volt
Alternating Current
If equipped, this power outlet is on
the rear of the center console. It can
be used to plug in electrical
equipment that uses a maximum
limit of 150 watts.
An indicator light on the outlet turns
on to show it is in use. The light
comes on when the ignition is in
ON/RUN and equipment requiring
less than 150 watts is plugged into
the outlet, and no system fault is
detected.
The indicator light does not come on
when the ignition is in LOCK/OFF or
if the equipment is not fully seated
into the outlet.
If equipment is connected using
more than 150 watts or a system
fault is detected, a protection circuit
shuts off the power supply and the
indicator light turns off. To reset the
circuit, unplug the item and plug it
back in or turn the Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) off and
then back on. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) on
page 9-19. The power restarts when
equipment using 150 watts or less is
plugged into the outlet and a system
fault is not detected.
The power outlet is not designed for
and may not work properly, if the
following are plugged in:
.Equipment with high initial peak
wattage such as:
compressor-driven refrigerators
and electric power tools.
.Other equipment requiring an
extremely stable power supply
such as:
microcomputer-controlled
electric blankets, touch sensor
lamps, etc.
.Medical equipment.
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
5-8 Instruments and Controls
Warning Lights,
Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning lights and gauges can
signal that something is wrong
before it becomes serious enough
to cause an expensive repair or
replacement. Paying attention to the
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.
Warning lights come on when there
could be a problem with a vehicle
function. Some warning lights come
on briefly when the engine is started
to indicate they are working.
Gauges can indicate when there
could be a problem with a vehicle
function. Often gauges and warning
lights work together to indicate a
problem with the vehicle.
When one of the warning lights
comes on and stays on while
driving, or when one of the gauges
shows there may be a problem,
check the section that explains what
to do. Waiting to do repairs can be
costly and even dangerous.
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Instruments and Controls 5-9
Instrument Cluster
English Shown, Metric Similar
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
5-10 Instruments and Controls
Speedometer
The speedometer shows the
vehicle's speed in either kilometers
per hour (km/h) or miles per
hour (mph).
Odometer
The odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven, in either
kilometers or miles.
Trip Odometer
The trip odometer shows how far
the vehicle has been driven since
the trip odometer was last reset.
Press the trip odometer reset stem
on the cluster to switch between the
odometer and trip odometer.
To reset the trip odometer to zero,
press and hold the trip odometer
reset stem while the trip odometer is
displayed. Be careful not to reset
the engine oil life monitor
accidentally.
Tachometer
The tachometer displays the engine
speed in revolutions per
minute (rpm).
{Caution
If the engine is operated with the
rpm’s in the warning area at the
high end of the tachometer, the
vehicle could be damaged, and
the damage would not be covered
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
by the vehicle warranty. Do not
operate the engine with the rpm’s
in the warning area.
Fuel Gauge
The fuel gauge indicates about how
much fuel is left when the ignition is
turned to ON/RUN.
When the tank nears empty, the low
fuel warning light will come on.
There is still a little fuel left, but the
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Instruments and Controls 5-11
vehicle's fuel tank should be filled
soon. See Low Fuel Warning Light
on page 5-21 for more information.
An arrow on the fuel gauge
indicates on which side of the
vehicle the fuel door is located.
Here are four things that some
owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
.At the service station, the gas
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
.It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than
half the tank's capacity to fill
the tank.
.The indicator moves a little when
turning a corner or speeding up.
.The gauge goes back to empty
when the ignition is turned off.
Safety Belt Reminders
Driver Safety Belt Reminder
Light
There is a driver safety belt
reminder light on the instrument
cluster.
When the vehicle is started, this
light flashes and a chime may come
on to remind the driver to fasten
their safety belt. Then the light stays
on solid until the belt is buckled.
This cycle may continue several
times if the driver remains or
becomes unbuckled while the
vehicle is moving.
If the driver safety belt is buckled,
neither the light nor the chime
comes on.
Passenger Safety Belt
Reminder Light
The vehicle may also have a
passenger safety belt reminder light.
When the vehicle is started, this
light flashes and a chime may come
on to remind passengers to fasten
their safety belt. Then the light stays
on solid until the belt is buckled.
This cycle continues several times if
the front passenger remains or
becomes unbuckled while the
vehicle is moving.
If the front passenger safety belt is
buckled, neither the chime nor the
light comes on.
The front passenger safety belt
reminder light and chime may turn
on if an object is put on the seat
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
5-12 Instruments and Controls
such as a briefcase, handbag,
grocery bag, laptop, or other
electronic device. To turn off the
reminder light and/or chime, remove
the object from the seat or buckle
the safety belt.
Airbag Readiness Light
This light shows if there is an
electrical problem with the airbag
system. The system check includes
the airbag sensor(s), passenger
sensing system (if equipped), the
pretensioners, the airbag modules,
the wiring, and the crash sensing
and diagnostic module. For more
information on the airbag system,
see Airbag System (Mexico) on
page 3-28 or Airbag System (U.S.
and Canada) on page 3-26.
The airbag readiness light comes on
for several seconds when the
vehicle is started. If the light does
not come on then, have it fixed
immediately.
{Warning
If the airbag readiness light stays
on after the vehicle is started or
comes on while driving, it means
the airbag system might not be
working properly. The airbags in
the vehicle might not inflate in a
crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid
injury, have the vehicle serviced
right away.
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator (U.S. and
Canada)
The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system. See Passenger
Sensing System (U.S. and Canada)
on page 3-36 for important safety
information. The instrument panel
has a passenger airbag status
indicator.
United States
Canada
When the vehicle is started, the
passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
for on and off, for several seconds
as a system check. Then, after
several seconds, the status
indicator will light either ON or OFF,
or the on or off symbol to let you
Black plate (13,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Instruments and Controls 5-13
know the status of the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag.
If the word ON or the on symbol is
lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag are allowed to
inflate.
If the word OFF or the off symbol is
lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the
passenger sensing system has
turned off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag and
passenger knee airbag.
If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, or if there
are no lights at all, there may be a
problem with the lights or the
passenger sensing system. See
your dealer for service.
{Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light on page 5-12 for more
information, including important
safety information.
Charging System Light
This light will come on briefly when
the ignition is turned on, and the
engine is not running, as a check to
show it is working.
It should go out when the engine is
started. If it stays on, or comes on
while driving, there may be a
problem with the electrical charging
system. Have it checked by your
dealer. Driving while this light is on
could drain the battery. If a short
distance must be driven with the
light on, turn off all accessories,
such as the radio and air
conditioner, to help reduce the drain
on the battery.
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
A computer system called OBD II
(On-Board Diagnostics-Second
Generation) monitors the operation
of the vehicle to ensure emissions
are at acceptable levels, helping to
maintain a clean environment. The
malfunction indicator lamp comes
on when the vehicle is placed in
ON/RUN, as a check to show it is
working. If it does not, have the
vehicle serviced by your dealer. See
Ignition Positions on page 9-15 for
more information.
Black plate (14,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
5-14 Instruments and Controls
If the malfunction indicator lamp
comes on while the engine is
running, this indicates that the OBD
II system has detected a problem
and diagnosis and service might be
required.
Malfunctions often are indicated by
the system before any problem is
apparent. Being aware of the light
can prevent more serious damage
to the vehicle. This system also
assists the service technician in
correctly diagnosing any
malfunction.
{Caution
If the vehicle is continually driven
with this light on, the emission
controls might not work as well,
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
the vehicle fuel economy might
not be as good, and the engine
might not run as smoothly. This
could lead to costly repairs that
might not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
{Caution
Modifications made to the engine,
transmission, exhaust, intake,
or fuel system of the vehicle or
the replacement of the original
tires with other than those of the
same Tire Performance Criteria
(TPC) can affect the vehicle's
emission controls and can cause
this light to come on.
Modifications to these systems
could lead to costly repairs not
covered by the vehicle warranty.
This could also result in a failure
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
to pass a required Emission
Inspection/Maintenance test. See
Accessories and Modifications on
page 10-2.
This light comes on during a
malfunction in one of two ways:
Light Flashing: A misfire condition
has been detected. A misfire
increases vehicle emissions and
could damage the emission control
system on the vehicle. Diagnosis
and service might be required.
To prevent more serious damage to
the vehicle:
.Reduce vehicle speed.
.Avoid hard accelerations.
.Avoid steep uphill grades.
If the light continues to flash, find a
safe place to stop and park the
vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait at
least 10 seconds, and restart the
engine. If the light is still flashing,
Black plate (15,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Instruments and Controls 5-15
follow the previous steps and see
your dealer for service as soon as
possible.
Light On Steady: An emission
control system malfunction has
been detected on the vehicle.
Diagnosis and service might be
required.
The following may correct an
emission control system
malfunction:
.Check that the fuel cap is fully
installed. See Filling the Tank on
page 9-41. The diagnostic
system can determine if the fuel
cap has been left off or
improperly installed. A loose or
missing fuel cap allows fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.
A few driving trips with the cap
properly installed should turn the
light off.
.Check that good quality fuel is
used. Poor fuel quality causes
the engine not to run as
efficiently as designed and may
cause stalling after start-up,
stalling when the vehicle is
changed into gear, misfiring,
hesitation on acceleration,
or stumbling on acceleration.
These conditions might go away
once the engine is warmed up.
If one or more of these conditions
occurs, change the fuel brand used.
It may require at least one full tank
of the proper fuel to turn the light off.
See Fuel on page 9-40.
If none of the above have made the
light turn off, your dealer can check
the vehicle. The dealer has the
proper test equipment and
diagnostic tools to fix any
mechanical or electrical problems
that might have developed.
Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance Programs
Depending on where you live, your
vehicle may be required to
participate in an emission control
system inspection and maintenance
program. For the inspection, the
emission system test equipment will
likely connect to the vehicle's Data
Link Connector (DLC).
The DLC is under the instrument
panel to the left of the steering
wheel. See your dealer if assistance
is needed.
The vehicle may not pass
inspection if:
.The malfunction indicator lamp is
on with the engine running, or if
the light does not come on when
the ignition is turned to ON/RUN
while the engine is off. See your
dealer for assistance in verifying
proper operation of the
malfunction indicator lamp.
.The OBD II (On-Board
Diagnostics) system determines
that critical emission control
Black plate (16,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
5-16 Instruments and Controls
systems have not been
completely diagnosed. The
vehicle would be considered not
ready for inspection. This can
happen if the 12-volt battery has
recently been replaced or run
down. The diagnostic system is
designed to evaluate critical
emission control systems during
normal driving. This can take
several days of routine driving.
If this has been done and the
vehicle still does not pass the
inspection for lack of OBD II
system readiness, your dealer
can prepare the vehicle for
inspection.
Service Vehicle Soon
Light
For vehicles with this light, it comes
on if a condition exists that may
require the vehicle to be taken in for
service.
If the light comes on, take the
vehicle to your dealer for service as
soon as possible.
Owner Manual Indicator
This symbol is shown when you
need to see the owner manual for
additional instructions or
information.
Brake System Warning
Light
With the ignition on, the brake
system warning light comes on
when the parking brake is set. If the
vehicle is driven with the parking
brake engaged, a chime sounds
when the vehicle speed is greater
than 8 km/h (5 mph).
The vehicle brake system consists
of two hydraulic circuits. If one
circuit is not working, the remaining
circuit can still work to stop the
vehicle. For normal braking
performance, both circuits need to
be working
If the warning light comes on and a
chime sounds there could be a
brake problem. Have the brake
system inspected right away.
This light can also come on due to
low brake fluid. See Brake Fluid on
page 10-23 for more information.
Metric English
Black plate (17,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Instruments and Controls 5-17
This light comes on briefly when the
ignition key is turned to ON/RUN.
If it does not come on then, have it
fixed so it is ready to warn if there is
a problem.
{Warning
The brake system might not be
working properly if the brake
system warning light is on.
Driving with the brake system
warning light on can lead to a
crash. If the light is still on after
the vehicle has been pulled off
the road and carefully stopped,
have the vehicle towed for
service.
If the light comes on while driving,
pull off the road and stop carefully.
The pedal might be harder to push
or might go closer to the floor. It can
take longer to stop. If the light is still
on, have the vehicle towed for
service. See Towing the Vehicle on
page 10-71.
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light
This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.
If the light stays on, turn the ignition
to LOCK/OFF or if the light comes
on, stop as soon as possible and
turn the ignition off. Then start the
engine again to reset the system.
If the light still stays on, or comes
on again while driving, the vehicle
needs service. See your dealer.
If the regular brake system warning
light is not on, the brakes will still
work, but the antilock brakes will not
work. If the regular brake system
warning light is also on, the antilock
brakes will not work and there is a
problem with the regular brakes.
See Brake System Warning Light on
page 5-16.
The ABS warning light will come on
briefly when the ignition is turned to
ON/RUN. This is normal. If the light
does not come on then, have it fixed
so it will be ready to warn if there is
a problem.
Up-Shift Light
The vehicle may have an up-shift
light.
When this light comes on, shift to
the next higher gear if weather,
road, and traffic conditions allow.
Black plate (18,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
5-18 Instruments and Controls
Power Steering Warning
Light
If equipped, this light comes on
briefly when the ignition is turned to
ON/RUN as a check to show it is
working.
If it does not come on have the
vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If this light stays on, or comes on
while driving, the system may not be
working. If this happens, see your
dealer for service.
Ultrasonic Parking
Sensor Light
If equipped, this light comes on to
indicate that there is a malfunction
in the system. See your dealer for
service.
See Parking Assist on page 9-37.
Traction Off Light
If equipped, this light comes on
briefly while starting the engine. If it
does not, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer. If the system is
working normally, the indicator light
then turns off.
The traction off light comes on when
the Traction Control System (TCS)
has been turned off by pressing and
releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak
button.
This light and the StabiliTrak OFF
light come on when StabiliTrak is
turned off.
If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not
limited. Adjust driving accordingly.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-31.
StabiliTrak
®
OFF Light
Black plate (19,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Instruments and Controls 5-19
If equipped, this light comes on
briefly while starting the engine. If it
does not, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer.
This light comes on when the
StabiliTrak system is turned off.
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction
Control System (TCS) is also off.
If the TCS is off, the system does
not assist in controlling the vehicle.
Turn on the TCS and the StabiliTrak
systems and the warning light
turns off.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-31.
Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak
®
Light
If equipped, the StabiliTrak or
Traction Control System (TCS)
indicator/warning light comes on
briefly when the engine is started.
If the light does not come on, have
the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the system is working normally,
the indicator light turns off.
If the light is on and not flashing, the
TCS, and potentially the StabiliTrak
system have been disabled.
If the indicator/warning light is on
and flashing, the TCS and/or the
StabiliTrak system is actively
working.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-31.
Engine Coolant
Temperature Warning
Light
This light comes on briefly while
starting the vehicle.
If it does not, have the vehicle
serviced by the dealer. If the system
is working normally the indicator
light goes off.
{Caution
The engine coolant temperature
warning light indicates that the
vehicle has overheated. Driving
with this light on can damage the
engine and it may not be covered
(Continued)
Black plate (20,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
5-20 Instruments and Controls
Caution (Continued)
by the vehicle warranty. See
Engine Overheating on
page 10-19.
The engine coolant temperature
warning light comes on when the
engine has overheated.
If this happens, pull over and turn
off the engine as soon as possible.
See Engine Overheating on
page 10-19.
Tire Pressure Light
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this light
comes on briefly when the engine is
started. It provides information
about tire pressures and the TPMS.
When the Light Is On Steady
This indicates that one or more of
the tires are significantly
underinflated.
Stop as soon as possible, and
inflate the tires to the pressure value
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Tire Pressure
on page 10-48.
When the Light Flashes First and
Then Is On Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation on page 10-50.
Engine Oil Pressure Light
{Caution
Lack of proper engine oil
maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine
oil low can also damage the
engine. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Check the oil level as soon as
possible. Add oil if required, but if
the oil level is within the operating
range and the oil pressure is still
low, have the vehicle serviced.
Always follow the maintenance
schedule for changing engine oil.
Black plate (21,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Instruments and Controls 5-21
This light should come on briefly as
the engine is started. If it does not
come on, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer.
If the light comes on and stays on, it
means that oil is not flowing through
the engine properly. The vehicle
could be low on oil and might have
some other system problem. See
your dealer.
Low Fuel Warning Light
This light comes on for a few
seconds when the ignition is turned
on as a check to indicate it is
working. If it does not come on,
have it fixed.
This light comes on when the
vehicle is low on fuel.
The low fuel warning light comes on
when there are approximately 6.0 L
(1.7 gal) of fuel remaining in
the tank.
To turn the light off, add fuel to the
fuel tank. See Filling the Tank on
page 9-41.
Immobilizer Light
The immobilizer light should come
on briefly as the engine is started.
If it does not come on, have the
vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the system is working normally,
the indicator light turns off.
If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
problem with the immobilizer
system. See Immobilizer Operation
on page 2-11.
Reduced Engine Power
Light
The reduced engine power light
should come on briefly as the
engine is started. If it does not come
on, have the vehicle serviced by
your dealer.
This light, along with the malfunction
indicator lamp, displays when a
noticeable reduction in the vehicle's
performance occurs.
The vehicle can be driven at a
reduced speed when the reduced
engine power light is on but
acceleration and speed might be
reduced. If this light stays on, see
your dealer as soon as possible for
diagnosis and repair.
Black plate (22,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
5-22 Instruments and Controls
High-Beam On Light
This light comes on when the
high-beam headlamps are in use.
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer on page 6-2.
Daytime Running Lamps
(DRL) Indicator Light
If equipped, this light turns on
whenever the Daytime Running
Lamps are in use.
See Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
on page 6-2.
Front Fog Lamp Light
For vehicles with front fog lamps,
this light comes on when the front
fog lamps are in use.
The light goes out when the front
fog lamps are turned off. See Front
Fog Lamps on page 6-4 for more
information.
Lamps On Reminder
This light comes on when the
exterior lamps are in use. See
Exterior Lamp Controls on page 6-1.
Cruise Control Light
For vehicles with cruise control, the
cruise control light is white when the
cruise control is on and ready, and
turns green when the cruise control
is set and active.
The light turns off when the cruise
control is turned off. See Cruise
Control on page 9-34.
Black plate (23,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Instruments and Controls 5-23
Door Ajar Light
This light comes on when a door is
open or not securely latched. Before
driving, check that all doors are
properly closed.
Information Displays
Driver Information
Center (DIC)
If equipped, the DIC displays
information about your vehicle.
It also displays warning messages if
a system problem is detected. See
Vehicle Messages on page 5-25. All
messages appear in the DIC display
in the instrument cluster. See Trip
Computer on page 5-26 and Vehicle
Messages on page 5-25.
DIC Operation and Displays
The DIC has different displays
which can be accessed by using the
DIC buttons on the turn signal lever
on the left side of the steering
wheel. The DIC displays trip, fuel,
and warning messages if a system
problem is detected.
DIC Buttons
1. SET/CLR: Press to set or clear
the menu item displayed. This is
not used to reset the trip
odometer. To reset the trip
odometer, use the reset button
on the tachometer in the
instrument cluster.
2. w x (Thumbwheel): Use to
scroll through the items in
each menu.
3. MENU: Press to display the DIC
menus. This button is also used
to return to or exit the last
screen displayed on the DIC.
Black plate (24,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
5-24 Instruments and Controls
DIC Menu Items
Press MENU to view the DIC
menus. Some items display in the
upper display area, some in the
lower display area, and others use
both the upper and lower display
areas. Use w x to scroll through
the menu items. Not all items are
available on every vehicle. The
following is a list of all possible
menu items:
.Remaining Oil Life
.Units
.Language
.Compass
.Tire Learn
Remaining Oil Life
This menu is not available while the
vehicle is moving. This display
shows an estimate of the oil's
remaining useful life. If 99 :% is
displayed, that means 99% of the
current oil life remains.
When the remaining oil life is low,
the :% CHANGE message will
appear on the display. The oil
should be changed as soon as
possible. See Engine Oil on
page 10-9. In addition to the engine
oil life system monitoring the oil life,
additional maintenance is
recommended in the Maintenance
Schedule. See Maintenance
Schedule on page 11-2.
Remember, the oil life display must
be reset after each oil change. It will
not reset itself. Also, be careful not
to reset the oil life display
accidentally at any time other than
when the oil has just been changed.
It cannot be reset accurately until
the next oil change. To reset the
engine oil life system, press the
SET/CLR button while the oil life
display is active. See Engine Oil
Life System on page 10-11.
Units
This menu is not available while the
vehicle is moving. Press SET/CLR
while the unit display is active and
move w x to change units when
UNIT SET is displayed. Press SET/
CLR to confirm the setting. Select 1,
2, or 3 for the unit display. 1 is
Imperial units, 2 is US units, and 3
is metric units. This will change the
displays on the cluster and DIC to
the type of measurements selected.
Language
This menu is not available while the
vehicle is moving. Press SET/CLR
while the language display is active
and move w x to change the
language of the displays when
LANG SET is displayed. Select 1 or
2 for the language display. 1 is
Alphabet and 2 is Arabic Numeral.
Press SET/CLR to confirm the
setting.
Black plate (25,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Instruments and Controls 5-25
Compass
See Compass on page 5-4 for
information on setting the compass.
Tire Learn
This display allows for matching of
the TPMS sensors. See Tire
Pressure Monitor System on
page 10-49 and Tire Pressure
Monitor Operation on page 10-50.
Vehicle Messages
DIC messages display when the
status of the vehicle has changed
and action may be needed to
correct the condition. Multiple
messages appear one after another.
Press any of the DIC buttons on the
turn signal lever to acknowledge
and clear them from the display.
More urgent messages cannot be
cleared from the DIC display. All
messages should be taken
seriously. Clearing messages will
not correct the problem.
Vehicle messages appear as code
numbers.
25: Left Front Turn Indicator Failure
26: Left Rear Turn Indicator Failure
27: Right Front Turn Indicator
Failure
28: Right Rear Turn Indicator
Failure
73: Service All Wheel Drive System
84: Engine Power Is Reduced
89: Service Vehicle Soon
125: Compass Calibrating —Drive
in Circles
173: All Wheel Drive Off
Engine Oil Messages
:% CHANGE
This message displays when the
engine oil needs to be changed.
When changing the engine oil, be
sure to reset the Oil Life System.
See Engine Oil Life System on
page 10-11,Engine Oil on
page 10-9, and Maintenance
Schedule on page 11-2.
Black plate (26,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
5-26 Instruments and Controls
Tire Messages
LF XX, RF XX, LR XX,
or RR XX
A message displays when the tire
pressure is low. It shows the
location of the low tire and the
approximate pressure of the low tire.
If a tire pressure message appears,
stop as soon as you can. Inflate the
tires by adding air until the tire
pressure is equal to the values
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Tires on
page 10-41,Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-10, and Tire Pressure on
page 10-48.
Trip Computer
The trip computer is located in the
Driver Information Center (DIC).
It provides the driver with driving
information such as average speed,
fuel range, average fuel economy,
and a timer.
1. SET/CLR: Press to set or clear
the menu item displayed. This is
not used to reset the trip
odometer. To reset the trip
odometer, use the reset button
on the tachometer in the
instrument cluster.
2. w x (Thumbwheel): Turn the
band to scroll through the menu
items.
3. MENU: Press to display the DIC
menus. This button is also used
to return to or exit the last
screen displayed on the DIC.
To operate the trip computer, turn
band on the turn signal lever.
The following is a list of the trip
computer items:
.Average Speed
.Fuel Range
.Average Fuel Economy
.Timer
Some items can be reset by
pressing the SET/CLR button.
Black plate (27,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Instruments and Controls 5-27
Average Speed
Metric
English
This display shows the average
speed. To reset the average speed
to zero, press and hold the SET/
CLR button while the average
speed is displayed.
Fuel Range
Metric Shown, English Similar
This displays the approximate
distance the vehicle can be driven
without refueling. The fuel range
estimate is based on an average of
the vehicle's fuel economy over
recent driving history and the
amount of fuel remaining in the
fuel tank.
Average Fuel Economy
Metric
English
This display shows the approximate
average liters per 100 kilometers
(L/100 km) or miles per
gallon (mpg). This number is
calculated based on the number of
L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the
last time this menu item was reset.
Black plate (28,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
5-28 Instruments and Controls
This number reflects only the
approximate average fuel economy
that the vehicle has right now, and
will change as driving conditions
change. To reset the average fuel
economy, press and hold the SET/
CLR button while the average fuel
economy is displayed.
Timer
This display can be used as a timer.
To start the timer, press SET/CLR
while the timer is displayed. The
display will show the amount of time
that has passed since the timer was
last reset, not including time the
ignition is off. The timer will record
up to 99:59 hours, after which the
display will return to zero. To reset
the timer to zero, press and hold
SET/CLR.
Vehicle
Personalization
Personalization Menu (Radio
without Touchscreen)
The audio system controls and
touchscreen are used to access the
personalization menus for
customizing vehicle features.
The following are all possible
personalization features. Depending
on the vehicle, some may not be
available.
CONFIG (Configuration): Press to
access the Configuration
Settings Menu.
MENU/TUNE: Turn to scroll
through the menus or setup items.
Press to enter the menus and select
the menu items.
/BACK : Press to exit or return to
the previous screen or menu.
To access a menu:
1. Press the CONFIG button.
Black plate (29,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Instruments and Controls 5-29
2. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to
select the desired menu.
3. Press the MENU/TUNE knob.
Settings menus and functions may
vary depending on vehicle options.
Press the CONFIG button and the
following list of menu items may be
available:
.Languages
.Time and Date Settings
.Radio Settings
.Bluetooth Settings
.Vehicle Settings
Languages
Select Language, then select from
the available language(s).
Time and Date Settings
See “Setting the Time and Date”in
“Radio without Touchscreen”under
Clock on page 5-5.
Radio Settings
Select the Radio Settings menu and
the following may be displayed:
.Auto Volume
.Maximum Startup Volume
.Radio Favorites
Auto Volume
The auto volume feature
automatically adjusts the radio
volume to compensate for road and
wind noise as the vehicle speeds up
or slows down, so that the volume
level is consistent.
Select the desired value.
Maximum Startup Volume
Select this to manually set the
startup volume of the radio.
Select the desired value.
Radio Favorites
This feature allows for the manual
setting of the number of favorite
pages.
Select the desired number.
Bluetooth Settings
Select and the following may
display:
.Bluetooth
.Return to Factory Settings
Bluetooth
Select and the following may
display:
.Activation
.Device List
.Pair Device
.Change Bluetooth Code
Activation
When on, the system will allow a
Bluetooth device to connect.
Select On or Off.
Device List
This allows the management of a
Bluetooth device.
Select Connect, Separate,
or Delete.
Black plate (30,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
5-30 Instruments and Controls
Pair Device
This allows the pairing of a new
Bluetooth device. See “Infotainment
Controls”in Bluetooth (Voice
Recognition) on page 7-36 or
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls) on
page 7-27 or Bluetooth (Overview)
on page 7-26.
Change Bluetooth Code
This allows the code to be manually
changed or set.
Return to Factory Settings
Select to return all of the vehicle
personalization to the default
settings.
Select Yes or No.
Vehicle Settings
Select and the following may
display:
.Comfort and Convenience
.Collision/Detection Systems
.Lighting
.Power Door Locks
.Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
.Return to Factory Settings
Comfort and Convenience
Select and the following may
display:
.Chime Volume
.Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear
Chime Volume
This allows this feature to be
changed.
Select Normal or High.
Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear
This allows this feature to be turned
on or off. When on, and the front
wipers are on, the rear window
wiper will turn on automatically
when the vehicle is shifted into
R (Reverse).
Select On or Off.
Collision/Detection Systems
If equipped, select and the following
may display:
.Park Assist
Park Assist
This allows this feature to be turned
on or off.
Select On or Off.
Lighting
Select and the following may
display:
.Exit Lighting
Exit Lighting
This allows the selection of how
long the exterior lamps stay on
when leaving the vehicle and it is
dark outside.
Select the desired time.
Power Door Locks
Select and the following may
display:
.Auto Door Unlock
Black plate (31,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Instruments and Controls 5-31
.Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out
.Delayed Door Lock
Auto Door Unlock
This allows selection of which of the
doors will automatically unlock when
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
Select All Doors, Driver Door, or Off.
Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out
When on, this feature will keep the
driver door from locking when the
door is open. If Off is selected, the
Delayed Door Lock menu will be
available and the door will lock as
programmed through this menu.
Select On or Off.
Delayed Door Lock
When on, this feature will delay the
locking of the doors after the last
door is closed.
Select On or Off.
Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
Select and the following may
display:
.Remote Unlock Light Feedback
.Remote Lock Feedback
.Remote Door Unlock
Remote Unlock Light Feedback
When on, the exterior lamps will
flash when unlocking the vehicle
with the Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) transmitter.
Select Flash Lights or Lights Off.
Remote Lock Feedback
This allows the selection of what
type of feedback is given when
pressing Qon the RKE transmitter.
Select from Lights and Horn, Lights
Only, Horn Only, or Off.
Remote Door Unlock
This allows selection of which doors
will unlock when pressing Kon the
RKE transmitter.
When set to Driver Door, the driver
door will unlock the first time Kis
pressed and all doors will unlock
when the button is pressed a
second time. When set to All Doors,
all of the doors will unlock at the first
press of K.
Select from Driver Door or All
Doors.
Personalization Menu (Radio
with Touchscreen)
Settings can be made with the
ignition on and the vehicle not
moving.
The following are all possible
personalization features. Depending
on the vehicle, some may not be
available.
D(Home): Press to access the
Home Page Menu.
Qor R:Press to scroll through the
menus or setup items.
4:Press to exit or return to the
previous screen or menu.
Black plate (32,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
5-32 Instruments and Controls
To access the menu:
1. Press D.
2. Press Settings.
3. Press the desired setting.
Press the menu item to select it.
Each of the menus is detailed in the
following information.
Settings menus and functions may
vary depending on vehicle options.
The following may be available:
.Time & Date Settings
.Radio Settings
.Connection Settings
.Vehicle Settings
.Language
.Text Scroll
.Touch Beep Volume
.Max Startup Volume
.System Version
.DivX
®
VOD
Time & Date Settings
See “Setting the Time and Date”in
“Radio with Touchscreen”under
Clock on page 5-5.
Radio Settings
Select and the following may
display:
.Auto Volume
.Radio Favorites
.Radio Tune Bar
.Radio Text
.XM Categories
.Radio Factory Settings
Auto Volume
The auto volume feature
automatically adjusts the radio
volume according to vehicle speed.
Select Off, Low, Medium, or High.
Radio Favorites
This feature allows for the manually
setting of the number of favorite
pages.
Select 1-5.
Radio Tune Bar
This feature allows for the station
tune bar to be viewed on the
screen.
Select On or Off.
Radio Text
This feature allows text to be viewed
on the screen.
Select On or Off.
XM Categories
This feature allows the selection of
XM categories.
Radio Factory Settings
Select to restore the radio values to
the factory settings.
Connection Settings
Select and the following may
display:
.Bluetooth Settings
.Change Ringtone
Black plate (33,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Instruments and Controls 5-33
.Ringtone Volume
Bluetooth Settings
Select and the following may
display:
.Pair Device
.Change PIN Code
.Discoverable
.Device Info
Pair Device
This allows for a device to be
connected, disconnected,
or deleted.
Select the desire option.
Change PIN Code
This allows to manually change or
set a device Personal Identification
Number (PIN) code.
Discoverable
This allows a connection from a
Bluetooth phone.
Select On or Off.
Device info
This allows the device information to
be checked.
Change rRngtone
This allows the selection of a
ringtone.
Select the desired ringtone.
Ringtone Volume
This allows the selection of a
ringtone volume.
Select the desired ringtone volume.
Vehicle Settings
Select and the following may
display:
.Climate & Air quality
.Comfort & Convenience
.Collision/Detection
.Lighting
.Power Door Locks
.Lock, Unlock Settings
.Rear Camera Option
.Vehicle Factory Settings
Climate & Air Quality
Select and the following may
display:
.Remote Start Heated Seats
Remote Start Heated Seats
When on, this feature will turn the
heated seats on when using the
remote start on cold days.
Select On or Off.
Comfort and Convenience
Select and the following may
display:
.Chime Volume
.Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear
Chime Volume
This allows selection of the chime
volume level.
Select Normal or High.
Black plate (34,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
5-34 Instruments and Controls
Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear
This allows this feature to be turned
on or off. When on, and the front
wipers are on, the rear window
wiper will turn on automatically
when the vehicle is shifted into
R (Reverse).
Select On or Off.
Collision/Detection
Select and the following may
display:
.Park Assist
Park Assist
This allows this feature to be turned
on or off.
Select On or Off.
Lighting
Select and the following may
display:
.Exit Lighting
.Vehicle Locator Lights
Exit Lighting
This allows selection of how long
the exterior lamps stay on when
leaving the vehicle and it is dark
outside.
Select On or Off.
Vehicle Locator Lights
This allows the vehicle locator lights
to be turned on or off. The vehicle
locator lights come on when
unlocking the vehicle with the RKE
transmitter.
Select Off, 30 Sec, 60 Sec,
or 120 Sec.
Power Door Locks
Select and the following may
display:
.Auto Door Unlock
.Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out
.Delayed Door Lock
Auto Door Unlock
This allows selection of which of the
doors will automatically unlock when
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
Select All Doors, Driver Door, or Off.
Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out
When on, this feature will keep the
driver door from locking when the
door is open. If Off is selected, the
Delayed Door Lock menu will be
available and the door will lock as
programmed through this menu.
Select On or Off.
Delayed Door Lock
When on, this feature will delay the
locking of the doors until
five seconds after the last door is
closed. Three chimes will signal that
delayed locking is in use. Pressing
either Qor Kon the RKE
transmitter twice will override the
delayed locking feature and
immediately lock all of the doors.
Select On or Off.
Black plate (35,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Instruments and Controls 5-35
Lock, Unlock Settings
Select and the following may
display:
.Remote Unlock Light Feedback
.Remote Lock Light & Horn
Feedback
.Remote Door Unlock
Remote Unlock Light Feedback
When on, the exterior lamps will
flash when unlocking the vehicle
with the RKE transmitter.
Select Flash Lights or Lights Off.
Remote Lock Light & Horn
Feedback
This allows selection of what type of
feedback is given when pressing Q
on the RKE transmitter.
Select Lights Only, Lights & Horn,
Horn Only, or Off.
Remote Door Unlock
This allows selection of which doors
will unlock when pressing Kon the
RKE transmitter.
When set to Driver Door, the driver
door will unlock the first time Kis
pressed and all doors will unlock
when the button is pressed a
second time. When set to All Doors,
all of the doors will unlock at the first
press of K.
Select All Doors or Driver Door.
Rear Camera Option
Select and the following may
display:
.Symbols
.Guidelines
Symbols
This feature will turn on the symbols
in the rear camera display.
Select On or Off.
Guidelines
This feature will turn on the
guidelines in the rear camera
display.
Select On or Off.
Vehicle Factory Settings
This feature will turn the vehicle
personalization to the default
settings.
Select Yes or No.
Language
Select language, then select from
the available language(s).
Text Scroll
This allows this feature to be turned
on or off. When on, if there is long
text displayed on the audio screen,
the text is scrolled. When off, the
text is scrolled once and displayed
in truncated form.
Select On or Off.
Black plate (36,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
5-36 Instruments and Controls
Touch Beep Volume
This allows this feature to be turned
on or off. When on, a beep will be
heard when pressing the screen.
When off, the beep is canceled.
Select On or Off.
Max Startup Volume
This allows the startup volume of
the infotainment system to be set.
Press Sor Tto select the desired
volume between 9-21.
System Version
Select to view the version of the
infotainment system.
DivX
®
VOD
Press DivX
®
VOD when highlighted.
.DIVX VIDEO: DivX
®
is a digital
video format created by DivX,
LLC, a subsidiary of Rovi
Corporation. This is an official
DivX Certified
®
device that plays
DivX video. See divx.com for
more information and software
tools on how to convert files into
DivX videos.
.DIVX VIDEO-ON DEMAND: This
DivX Certified
®
device must be
registered in order to play
purchased DivX
Video-on-Demand (VOD)
movies. To obtain a registration
code, locate the DivX VOD
section in the device setup
menu. See vod.divx.com for
more information on how to
complete the registration.
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Lighting 6-1
Lighting
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 6-1
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-3
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Front Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Lighting Features
Battery Load Management . . . . 6-6
Battery Power Protection . . . . . . 6-7
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls
The exterior lamp control is to the
left of the steering column on the
instrument panel.
There are four positions:
O(Off): Briefly turn to this position
to turn the automatic lamp control
off or on again.
AUTO (Automatic, If Equipped):
Turns the headlamps on
automatically at normal brightness,
together with the parking lamps,
taillamps, license plate lamps,
sidemarker lamps, and instrument
panel lights.
;(Parking Lamps): Turns on the
parking lamps including all lamps
except the headlamps.
5(Headlamps): Turns on the
headlamps together with the parking
lamps and instrument panel lights.
A warning chime sounds if the driver
door is opened when the ignition
switch is off and the headlamps
are on.
#(Front Fog Lamps, If
Equipped): Press to turn the lamps
on or off.
See Front Fog Lamps on page 6-4.
When the lights are on, ;will be
lit. See Lamps On Reminder on
page 5-22.
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
6-2 Lighting
Headlamp High/
Low-Beam Changer
3(Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer): Push the turn signal
lever away from you and release, to
turn the high beams on.
To return to low beams, push the
lever again or pull it toward you and
release.
This indicator light turns on in the
instrument cluster when the
high-beam headlamps are on.
Flash-to-Pass
To flash the high beams, pull the
turn signal lever all the way toward
you. Then release it.
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL)
If equipped with DRL, they make it
easier for others to see the front of
your vehicle during the day. Fully
functional daytime running lamps
are required on all vehicles first sold
in Canada.
A light sensor on top of the
instrument panel makes the DRL
work, so be sure it is not covered.
The DRL system makes the
low-beam headlamps come on at a
reduced brightness when the
following conditions are met:
.The ignition is in the ON/
RUN mode.
.The exterior lamp control is
in AUTO.
.The engine is running.
When the DRL are on, only the
low-beam headlamps, at a reduced
level of brightness, will be on. The
taillamps, sidemarker, instrument
panel, and other lamps will not
be on.
The headlamps automatically
change from DRL to the regular
headlamps depending on the
darkness of the surroundings. The
other lamps that come on with the
headlamps will also come on.
When it is bright enough outside,
the headlamps go off and the DRL
come on.
To turn the DRL off or on again, turn
the exterior lamp control to the off
position and then release. For
vehicles first sold in Canada, the
DRL cannot be turned off.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Lighting 6-3
Automatic Headlamp
System
If equipped, the headlamps come on
automatically when it is dark enough
outside and the exterior lamp
control is in the automatic position.
See Exterior Lamp Controls on
page 6-1.
The vehicle has a light sensor on
top of the instrument panel. Make
sure it is not covered, or the
headlamps will be on when they are
not needed.
The system may also turn on the
headlamps when driving through a
parking garage or tunnel.
Lights On with Wipers
If the windshield wipers are
activated in daylight with the engine
on, and the exterior lamp control is
in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
lamps, and other exterior lamps
come on. The transition time for the
lamps coming on varies based on
wiper speed. When the wipers are
not operating, these lamps turn off.
Move the exterior lamp control to P
or ;to disable this feature.
Hazard Warning Flashers
|(Hazard Warning Flasher):
Press and momentarily hold this
button to make the front and rear
turn signal lamps flash on and off.
This warns others that you are
having trouble. Press and
momentarily hold again to turn the
flashers off.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
6-4 Lighting
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals
Move the lever all the way up or
down to signal a turn.
An arrow on the instrument cluster
will flash in the direction of the turn
or lane change.
Raise or lower the lever until the
arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
change. The turn signal flashes
three times.
The lever returns to its starting
position when it is released.
If after signaling a turn or lane
change the arrow flashes rapidly or
does not come on, a signal bulb
may be burned out. Replace any
burned out bulbs. If a bulb is not
burned out, check the fuse. See
Fuses and Circuit Breakers on
page 10-33.
Front Fog Lamps
If the vehicle is equipped with front
fog lamps, the button is on the
outboard side of the instrument
panel.
The ignition must be on to turn on
the fog lamps.
#(Front Fog Lamps): Press to
turn the fog lamps on or off. An
indicator light on the instrument
cluster comes on when the fog
lamps are on.
The fog lamps come on together
with the parking lamps.
If the high-beam headlamps are
turned on, the fog lamps will turn off.
If the high-beam headlamps are
turned off, the fog lamps will turn
back on again.
Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on
along with the fog lamps.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Lighting 6-5
Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel
Illumination Control
This feature controls the brightness
of the instrument panel controls and
infotainment display screen. The
thumbwheel is to the left of the
steering column on the instrument
panel.
D(Instrument Panel
Brightness): Move the
thumbwheel up or down and hold, to
brighten or dim the instrument panel
controls and infotainment display
screen.
Courtesy Lamps
The courtesy lamps come on
automatically when any door is
opened and the dome lamp is in the
door position.
Dome Lamps
Front and Rear Dome Lamps
The front dome lamp controls are in
the overhead console.
((Dome Lamp Override): Press
to turn the lamps off, even when a
door is open.
H(Door): When the button is
returned to the middle position, the
lamps turn on automatically when a
door is opened.
'(On): Press to turn on the
dome lamps.
The rear dome lamp controls are in
the headliner above the rear seats.
9(Dome Lamp Override): Press
to turn the lamps off, even when a
door is open.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
6-6 Lighting
H(Door): When the button is
returned to the middle position, the
lamps turn on automatically when a
door is opened.
R(On): Press to turn on the dome
lamps.
Reading Lamps
The front reading lamps are in the
overhead console.
#or $(Reading Lamps): Press
to turn each lamp on or off.
Lighting Features
Battery Load
Management
The vehicle has Electric Power
Management (EPM) that estimates
the battery's temperature and state
of charge. It then adjusts the voltage
for best performance and extended
life of the battery.
When the battery's state of charge
is low, the voltage is raised slightly
to quickly bring the charge back up.
When the state of charge is high,
the voltage is lowered slightly to
prevent overcharging. If the vehicle
has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage
display on the Driver Information
Center (DIC), you may see the
voltage move up or down. This is
normal. If there is a problem, an
alert will be displayed.
The battery can be discharged at
idle if the electrical loads are very
high. This is true for all vehicles.
This is because the generator
(alternator) may not be spinning fast
enough at idle to produce all the
power needed for very high
electrical loads.
A high electrical load occurs when
several of the following are on, such
as: headlamps, high beams, fog
lamps, rear window defogger,
climate control fan at high speed,
heated seats, engine cooling fans,
trailer loads, and loads plugged into
accessory power outlets.
EPM works to prevent excessive
discharge of the battery. It does this
by balancing the generator's output
and the vehicle's electrical needs.
It can increase engine idle speed to
generate more power, whenever
needed. It can temporarily reduce
the power demands of some
accessories.
Normally, these actions occur in
steps or levels, without being
noticeable. In rare cases at the
highest levels of corrective action,
this action may be noticeable to the
driver.
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Lighting 6-7
Battery Power Protection
The battery saver feature is
designed to protect the vehicle's
battery.
If some interior lamps or the manual
parking lamps or headlamps are left
on and the ignition is turned off, the
battery rundown protection system
automatically turns the lamp off after
some time.
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
6-8 Lighting
2NOTES
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-1
Infotainment
System
Introduction
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 7-2
Overview (AM-FM Radio) . . . . . 7-3
Overview (Radio with
CD/USB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Overview (Radio with
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Home Page (Radio with
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Radio
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Fixed Mast Antenna . . . . . . . . . 7-18
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
Audio Players
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Phone
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . 7-26
Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Bluetooth (Voice
Recognition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
Downloadable Applications
Smartphone Link
(Overview) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
Smartphone Link
(Pandora) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
Smartphone Link
(Stitcher) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
Bluetooth Phone/Devices
Pictures and Movies (Audio
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
Pictures and Movies (Picture
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55
Pictures and Movies (Movie
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-57
Trademarks and License
Agreements
Trademarks and License
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
Introduction
Infotainment
Read the following pages to
become familiar with these features.
{Warning
Taking your eyes off the road for
too long or too often while using
any infotainment feature can
cause a crash. You or others
could be injured or killed. Do not
give extended attention to
infotainment tasks while driving.
Limit your glances at the vehicle
displays and focus your attention
on driving. Use voice commands
whenever possible.
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-2 Infotainment System
The infotainment system has built-in
features intended to help avoid
distraction by disabling some
functions when driving. These
functions may gray out when they
are unavailable. Many infotainment
features are also available through
the instrument cluster and steering
wheel controls.
Before driving:
.Become familiar with the
operation, faceplate buttons, and
screen buttons.
.Set up the audio by presetting
favorite stations, setting the
tone, and adjusting the
speakers.
.Set up phone numbers in
advance so they can be called
easily by pressing a single
button or by using a single voice
command if equipped with
Bluetooth phone capability.
See Defensive Driving on page 9-3
To play the infotainment system with
the ignition off, see Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) on
page 9-19.
Theft-Deterrent Feature
The infotainment system has an
electronic security system installed
to prevent theft.
The infotainment system only works
in the vehicle in which it was first
installed, and cannot be used in
another vehicle.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-3
Overview (AM-FM Radio)
1. O/VOL (Power/Volume)
.Press to turn the system on
and off.
.Turn to adjust the volume.
2. Preset Buttons 1−6
.Press and hold to store a
station.
.Press to go to a preset
favorite station.
3. MENU/TUNE
.Press to open menus and
select menu items.
.Turn to highlight menu
items or to set values while
in a menu.
.Turn to manually select
radio stations.
4. FAV 123 (Favorites)
.Press to go to a
favorite page.
5. INFO (Information)
.Press to view current radio
station and current song
information.
6. SEEK ¨(Next)
.Press to seek the next
station.
.Press and hold to fast
forward through the
currently playing song on
an external audio device.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-4 Infotainment System
7. ©SEEK (Previous)
.Press to seek the previous
station.
.Press and hold to reverse
through the currently
playing song on an external
audio device.
8. AUX (Auxiliary)
.Press to access the
auxiliary input device.
9. RADIO/BAND
.Press to select AM, FM,
or band.
.Press to select the radio
when listening to a different
audio source.
10. H(Clock)
.Press to enter the Time
and Date Settings menu.
11. TONE
.Press to open the
Tone menu.
12. CONFIG (Configuration)
.Press to open the System
Configuration menu.
13. /BACK
.Press to go to the
previous screen.
.Press to cancel entered
content.
14. 5/>(Phone/Mute)
.Press to open the Phone
main menu.
.Press to mute the audio
system.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-5
Overview (Radio with CD/USB) 1. O/VOL (Power/Volume)
.Turns the system on or off
and adjusts the volume.
2. Z(Eject)
.Removes a disc from the
CD slot.
3. Preset Buttons 1−6
.Radio: Saves and selects
favorite stations.
4. AUX Port
.3.5 mm (1/8 in) connection
for external devices.
5. MENU/TUNE
.Radio: Manually selects
radio stations.
.CD: Selects tracks.
6. FAV 1-2-3 (Favorites)
.Radio: Opens the
favorites list.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-6 Infotainment System
7. INFO (Information)
.Radio: Shows available
information about the
current station.
.CD: Shows available
information about the
current track.
8. CD Slot
9. SEEK ¨
.Radio: Seeks the next
station.
.CD: Selects the next track
or fast forwards within a
track.
10. ©SEEK
.Radio: Seeks the previous
station.
.CD: Selects the previous
track or rewinds within a
track.
11. CD/AUX
.Selects the CD player or
an external audio source.
12. RADIO/BAND
.Changes the band while
listening to the radio.
.Selects the radio when
listening to a different
audio source.
13. H(Clock Menu)
.Opens the Clock menu.
14. TONE
.Opens the Tone menu.
15. CONFIG (Configuration)
.Opens the
Configuration menu.
16. /BACK
.Menu: Moves one
level back.
.Character Input: Deletes
the last character.
17. 5/>(Phone/Mute)
.Opens the Phone menu.
.Mutes the audio system.
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-7
Overview (Radio with Touchscreen)
1. zVOL y(Volume)
.Press to decrease or
increase the volume.
2. O(Power)
.Press and hold to turn the
power on or off.
3. D(Home Page)
.Press to go to the Home
Page. See Home Page
(Radio with Touchscreen)
on page 7-7.
Home Page (Radio with
Touchscreen)
Touchscreen Buttons
Touchscreen buttons show on the
screen when available. When a
function is unavailable, the button
may gray out. When a function is
selected, the button may highlight.
Home Page Features
Press Fto go to the Home Page.
eaudio: Press to select AM, FM,
SiriusXM (if equipped), USB/iPod/
Bluetooth Audio, or AUX.
Gpicture & movie: Press to view
a picture, movie, or auxiliary video.
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-8 Infotainment System
7telephone: Press to activate
the phone features (if equipped).
See Bluetooth (Voice Recognition)
on page 7-36 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls) on
page 7-27 or Bluetooth (Overview)
on page 7-26.
^smartphone link: Press to listen
to Pandora
®
(if equipped), Stitcher
®
,
or available application. See
Smartphone Link (Overview) on
page 7-45 or Smartphone Link
(Pandora) on page 7-47 or
Smartphone Link (Stitcher) on
page 7-49.
8settings: Press to access the
Personalization menu. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5-28.
Operation
Radio Controls without
Touchscreen
The infotainment system is operated
by using the pushbuttons,
multifunction knobs, and menus
shown on the display.
Turning the System On or Off
O/VOL (Power/Volume): Press to
turn the radio on and off.
Automatic Switch-Off
If the infotainment system has been
turned on after the ignition is turned
off, the system will turn off
automatically after 10 minutes.
Volume Control
O/VOL (Power/Volume): Turn to
adjust the volume.
5/>(Phone/Mute): Press 5/>
to activate OnStar. See OnStar (if
equipped).
Press and hold 5/>to mute the
infotainment system. Press 5/>
again or turn the O/VOL knob to
cancel mute.
Menu System
Controls
The MENU/TUNE knob and /
BACK button are used to navigate
the menu system.
MENU/TUNE Knob:
Turn to:
.Highlight a menu option.
.Select a value.
Press to:
.Enter the menu system.
.Select or activate the highlighted
menu option.
.Confirm a set value.
.Turn a system setting on or off.
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-9
/BACK:
Press to:
.Exit a menu.
.Go back to the previous menu
screen.
.Delete the last character in a
sequence.
.Press and hold to delete the
entire character sequence.
Submenus
An arrow on the right-hand edge of
the menu indicates that it has a
submenu with other options.
Audio Settings
The audio settings can be set for
each radio band and each audio
player source.
Adjusting the Bass, Midrange,
Treble, Fader, and Balance
1. Press the TONE button.
2. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to
the desired tone.
3. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to
select the desired tone.
4. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to
adjust the desired tone.
5. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to
save the setting.
Press the /BACK button to go
back to the Tone Settings menu.
Adjusting the EQ (Equalizer)
1. Press the TONE button.
2. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob
to EQ.
3. Press the MENU/TUNE knob.
Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to
select one of the following, then
press the MENU/TUNE knob to
select it.
.OFF
.Pop
.Rock
.Classical
.Talk
.Country
Press the /BACK button to go
back to the Tone Settings menu.
System Settings
Configuring the Number of
Favorite Pages
Up to six favorite pages can be
saved, and each page can store up
to six radio stations.
To configure the number of available
favorite pages:
1. Press the CONFIG button.
2. Select Radio Settings.
3. Select Radio Favorites.
4. Select the number of available
favorite pages to display.
5. Press the /BACK button to go
back to the System
Configuration menu.
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-10 Infotainment System
Auto Volume
This feature automatically adjusts
the radio volume to compensate for
road and wind noise.
The level of volume compensation
can be selected, or the feature can
be turned off.
1. Press the CONFIG button.
2. Select Radio Settings.
3. Select Auto Volume.
4. Select the setting.
5. Press the /BACK button to go
back to the System
Configuration menu.
Radio Controls with
Touchscreen
The infotainment system is operated
by using the pushbuttons, menus
shown on the display, and steering
wheel controls.
Turning the System On or Off
O(Power): Press and hold to turn
the radio on and off.
Automatic Switch-Off
If the infotainment system has been
turned on after the ignition is turned
off, the system will turn off
automatically after 10 minutes.
Volume Control
zVOL y(Volume): Press to
increase or decrease the volume or
press the volume bar.
>(Mute): Press zVOL y, then
press >to mute and unmute the
system.
System Settings
Auto Volume
This feature automatically adjusts
the radio volume to compensate for
road and wind noise.
The level of volume compensation
can be selected, or the feature can
be turned off.
1. Press D.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Radio Settings.
4. Select Auto Volume.
5. Select the setting by pressing S
or T.
6. Press the 4screen button to
go back to the System
Configuration menu.
Auto Store (AS)
This feature automatically stores the
stations with the strongest
reception.
To store or update the stations,
press and hold the AS screen
button.
To listen to a auto stored station:
1. Select AM or FM.
2. Press the AS screen button.
3. Press Sor Trepeatedly to
select the desired AS page.
4. Press the desired preset station
screen button.
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-11
Audio Settings
The audio settings can be set for
each radio band and each audio
player source.
Tone Settings: Press menu, then
tone settings from the AM or
FM menu.
.EQ (Equalizer): Press Sor Tto
select a sound style or turn off
the sound style. When in tone
settings, Manual and Talk may
be the only settings available
depending on the sound system.
.Bass, Mid (Midrange), or Treble:
Press −or + to change the
desired sound style from −12
to +12.
.Fader or Balance: Adjust the
front/rear or left/right speakers
by dragging the dot in the
vehicle image on the screen.
.Reset: Restore the settings back
to default settings.
Press OK to exit Tone Settings.
Radio
AM-FM Radio
Playing the Radio without
Touchscreen
Audio Source Menu
O/VOL (Power/Volume): Press to
turn the system on and off. Turn to
increase or decrease the volume.
MENU/TUNE: Turn to change the
radio station.
RADIO/BAND: Press to select AM
and FM.
INFO: Press to display additional
information that may be available for
the current song.
FAV 123: Press to open the
favorites list and select a
favorite page.
Preset Buttons 1–6: Press to
select preset stations.
Radio Broadcast Data
System (RBDS)
RBDS is a service by FM stations
that makes it easier to find radio
stations with fault-free reception.
RBDS stations are indicated by the
program name instead of the
broadcasting frequency.
View RBDS Broadcast
Information
Press the INFO button to view the
RBDS broadcasting information that
is being received.
Selecting a Band
Press the RADIO/BAND button to
choose AM or FM. The last station
that was playing starts playing
again.
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-12 Infotainment System
Selecting an Auxiliary Device
Press the AUX button to select a
connected auxiliary device.
Selecting a Station
Seek Tuning
If the radio station is not known:
Press ©SEEK or SEEK ¨to
automatically search for available
radio stations.
Press and hold ©SEEK or SEEK ¨
to change the radio stations as
desired, then release to stop at the
current station. Press and hold to
fast forward or reverse through the
currently playing song on an
external audio device.
Favorites List
There are two ways to select a
station from the Favorites List:
.Continue pressing the FAV 123
button to select the desired
favorite preset page.
.From AM or FM, turn the MENU/
TUNE knob to select the
Favorites List, then press to
select. The Favorites List
information will be displayed.
Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to
move to the desired station from
the Favorites List , then press to
receive the station.
Stations List
1. From AM or FM, turn the MENU/
TUNE knob to select the
Stations List, then press to
select.
2. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to
move to the desired station from
the Stations List, then press to
receive the station.
Category List
Most stations that broadcast an
RDS program type code specify the
type of programming transmitted.
Black plate (13,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-13
Some stations change the program
type code depending on the
content. The system stores the RDS
stations sorted by program type in
the FM category list.
To search for a programming type
determined by station:
1. From FM, turn the MENU/TUNE
knob to select FM Category List,
then press the MENU/
TUNE knob.
2. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to
move to the desired station, then
press the MENU TUNE knob to
receive the selected
broadcasting channel.
Update Stations List
From AM or FM, turn the MENU/
TUNE knob to select the Update AM
or FM Stations List, then press the
MENU/TUNE knob.
During the AM or FM broadcasting
list update, press the MENU/TUNE
knob or /BACK button to stop the
updates.
Storing a Station as a Favorite
Stations from all bands can be
stored in any order in the favorite
pages.
Up to six stations can be stored in
each favorite page.
Storing Stations
Press the FAV 123 button to select
the desired page of saved favorites.
To store the station to a position in
the list, press the corresponding
preset button 1−6 until a beep is
heard.
Playing the Radio with
Touchscreen
Audio Source Menu
zVOL y(Volume): Press to
increase or decrease the volume.
O(Power): Press and hold to turn
the system on and off.
D(Home Page): Press to enter
the Home Page.
RDS (Radio Data System)
If equipped, the RDS feature is
available for use only on FM
stations that broadcast RDS
information. This feature only works
when the information from the radio
station is available. In rare cases, a
radio station could broadcast
incorrect information that causes the
radio features to work improperly.
If this happens, contact the radio
station.
While the radio is tuned to an
FM-RDS station, the station name
or call letters display.
Black plate (14,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-14 Infotainment System
Selecting a Band
Press D, audio, then Source Rto
choose AM, FM, or SiriusXM
®
,
if equipped. The last station that
was playing starts playing again.
Selecting an Auxiliary Device
Connect the auxiliary device to the
AUX input terminal. Play will begin
when the system has finished
reading the information on the
device.
If the storage device is already
connected, press D, audio, Source
R, then select AUX from the
drop-down menu.
Selecting a Station
Seek Tuning
If the radio station is not known:
Press gSEEK lto automatically
search for available radio stations.
Hold and drag to the left or right of
the radio station to automatically
search for available radio stations.
Manual Tuning
Continue pressing qTUNE rto
manually change the radio station.
Favorite List
.From the AM or FM menu, press
favorite list on the screen.
.Press Qor Rto scroll through
the list. Press on the station to
select it.
Station List
.From the AM or FM menu, press
AM or FM station list on the
screen.
.Press Qor Rto scroll through
the list. Press on the station to
select it.
Category List
.From the FM menu, press FM
category list on the screen.
.Press Qor Rto scroll through
the list. Press on the station to
select it.
Black plate (15,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-15
Update Station List
.From the AM or FM menu, press
update AM or FM station list on
the screen. The broadcasting list
updating will begin.
.During the AM or FM
broadcasting list update, press
Cancel to stop the updates.
Storing a Station as a Favorite
Stations from all bands can be
stored in any order in the favorite
pages.
Up to five stations can be stored in
each of the seven favorites pages.
Storing Stations
To store the station to a position in
the list, press the corresponding
button 1−5 until a beep is heard.
1. Select the desired station.
2. Press Sor Tto select the
desired page of saved favorites.
3. Hold down any of the preset
buttons to save the current radio
station to that button of the
selected favorites page.
To change a preset button, tune to
the new desired radio station and
hold the button.
Satellite Radio
Vehicles with a SiriusXM
®
Satellite
Radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM
Satellite subscription can receive
SiriusXM programming.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio
Service
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
based in the 48 contiguous United
States and 10 Canadian provinces.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio has a wide
variety of programming and
commercial-free music, coast to
coast, and in digital-quality sound.
A service fee is required to receive
the SiriusXM service. For more
information, contact SiriusXM at
www.siriusxm.com or
1-866-635-2349 (U.S.), and
www.xmradio.ca or 1-877-209-0079
(Canada).
Listening to SiriusXM Radio
1. Press D.
2. Press eaudio.
Black plate (16,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-16 Infotainment System
3. Press Source R.
4. From the drop-down menu,
press XM and the most recent
listened to SiriusXM channel will
display.
Press 4to return to the
HOME menu.
Selecting a Category
Continue pressing qCategory r
and the previous or next category
will be selected.
Selecting a Channel
Press qChannel rand the
previous or next channel will be
selected within the same category.
Press and hold qChannel rto
jump four channels backward or
forward in the same category, then
release the button at the desired
channel.
Using the Preset Buttons
Up to seven favorites pages can be
saved, and each page can store up
to five channels.
To change a preset button, tune to
the new desired channel and hold
the button.
Listening to Preset Channels
1. Continue pressing Sor Tto
select the desired
favorites page.
2. Press the preset button to listen
to the channel saved to that
button.
Using the SiriusXM Menu
Operation
1. Press MENU on the XM radio
screen.
2. Press the menu to select the
desired item or to display the
detail menu item.
3. Press 4to return to the
previous menu.
Favorite List
1. Press favorite list from the XM
menu. The favorite list
information is displayed.
Black plate (17,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-17
2. Press Qor Rto find the desired
station. Tune to the station by
selecting it.
Channel List
1. Press XM channel list from the
XM menu. The channel list is
displayed.
2. Press Qor Rto find the desired
channel. Tune to the channel by
selecting it.
Category List
1. Press XM category list from the
XM menu. The category list is
displayed.
2. Press Qor Rto find the desired
category. Tune to the category
by selecting it.
Direct Access
1. Press direct access from the XM
menu. The direct access screen
is displayed.
2. Press the channel number to
tune to the desired channel.
3. Press OK.
Tone Settings
From the tone settings menu, the
sound features can be set up for
SiriusXM audio and each audio
player’s functions.
1. Press tone settings from the XM
menu. The tone settings screen
is displayed. See “Tone Settings”
under Operation on page 7-8.
2. Press OK.
Radio Reception
Frequency interference and static
can occur during normal radio
reception if items such as mobile
phone chargers, vehicle
convenience accessories, and
external electronic devices are
plugged into the accessory power
outlet. If there is interference or
static, unplug the item from the
accessory power outlet.
FM
FM signals only reach about 16 to
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
radio has a built-in electronic circuit
that automatically works to reduce
interference, some static can occur,
especially around tall buildings or
hills, causing the sound to fade in
and out.
AM
The range for most AM stations is
greater than for FM, especially at
night. The longer range can cause
station frequencies to interfere with
each other. Static can occur when
things like storms and power lines
interfere with radio reception. When
this happens, try reducing the treble
on the radio.
Black plate (18,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-18 Infotainment System
SiriusXM
®
Satellite Radio
Service
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
gives digital radio reception from
coast to coast in the 48 contiguous
United States, and in Canada. Just
as with FM, tall buildings or hills can
interfere with satellite radio signals,
causing the sound to fade in and
out. In addition, traveling or standing
under heavy foliage, bridges,
garages, or tunnels may cause loss
of the SiriusXM signal for a period
of time.
Cellular Phone Usage
Cellular phone usage can cause
interference with the vehicle's radio.
Fixed Mast Antenna
The AM-FM antenna is located on
the roof of the vehicle.
Driving through an automatic car
wash without removing the antenna
could damage it.
To remove the antenna, turn it
counterclockwise. To replace the
antenna, turn it clockwise until hand
tightened.
Multi-Band Antenna
If equipped, the multi-band antenna
is on the roof of the vehicle. The
antenna is used for the AM-FM
radio, OnStar, the SiriusXM Satellite
Radio Service System, and GPS
(Global Positioning System), if the
vehicle has these features. Keep
the antenna clear of obstructions for
clear reception.
Audio Players
CD Player
The vehicle may have a CD player.
The CD player can play audio CDs
and MP3 CDs.
The CD player will not play
8 cm (3 in) CDs.
Care of CDs
Sound quality can be reduced due
to disc quality, recording method,
quality of the music recorded, and
how the disc has been handled.
Handle discs carefully and store
them in their original cases or other
protective cases away from direct
sunlight and dust. If the bottom
surface of a disc is damaged, the
disc may not play properly or at all.
Do not touch the bottom surface of
a disc while handling it; this could
damage the surface. Pick up discs
by grasping the outer edges or the
edge of the hole and the outer edge.
Black plate (19,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-19
If the bottom surface of a disc is
dirty, take a soft, lint-free cloth,
or dampen a clean, soft cloth in a
mild neutral detergent solution
mixed with water, and clean it. Wipe
the disc from the center to the
outer edge.
Care of the CD Player
Do not add a label to a disc, as it
could get caught in the CD player.
If a label is needed, label the top of
the recorded disc with a
marking pen.
Do not use disc lens cleaners
because they could contaminate the
lens of the disc optics and damage
the CD player.
{Caution
If a label is added to a CD, more
than one CD is inserted into the
slot at a time, or an attempt is
made to play scratched or
damaged CDs, the CD player
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
could be damaged. While using
the CD player, use only CDs in
good condition without any label,
load one CD at a time, and keep
the CD player and the loading slot
free of foreign materials, liquids,
and debris.
Control Buttons
The buttons used to control the CD
player are:
AUX or CD/AUX: Press to use the
CD player.
SEEK ¨or ©SEEK: Press to
select tracks or to fast forward or
rewind within a track.
INFO: Press to display additional
information about the current track
that may be available.
MENU/TUNE: Turn to select tracks.
Turn to enter the menu. Press to
select the menu.
Z(Eject): Press to eject the disc.
Inserting a CD
With the printed side facing up,
insert a disc into the CD slot until it
is drawn in.
Removing a CD
Press Z.
The disc is pushed out of the
CD slot.
If the disc is not removed after it is
ejected, it is pulled back in after a
few seconds.
Playing a CD or MP3 CD
Press the AUX or CD/AUX button.
If there is a disc in the player, it
begins playing.
Information about the disc and
current track is shown on the
display depending on the data
stored.
Black plate (20,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-20 Infotainment System
Selecting a CD Track
Using the control buttons:
.Press SEEK ¨or ©SEEK to
select the next or previous track.
.Turn the MENU/TUNE knob.
Using the CD Menu:
1. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob.
2. Select Tracks List.
3. Select the track.
Playing Tracks in Random Order
Turn the MENU/TUNE knob and set
Shuffle Songs to On.
Fast Forward and Rewind
Press and hold SEEK ¨or ©SEEK
to fast forward or rewind within the
current track.
Selecting an MP3 Track
Using the control buttons:
.Press SEEK ¨or ©SEEK to
select the next or previous track.
.Turn the MENU/TUNE knob.
Using the CD Menu:
1. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob.
2. Select Playlists/Folders.
3. Select the playlist or folder.
4. Select the track.
Searching for MP3 Tracks
The search feature may take some
time to display the information after
reading the disc due to the amount
of information stored on the disc.
FM automatically plays while the
disc is being read.
Tracks can be searched by:
.Playlists
.Artists
.Albums
.Song Titles
.Genres
.Folder View
To search for tracks:
1. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob.
2. Select Search.
3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,
Song Titles, Genres,
or Folder View.
4. Select the track.
USB Port
The USB port is in the storage area
to the right of the infotainment
system. See Overview (Radio with
Touchscreen) on page 7-7 or
Overview (AM-FM Radio) on
page 7-3 or Overview (Radio with
CD/USB) on page 7-5.
Portable devices are controlled by
using the menu system described in
Operation on page 7-8.
Radio without Touchscreen
If equipped with a USB port, the
following devices may be connected
and controlled by the infotainment
system:
.iPods
.PlaysForSure Devices (PFDs)
.USB Drives
Black plate (21,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-21
.Zunes
®
Not all iPods, PFDs, USB Drives,
and Zunes are compatible with the
infotainment system.
Connecting and Controlling
an iPod
®
Not all iPods can be controlled by
the infotainment system.
Connecting an iPod
Connect the iPod to the USB port.
Searching for a Track
Tracks can be searched for by:
.Playlists
.Artists
.Albums
.Song Titles
.Podcasts
.Genres
.Audiobooks
.Composers
To search for tracks:
1. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob.
2. Select Search.
3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,
Song Titles, Podcasts, Genres,
Audiobooks, or Composers.
4. Select the track.
Shuffle
Turn the MENU/TUNE knob and set
Shuffle Songs (Random) to On or
Off, then press the /BACK button
to return to the main screen.
On: Plays tracks in the current
folder in random order.
Off: Plays tracks in the current
folder in sequential order.
Repeat
Turn the MENU/TUNE knob and set
Repeat to On or Off, then press the
/BACK button to return to the main
screen.
On: Repeats the current track.
Off: Playback starts from the
beginning of the current track after
the last track finishes.
Connecting and Controlling a
PlaysForSure Device (PFD)
or Zune
Connecting a PFD or Zune
Connect the PFD or Zune to the
USB port.
Searching for a Track
Tracks can be searched for by:
.Playlists
.Artists
.Albums
.Song Titles
.Podcasts
.Genres
To search for tracks:
1. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob.
2. Select Search.
Black plate (22,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-22 Infotainment System
3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,
Song Titles, Podcasts,
or Genres.
4. Select the track.
Shuffle Functionality
Turn the MENU/TUNE knob and set
Shuffle Songs (Random) to On
or Off.
On: Plays current tracks in random
order.
Off: Plays current tracks in
sequential order.
Repeat Functionality
Turn the MENU/TUNE knob and set
Repeat to On or Off.
Repeat On: Repeats the current
track.
Repeat Off: Playback starts from
the beginning of the current track
after the last track finishes.
Connecting and Controlling a
USB Drive
The infotainment system can only
play back .mp3 and .wma files from
a USB drive.
Only the first 2,500 songs are
recognized on the device.
When a device is not supported, the
message “No supported data found.
You can safely disconnect the
device”appears.
Connecting a USB Drive
Connect the USB drive to the
USB port.
Searching for a Track
It is normal for the search feature to
take some time to display the
information after reading the device
due to the amount of information
stored.
Files that do not have any meta
data stored in the ID3 tag display as
Unknown.
Tracks can be searched for by:
.Playlists*
.Artists
.Albums
.Song Titles
.Genres
.Folder View
*This only displays if a playlist is
found on the device.
To search for tracks:
1. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob.
2. Select Search.
3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,
Song Titles, Genres,
or Folder View.
4. Select the track.
Shuffle Functionality
Turn the MENU/TUNE knob and set
Shuffle Songs (Random) to On
or Off.
On: Plays current tracks in random
order.
Black plate (23,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-23
Off: Plays current tracks in
sequential order.
Repeat Functionality
Turn the MENU/TUNE knob and set
Repeat to On or Off.
Repeat On: Repeats the current
track.
Repeat Off: Playback starts from
the beginning of the current track
after the last track finishes.
Radio with Touchscreen
The infotainment system can play
music or movies by connecting an
auxiliary device to the USB port.
USB Support
USB Supported Devices
.USB Flash Drives
.Portable USB Hard Drives
.2G-5G iPod nano
®
.1G-3G iPod touch
®
.120GB/160GB iPod classic
®
.3G/3GS/4/4S iPhone
®
Not all iPods and USB drives are
compatible with the USB port.
Make sure the iPod has the latest
firmware from Apple
®
for proper
operation. iPod firmware can be
updated using the latest iTunes
®
application. See www.apple.com/
itunes.
For help with identifying your iPod,
go to www.apple.com/support.
The USB port can play both lower
and upper case .mp3, .wma, .ogg,
and .wav files stored on a USB
storage device.
USB Supported File and Folder
Structure
The Infotainment system supports:
.Up to 2,500 folders.
.Up to 10 folders in depth.
.Up to 2,500 music files.
.Up to 2,500 photo files.
.Up to 250 movie files.
.ID3 Tag (versions 1.0/1.1/2.2/
2.3/2.4).
.FAT16.
.FAT32.
.exFAT.
Connecting a USB Storage
Device or iPod/iPhone
To connect a USB storage device,
connect the device to the USB port.
To connect an iPod/iPhone, connect
one end of the device’s cable to the
iPod/iPhone and the other end to
the USB port.
The iPod/iPhone charges while it is
connected to the vehicle if the
vehicle is in the ACC/ACCESSORY
or ON/RUN position. When the
vehicle is turned off, the iPod/
iPhone automatically powers off and
will not charge or draw power from
the vehicle's battery.
For more information on USB
usage, see “Audio System”in
Pictures and Movies (Audio System)
on page 7-51 or Pictures and
Black plate (24,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-24 Infotainment System
Movies (Picture System) on
page 7-57 or Pictures and Movies
(Movie System) on page 7-57.
Auxiliary Devices
The 3.5 mm (1/8 in) AUX input jack,
if equipped, is on the front of the
infotainment system. See Overview
(Radio with Touchscreen) on
page 7-7 or Overview (AM-FM
Radio) on page 7-3 or Overview
(Radio with CD/USB) on page 7-5.
Portable devices are controlled by
using the menu system described in
Operation on page 7-8.
Radio without Touchscreen
Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to
the auxiliary input jack to use a
portable audio player.
The infotainment system will
automatically switch to the device
when the device is connected to the
AUX input jack. Press the CD/AUX
button to switch to a device that is
already connected.
Playback of an audio device that is
connected to the 3.5 mm (1/8 in)
jack can only be controlled using
the controls on the device.
Adjusting the Volume
Turn the O/VOL knob to adjust the
volume of the infotainment system
after the volume level has been set
on the portable audio device.
Radio with Touchscreen
The infotainment system can play
music or movies connected by the
auxiliary device.
Play will begin when the system has
finished reading the information on
the device.
Playing Music
To play the music from the device,
if the device is already connected:
1. Press D.
2. Press audio.
3. Press Source R.
4. Press AUX/USB.
To adjust the tone settings, see
“Tone Settings”under “Radio
Controls with Touchscreen”in
Operation on page 7-8.
Black plate (25,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-25
Playing Movies
Movies are not available while
driving.
If the USB storage device is already
connected:
1. Press D.
2. Press picture and movie.
3. Press Source R.
4. Press USB (Movie).
For iPod/iPhone, connect the iPod/
iPhone to the AUX input terminal by
using the AUX cable for iPod/
iPhone to play movie files.
Using the AUX Movie Menu
1. Press MENU from the AUX
movie screen. The AUX menu is
displayed.
2. Press the desired menu.
.tone settings: Adjust the
sound setup. See “Tone
Settings”under “Radio
Controls with Touchscreen”
in Operation on page 7-8.
.clock/temp display: To
display the clock and
temperature on the full
screen, select On or Off.
.display settings: Adjust the
brightness and contrast of
the screen.
3. Press 4.
Bluetooth Audio
Streaming Audio
If equipped, music may be played
from a paired Bluetooth. See
Bluetooth (Voice Recognition) on
page 7-36 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls) on
page 7-27 or Bluetooth (Overview)
on page 7-26 for help pairing a
device.
The music can be controlled by
controls on the device.
To play music via Bluetooth:
1. Power on the device, pair, and
connect the device. The device
will display “GM Audio Source.”
2. Once paired, press CD/AUX to
select Bluetooth Audio.
3. Press the play button on the
device to begin playback.
Black plate (26,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-26 Infotainment System
When selecting Bluetooth audio, the
radio may not be able to launch the
audio player on the connected
device to start playing. When the
vehicle is not moving, choose the
phone to begin playback.
All devices launch audio differently.
When selecting Bluetooth audio as
a source, the radio may show as
paused on the screen. Press play
on the device to begin playback.
Some phones support sending
Bluetooth music information to
display on the radio. When the radio
receives this information, it will
check to see if any album art is
available and display it. For more
information about your phone and
supported Bluetooth features, see
www.gm.com/bluetooth.
Phone
Bluetooth (Overview)
For vehicles equipped with
Bluetooth capability, the system can
interact with many cell phones,
allowing:
.Placement and receipt of calls in
a hands-free mode.
.Sharing of the cell phone’s
address book or contact list with
the vehicle.
To minimize driver distraction,
before driving, and with the vehicle
parked:
.Become familiar with the
features of the cell phone.
Organize the phone book and
contact lists clearly and delete
duplicate or rarely used entries.
If possible, program speed dial
or other shortcuts.
.Review the controls and
operation of the infotainment
system.
.Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.
The system may not work with
all cell phones. See “Pairing”in
this section.
.If the cell phone has voice
dialing capability, learn to use
that feature to access the
address book or contact list. See
“Voice Pass-Thru”in this
section.
.See “Storing and Deleting Phone
Numbers”in this section.
{Warning
When using a cell phone, it can
be distracting to look too long or
too often at the screen of the
phone or the infotainment system.
Taking your eyes off the road too
long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system
can use a Bluetooth-capable cell
phone with a Hands-Free Profile to
Black plate (27,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-27
make and receive phone calls. The
infotainment system and voice
recognition are used to control the
system. The system can be used
while in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY. The range of the
Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m
(30 ft). Not all phones support all
functions and not all phones work
with the Bluetooth system. See
www.gm.com/bluetooth for more
information about compatible
phones.
Bluetooth Controls
Use the buttons located on the
infotainment system and the
steering wheel to operate the
Bluetooth system.
Steering Wheel Controls
b/g(Press to Talk): Press to
answer incoming calls, confirm
system information, and start voice
recognition.
$/i(Mute/End Call): Press to
end a call, reject a call, or cancel an
operation.
Infotainment System Controls
If equipped, the infotainment system
allows certain controls to be
selected on the infotainment display.
For information about how to
navigate the menu system using the
infotainment controls, see Operation
on page 7-8.
5/>(Phone): Press to enter the
Phone main menu.
Voice Recognition
The voice recognition system uses
commands to control the system
and dial phone numbers.
Noise: The system may not
recognize voice commands if there
is too much background noise. Do
not point the center air vents directly
upward.
When to Speak: A tone sounds to
indicate that the system is ready for
a voice command. Wait for the tone
and then speak.
How to Speak: Speak clearly in a
calm and natural voice.
Audio System
When using the Bluetooth system,
sound comes through the vehicle's
front audio system speakers and
overrides the audio system. Use the
O/VOL knob during a call to
change the volume level. The
adjusted volume level remains in
memory for later calls. The system
maintains a minimum volume level.
Other Information
The Bluetooth
®
word mark and
logos are owned by the Bluetooth
®
SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks
by General Motors is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names
are those of their respective owners.
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13-11.
Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls)
For information about how to
navigate the menu system using the
infotainment controls, see Operation
on page 7-8.
Black plate (28,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-28 Infotainment System
Pairing without Touchscreen
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
must be paired to the Bluetooth
system and then connected to the
vehicle before it can be used. See
your cell phone manufacturer's user
guide for Bluetooth functions before
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth
phone is not connected, calls will be
made using OnStar Hands-Free
Calling, if available. See OnStar (if
equipped).
Pairing Information
.A Bluetooth phone with MP3
capability can be paired
separately to the vehicle as a
phone and an MP3 player at the
same time. This requires the
device to be paired two times;
once as a “hands-free”device
and once as an MP3 device.
.Up to five cell phones can be
paired to the Bluetooth system.
.The pairing process is disabled
when the vehicle is moving.
.Pairing only needs to be
completed once, unless the
pairing information on the cell
phone changes or the cell phone
is deleted from the system.
.Only one paired cell phone can
be connected to the Bluetooth
system at a time.
.If multiple paired cell phones are
within range of the system, the
system connects to the first
available paired cell phone in the
order that they were first paired
to the system. To link to a
different paired phone, see
“Linking to a Different Phone”
later in this section.
Pairing a Phone as a Hands-Free
Device
1. Press the CONFIG button.
2. Select Phone Settings or
Bluetooth Settings.
3. Select Bluetooth.
4. Select Pair Device
(Hands-Free). A four-digit
Personal Identification Number
(PIN) appears on the display.
The PIN is used is Step 6.
5. Start the pairing process on the
cell phone to be paired to the
vehicle. See the cell phone
manufacturer's user guide for
information on this process.
6. Locate the device named “Your
Vehicle”in the list on the cell
phone. Follow the instructions
on the cell phone to enter the
PIN provided in Step 4. After the
PIN is successfully entered, the
system prompts you to provide a
name for the paired cell phone.
This name will be used to
indicate which phones are
paired and connected to the
vehicle. The system responds
with “<Phone name> has been
successfully paired”after the
pairing process is complete.
7. Repeat Steps 1−6 to pair
additional phones.
Black plate (29,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-29
Listing All Paired and Connected
Phones
1. Press the CONFIG button.
2. Select Phone Settings or
Bluetooth Settings.
3. Select Bluetooth.
4. Select Device List.
Deleting a Paired Phone
1. Press the CONFIG button.
2. Select Phone Settings or
Bluetooth Settings.
3. Select Bluetooth.
4. Select Device List.
5. Select the phone to delete and
follow the on-screen prompts.
Linking to a Different Phone
To link to a different phone, the new
phone must be in the vehicle and
available to be connected to the
Bluetooth system before the
process is started.
1. Press the CONFIG button.
2. Select Phone Settings or
Bluetooth Settings.
3. Select Bluetooth.
4. Select Device List.
5. Select the new phone to link to
and follow the on-screen
prompts.
If delete is selected, the
highlighted phone will be
deleted.
Making a Call Using
Phone Book
For cell phones that support the
phone book feature, the Bluetooth
system can use the contacts stored
on your cell phone to make calls.
See your cell phone's owner's guide
or contact your wireless provider to
find out if this feature is supported
by your phone.
When a cell phone supports the
phone book feature, the Phone
Book and Call Lists menus are
automatically available.
The Phone Book menu allows you
to access the phone book stored in
the cell phone to make a call.
The Call Lists menu allows you to
access the phone numbers from the
Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, and
Missed Calls menus on your cell
phone to make a call.
To make a call using the Phone
Book menu:
1. Press 5/>once or twice
(depending on the radio).
2. Select Phone Book.
3. Search through the list by
selecting the letter group the
phone book entry begins with,
or press the MENU/TUNE button
to scroll through the entire list of
names/numbers in the
phone book.
4. Select the name or number you
want to call.
Black plate (30,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-30 Infotainment System
To make a call using the Call
Lists menu:
1. Press 5/>once or twice
(depending on the radio).
2. Select Call Lists.
3. Select the Incoming Calls,
Outgoing Calls, or Missed
Calls list.
4. Select the name or number you
want to call.
Making a Call
To make a call:
1. Press 5/>once or twice
(depending on the radio).
2. Enter the character sequence.
3. Select Call to start dialing the
number.
Accepting or Declining a Call
When an incoming call is received,
the infotainment system mutes and
a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
Accepting a Call
Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to
“Answer”and press the MENU/
TUNE knob to accept the call.
Declining a Call
Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to
“Decline”and press the MENU/
TUNE knob to decline the call.
Call Waiting
Call waiting must be supported on
the Bluetooth phone and enabled by
the wireless service carrier to work.
Accepting a Call
Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to
“Answer”and press the MENU/
TUNE knob to accept the call.
Declining a Call
Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to
“Decline”and press the MENU/
TUNE knob to decline the call.
Switching Between Calls (Call
Waiting Calls Only)
To switch between calls:
1. Turn or press the MENU/
TUNE knob.
2. Select Switch Call from
the menu.
Conference Calling
Conference calling and three-way
calling must be supported on the
Bluetooth phone and enabled by the
wireless service carrier to work.
To start a conference while in a
current call:
1. Turn or press the MENU/
TUNE knob.
2. Select Enter Number.
3. Enter the character sequence
then select Call.
4. After the call has been placed,
turn or press the MENU/TUNE
knob and choose Merge Calls.
Black plate (31,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-31
5. To add more callers to the
conference call, repeat Steps
1−4. The number of callers that
can be added is limited by your
wireless service carrier.
Ending a Call
Turn or press the MENU/TUNE
knob and select Hang Up.
Muting a Call
To Mute a Call
Turn or press the MENU/TUNE
knob and select Mute Call.
To Cancel Mute
Turn or press the MENU/TUNE
knob and select Mute Call.
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
(DTMF) Tones
The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can
send numbers during a call. This is
used when calling a menu-driven
phone system.
1. Turn or press the MENU/TUNE
knob and select Enter Number.
2. Enter the character sequence.
Pairing with Touchscreen
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
must be paired to the Bluetooth
system and then connected to the
vehicle before it can be used. See
your cell phone manufacturer's user
guide for Bluetooth functions before
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth
phone is not connected, calls will be
made using OnStar Hands-Free
Calling, if available. See OnStar (if
equipped).
Pairing Information
.A Bluetooth phone with MP3
capability cannot be paired to
the vehicle as a phone and an
MP3 player at the same time.
.Up to five cell phones can be
paired to the Bluetooth system.
.The pairing process is disabled
when the vehicle is moving.
.Pairing only needs to be
completed once, unless the
pairing information on the cell
phone changes or the cell phone
is deleted from the system.
.Only one paired cell phone can
be connected to the Bluetooth
system at a time.
.If multiple paired cell phones are
within range of the system, the
system connects to the first
available paired cell phone in the
order that they were first paired
to the system. To link to a
different paired phone, see
“Linking to a Different Phone”
later in this section.
When the Bluetooth device and
infotainment system are
successfully paired, the phone book
is downloaded automatically.
However, the phone book may not
be downloaded automatically
according to the type of the phone.
In this case, proceed with the
phonebook download on phone.
Black plate (32,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-32 Infotainment System
Pairing a Phone
When there is no paired device on
the infotainment system and the
Simple Secure Pairing (SSP) is
supported:
1. Press D.
2. Press 7telephone, then
press Yes.
3. Press Search Bluetooth Device.
4. Press the desired device to pair
on the searched list screen.
5. Press Yes on the pop-up screen
of the Bluetooth device and
infotainment system.
6. When the Bluetooth device and
infotainment system are
successfully paired, the
telephone screen is displayed on
the infotainment system.
Pairing a Phone
When a paired device is on the
infotainment system and the SSP is
supported:
1. Press D.
2. Press settings.
3. Press connection settings.
4. Press bluetooth settings.
5. Press pair device.
6. Press Search Bluetooth Device.
7. Press the desired device to pair
on the searched list screen.
8. Press Yes on the pop-up screen
of the Bluetooth device and
infotainment system.
9. When the Bluetooth device and
infotainment system are
successfully paired, 5 7 is
displayed on the "pair device"
screen.
.The connected phone is
highlighted by 5.
.The 5 7 indicates the
hands-free and phone music
function are enabled.
.The 7indicates only
hands-free function is enabled.
.The 5indicates only Bluetooth
music is enabled.
Black plate (33,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-33
Pairing a Phone
When there is no paired device on
the infotainment system and the
SSP is not supported:
1. Press D.
2. Press telephone, then
press Yes.
3. Press Search Bluetooth Device.
4. Press the desired device to pair
on the searched list screen.
5. Input the PIN code (default:
1234) to the Bluetooth device.
When the Bluetooth device and
infotainment system are
successfully paired, the
telephone screen is displayed on
the infotainment system.
When the connection fails, a failure
message is displayed on the
infotainment system.
If a Bluetooth device was previously
connected, the infotainment system
executes the auto connection.
However, if the Bluetooth setting on
the Bluetooth device is turned off, a
failure message is displayed on the
infotainment system.
Pairing a Phone
When a paired device is on the
infotainment system and the SSP is
not supported:
1. Press D.
2. Press settings.
3. Press connection settings.
4. Press bluetooth settings.
5. Press pair device.
6. Press Search Bluetooth Device.
7. Press the desired device to pair
on the searched list screen.
8. Input the PIN code (default:
1234) to the Bluetooth device.
When the Bluetooth device and
infotainment system are
successfully paired, 5 7 is
displayed on the pair device
screen.
.The connected phone is
highlighted by 5.
Black plate (34,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-34 Infotainment System
.The 5 7 indicates the
hands-free and phone music
function are enabled.
.The 7indicates only
hands-free function is enabled.
.The 5indicates only Bluetooth
music is enabled.
Connecting a Bluetooth Device
1. Press D.
2. Select settings.
3. Press connection settings.
4. Press bluetooth settings.
5. Press pair device.
6. Press the device to be paired.
7. Press OK.
Checking the Bluetooth
Connection
1. Press D.
2. Select settings.
3. Press connection settings.
4. Press bluetooth settings.
5. Press pair device.
6. The paired device will show with
5 7 when connected.
Disconnecting the Bluetooth
Device
1. Press D.
2. Select settings.
3. Press connection settings.
4. Press bluetooth settings.
5. Press pair device.
6. Press the name of the device to
be disconnected.
7. Press OK.
Deleting a Paired Phone
1. Press D.
2. Select settings.
3. Press connection settings.
4. Press bluetooth settings.
5. Press pair device.
6. Press Delete.
7. Press Yes.
Bluetooth Music
Before playing Bluetooth music,
read the follow information.
.A cell phone or Bluetooth device
that supports Advanced Audio
Distribution Profile (A2DP)
versions over 1.2 must be
registered and connected to the
product.
.From the cell phone or Bluetooth
device, find the Bluetooth device
type to set/connect the item as a
stereo headset.
.5will appear on the screen if
the stereo headset is
successfully connected.
.The sound played by the
Bluetooth device is delivered
through the infotainment system.
.Bluetooth music can be played
only when a Bluetooth device
has been connected. To play
Black plate (35,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-35
Bluetooth music, connect the
Bluetooth phone to the
infotainment system.
.If the Bluetooth device is
disconnected while playing
phone music, the music is
discontinued. The audio
streaming function may not be
supported in some Bluetooth
phones. Only one function can
be used at a time between the
Bluetooth hands-free or Phone
music function. For example,
if you convert to the Bluetooth
hands-free while playing Phone
music, the music is
discontinued. Playing music from
the car is not possible when
there are no music files stored in
the cell phone.
.For Bluetooth music to play, the
music must be played at least
once from the music player
mode of the cell phone or
Bluetooth device after
connecting as a stereo headset.
After being played at least once,
the music player will
automatically play upon entering
play mode, and it will
automatically stop when the
music player mode ends. If the
cell phone or Bluetooth device is
not in the waiting screen mode,
some devices may not
automatically play in Bluetooth
music play mode.
Playing Bluetooth Music
1. Press D.
2. Press audio.
3. Press source R.
4. Press Bluetooth, then select the
connected Bluetooth music
play mode.
Pause
Press rjto pause.
Press rjagain to resume.
Skipping the Previous or Next File
Press gor lto select the
previous or next file.
Search
Press and hold gor lto fast
forward or rewind.
Playing a File Repeatedly
Press vduring playback.
.1: Plays the current file
repeatedly.
.ALL: Plays all files repeatedly.
.OFF: Returns to normal
playback.
This function may not be supported
depending on the cell phone.
Playing a File Randomly
Press uduring playback.
Black plate (36,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-36 Infotainment System
.NO: Plays all files repeatedly.
.OFF: Returns to normal
playback.
This function may not be supported
depending on the cell phone.
Do not change the track too quickly
when playing Bluetooth music.
Conditions that may occur when
playing Bluetooth music:
.It takes some time to transmit
data from the cell phone to the
infotainment system.
.If the cell phone or Bluetooth
device is not in the waiting
screen mode, it may not
automatically play despite being
carried out from the Bluetooth
music play mode.
.The infotainment system
transmits the order to play from
the cell phone in the Bluetooth
music play mode. If this is done
in a different mode, then the
device transmits the order to
stop. Depending on the cell
phone’s options, this order to
play/stop may take time to
activate.
.If the Bluetooth music playback
is not functioning, then check to
see if the cell phone is in the
waiting screen mode.
.Sounds may be cut off during
the Bluetooth music playback.
.The infotainment system outputs
the audio from the cell phone or
Bluetooth device as it is
transmitted.
Bluetooth (Voice
Recognition)
Using Voice Recognition
To use voice recognition, press
b/gon the steering wheel. Use
the commands below for the various
voice features. For additional
information, say "Help" while you
are in a voice recognition menu.
Pairing
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
must be paired to the Bluetooth
system and then connected to the
vehicle before it can be used. See
your cell phone manufacturer's user
guide for Bluetooth functions before
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth
phone is not connected, calls will be
made using OnStar Hands-Free
Calling, if available. See OnStar (if
equipped).
Pairing Information
.A Bluetooth phone with MP3
capability can be paired to the
vehicle as a phone and an MP3
player at the same time.
.Up to five cell phones can be
paired to the Bluetooth system.
.The pairing process is disabled
when the vehicle is moving.
.Pairing only needs to be
completed once, unless the
pairing information on the cell
phone changes or the cell phone
is deleted from the system.
Black plate (37,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-37
.Only one paired cell phone can
be connected to the Bluetooth
system at a time.
.If multiple paired cell phones are
within range of the system, the
system connects to the first
available paired cell phone in the
order that they were first paired
to the system. To link to a
different paired phone, see
“Connecting to a Different
Phone”later in this section.
Pairing a Phone
1. Press b/g. The system
responds “Ready,”followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Bluetooth.”This command
can be skipped.
3. Say “Pair.”The system responds
with instructions and a four-digit
Personal Identification Number
(PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5.
4. Start the pairing process on the
cell phone that you want to pair.
For help with this process, see
your cell phone manufacturer's
user guide.
5. Locate the device named “Your
Vehicle”in the list on the cell
phone. Follow the instructions
on the cell phone to enter the
PIN provided in Step 3. After the
PIN is successfully entered, the
system prompts you to provide a
name for the paired cell phone.
This name will be used to
indicate which phones are
paired and connected to the
vehicle. The system responds
with “<Phone name> has been
successfully paired”after the
pairing process is complete.
6. Repeat Steps 1−5 to pair
additional phones.
Listing All Paired and Connected
Phones
The system can list all cell phones
paired to it. If a paired cell phone is
also connected to the vehicle, the
system responds with “is connected”
after that phone name.
1. Press b/g. The system
responds “Ready,”followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
3. Say “List.”
Deleting a Paired Phone
If the phone name you want to
delete is unknown, see “Listing All
Paired and Connected Phones.”
1. Press b/g. The system
responds “Ready,”followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
3. Say “Delete.”The system asks
for which phone to delete.
4. Say the name of the phone you
want to delete.
Black plate (38,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-38 Infotainment System
Connecting to a Different Phone
To connect to a different cell phone,
the Bluetooth system looks for the
next available cell phone in the
order in which all available cell
phones were paired. Depending on
which cell phone you want to
connect to, you may have to use
this command several times.
1. Press b/g. The system
responds “Ready,”followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
3. Say “Change phone.”
.If another cell phone is
found, the response will be
“<Phone name> is now
connected.”
.If another cell phone is not
found, the original phone
remains connected.
Storing and Deleting Phone
Numbers
The system can store up to 30
phone numbers as name tags in the
Hands-Free Directory that is shared
between the OnStar (if equipped)
and Bluetooth systems.
The following commands are used
to delete and store phone numbers.
Store: This command will store a
phone number, or a group of
numbers as a name tag.
Digit Store: This command allows
a phone number to be stored as a
name tag by entering the digits one
at a time.
Delete: This command is used to
delete individual name tags.
Delete All Name Tags: This
command deletes all stored name
tags in the Hands-Free Calling
Directory and the Destinations
Directory.
Using the “Store”Command
1. Press b/g. The system
responds “Ready,”followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Store.”
3. Say the phone number or group
of numbers you want to store all
at once with no pauses, then
follow the directions given by the
system to save a name tag for
this number.
Using the “Digit Store”Command
If an unwanted number is
recognized by the system, say
“Clear”at any time to clear the last
number.
To hear all of the numbers
recognized by the system, say
“Verify”at any time.
1. Press b/g. The system
responds “Ready,”followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Digit Store.”
Black plate (39,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-39
3. Say each digit, one at a time,
that you want to store. After
each digit is entered, the system
repeats back the digit it heard
followed by a tone. After the last
digit has been entered, say
“Store,”and then follow the
directions given by the system to
save a name tag for this number.
Using the “Delete”Command (If
Equipped)
1. Press b/g. The system
responds “Ready,”followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Delete.”
3. Say the name tag you want to
delete.
Using the “Delete All Name Tags”
Command
This command deletes all stored
name tags in the Hands-Free
Calling Directory and the
Destinations Directory.
To delete all name tags:
1. Press b/g. The system
responds “Ready,”followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Delete all name tags.”
Listing Stored Numbers
The list command will list all stored
numbers and name tags.
Using the “List”Command
1. Press b/g. The system
responds “Ready,”followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Directory.”
3. Say “Hands-Free Calling.”
4. Say “List.”
Making a Call
Calls can be made using the
following commands.
Dial or Call: The dial or call
command can be used
interchangeably to dial a phone
number or a stored name tag.
Digit Dial: This command allows a
phone number to be dialed by
entering the digits one at a time.
Re-dial: This command is used to
dial the last number used on the cell
phone.
Using the “Dial”or “Call”
Command
1. Press b/g. The system
responds “Ready,”followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Dial”or “Call.”
3. Say the entire number without
pausing or say the name tag.
Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
speakers.
Calling 911 Emergency Number
for U.S. and Canada (If Equipped)
1. Press b/g. The system
responds “Ready,”followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Dial”or “Call.”
Black plate (40,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-40 Infotainment System
3. Say “911.”
4. Say “Dial”or “Call.”
Calling 066 Emergency Number
for Mexico Only (If Equipped)
1. Press b/g. The system
responds “Ready,”followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Dial”or “Call.”
3. Say “066.”
4. Say “Dial”or “Call.”
Using the “Digit Dial”Command
The digit dial command allows a
phone number to be dialed by
entering the digits one at a time.
After each digit is entered, the
system repeats back the digit it
heard followed by a tone.
If an unwanted number is
recognized by the system, say
“Clear”at any time to clear the last
number.
To hear all of the numbers
recognized by the system, say
“Verify”at any time.
1. Press b/g. The system
responds “Ready,”followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Digit Dial.”
3. Say each digit, one at a time,
that you want to dial. After each
digit is entered, the system
repeats back the digit it heard
followed by a tone. After the last
digit has been entered,
say “Dial.”
Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
speakers.
Using the “Re-dial”Command
1. Press b/g. The system
responds “Ready,”followed by
a tone.
2. After the tone, say “Re-dial.”The
system dials the last number
called from the connected cell
phone.
Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
speakers.
Receiving a Call
When an incoming call is received,
the audio system mutes and a ring
tone is heard in the vehicle.
.Press b/gto answer the call.
.Press $/ito ignore a call.
Call Waiting
Call waiting must be supported on
the cell phone and enabled by the
wireless service carrier.
.Press b/gto answer an
incoming call when another call
is active. The original call is
placed on hold.
.Press b/gagain to return to
the original call.
.To ignore the incoming call, no
action is required.
.Press $/ito disconnect the
current call and switch to the call
on hold.
Black plate (41,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-41
Three-Way Calling (If
Equipped)
Three-way calling must be
supported on the cell phone and
enabled by the wireless service
carrier.
1. While on a call, press b/g.
2. Say “Three-way call.”
3. Use the dial or call command to
dial the number of the third party
to be called.
4. Once the call is connected,
press b/gto link all callers
together.
Ending a Call
Press $/ito end a call.
Muting a Call
During a call, all sounds from inside
the vehicle can be muted so that the
person on the other end of the call
cannot hear them.
To mute a call, press b/g, and
then say “Mute Call.”
To cancel mute, press b/g, and
then say “Un-mute Call.”
Transferring a Call
Audio can be transferred between
the Bluetooth system and the cell
phone.
The cell phone must be paired and
connected with the Bluetooth
system before a call can be
transferred. The connection process
can take up to two minutes after the
ignition is turned to ON/RUN.
To Transfer Audio from the
Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone
During a call with the audio in the
vehicle:
1. Press b/g.
2. Say “Transfer Call.”
To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth
System from a Cell Phone
During a call with the audio on the
cell phone, press b/g. The audio
transfers to the vehicle. If the audio
does not transfer to the vehicle, use
the audio transfer feature on the cell
phone. See the cell phone
manufacturer's user guide.
Voice Pass-Thru
Voice pass-thru allows access to the
voice recognition commands on the
cell phone. See the cell phone
manufacturer's user guide to see if
the cell phone supports this feature.
To access contacts stored in the cell
phone:
1. Press b/g. The system
responds “Ready,”followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Bluetooth.”This command
can be skipped.
3. Say “Voice.”The system
responds “OK, accessing
<phone name>.”
Black plate (42,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-42 Infotainment System
The cell phone's normal prompt
messages will go through their cycle
according to the phone's operating
instructions.
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
(DTMF) Tones (If Equipped)
The Bluetooth system can send
numbers and the numbers stored as
name tags during a call. You can
use this feature when calling a
menu-driven phone system.
Account numbers can also be
stored for use.
Sending a Number or Name Tag
During a Call
1. Press b/g. The system
responds “Ready,”followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Dial.”
3. Say the number or name tag
to send.
Clearing the System
Unless information is deleted out of
the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it
will be retained indefinitely. This
includes all saved name tags in the
phone book and phone pairing
information. For information on how
to delete this information, see the
previous sections on deleting a
paired phone and deleting
name tags.
Hands-Free Phone
General Information with
Touchscreen
Vehicles with a Hands-Free Phone
system can use a Bluetooth-capable
cell phone with a hands-free profile
to make and receive phone calls.
The infotainment system and voice
control are used to operate the
system. Not all phones support all
functions and not all phones work
with the Hands-Free Phone system.
Black plate (43,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-43
Hands-Free Phone Controls
Use the buttons on the infotainment
system and the steering wheel to
operate the Hands-Free Phone
system.
Steering Wheel Controls
Steering wheel controls can be
used to:
.Answer incoming calls.
.Confirm system information.
.End a call.
.Decline a call.
.Cancel an operation.
.Make outgoing calls using the
call list.
b/g(Press to Talk): Press to
answer incoming calls and to
confirm system information. Press
and hold for two to three seconds to
access the call list.
$/i(Mute/End Call): Press to
end a call, decline a call, or cancel
an operation.
Making a Call by Entering a Phone
Number
1. Enter the phone number using
the keypad on the telephone
screen.
2. Press 5on the screen or b/g
on the steering wheel controls.
If a wrong number is entered, press
}to delete the number one digit at
a time, or press and hold }to
delete all digits of the number.
Switching a Call to the Cell Phone
(Private Mode)
To switch the call from the cell
phone to hands-free:
1. Press 0.
2. Press 0again to switch back to
hands-free.
Turning the Microphone On
and Off
Press 3to turn the microphone on
or off.
Calling by Redial
To call by using redial:
.Press b/gon the steering
wheel controls to display the
redial guidance screen.
.Press and hold 5on the
telephone screen.
Redialing is not possible when there
is no call history.
Taking calls
When a phone call comes through
the connected Bluetooth cell phone,
the playing track will be cut off and
the phone will ring with the relevant
information displayed.
Black plate (44,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-44 Infotainment System
Press b/gon the steering wheel
controls or press Accept on the
screen.
To decline the call, press $/ion
the steering wheel controls or press
Reject on the screen.
Using the Phone Book Menu
1. Press Phone Book on the
telephone screen.
2. Press Qor Rto scroll through
the list.
3. Select the phone book entry
to call.
4. Press the number to dial.
Searching for Phone Book Entries
1. Press Phone Book on the
telephone screen.
2. Press 9on the phone book
screen.
3. Use the keypad to input the
name to search. For details,
refer to the “Searching for a
Name”later in this section.
4. Select the phone book entry
to call.
5. Press the number to dial.
When the Bluetooth device and
infotainment system are
successfully paired, the phone book
will download. Some phones may
not download automatically. If this
happens, connect it again or
proceed with the phone book
download on the phone.
Always accept the Phone book
request on the initial pairing of the
phone.
Searching for a Name
Select characters by using the
keypad on the phone book screen.
As characters are selected, the
names that include those characters
will display on the phone book
screen. As more characters of the
name are entered, the list of
possible names is shortened.
To search for the name Alex:
1. Press (abc) to select the first
character.
2. Press (jkl) to select the second
character.
3. Press (def) to select the third
character.
4. Press (wxy) to select the fourth
character.
Making a Call from Call History
1. Press Call History on the
telephone screen.
2. Press one of the following for:
.2Dialed calls.
.4Missed calls.
.9Received calls.
3. Select the phone book entry
to call.
Black plate (45,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-45
Making a Call with Speed Dial
Numbers
Press and hold the speed dial
number using the keypad on the
telephone screen.
Only speed dial numbers already
stored on the cell phone can be
used for speed dial calls. Up to
two-digit speed dial numbers are
supported.
For two-digit speed dial numbers,
press and hold the second digit to
make a call to the speed dial
number.
Downloadable
Applications
Smartphone Link
(Overview)
Before Using Smartphone Link
This function may not be supported
in all regions.
If equipped, the vehicle can connect
to Pandora
®
, Stitcher SmartRadio
®
,
or other available applications
through the infotainment system.
The applications must be
downloaded to the device first, then
the device can be connected to the
infotainment system.
Pandora is a free Internet radio
service that streams personalized
radio stations based on artists,
songs, genres, and comedians.
Create stations using the Pandora
website or smartphone application,
then use -(thumbs up) or ,
(thumbs down) to personalize
stations. To set up an account, or for
more information, go to
www.pandora.com. Pandora may
not be available in Canada or
Mexico.
Stitcher SmartRadio is an Internet
radio service that streams news,
sports, and entertainment shows
through the audio system. Create
personalized, on-demand stations or
discover new shows through
Stitcher's preset stations. To set up
an account, download the
application from the Android Market
or iTunes Store, or go to
www.stitcher.com.
A phone or tablet with Internet
connection and the application
installed is required. Personal cell
phone data plans are used. Make
sure the latest version is installed
on the device and the volume is
turned up.
Black plate (46,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-46 Infotainment System
Smartphone Supported by
Application
To use Applications:
.Connect an iPod/iPhone using
the USB port.
.Connect Andriod™phones
through Bluetooth.
iPod/iPhone Error Messages and
Solution
If the system fails to activate the
application on the iPod/iPhone
connected, an error message is
displayed as, “Unable to start
application, possible reasons.”
.Your iPhone is locked. To
resolve, unlock the iPhone.
.You have another active
application open. To resolve,
close the other active
application.
.You have not installed the
application on your iPhone. To
resolve, install the application on
the iPhone.
iOS Version Error
If the iOS version of the iPhone is
less than 4.0, the error message is
displayed as, “Your iPhone does not
allow this application to be opened
on a USB connection. Please refer
to owner’s manual.”
.Activate the application on your
iPhone, then press the desired
application menu on the
infotainment system.
Connecting Application Error
If the infotainment system fails to
activate the application on the
smartphone connected through
Bluetooth wireless technology, the
error message is displayed as,
“Connecting application failed.”
.Reset all settings related to the
phone, then press the desired
application menu on the
infotainment system.
.Reconnect the smartphone and
infotainment system through
Bluetooth wireless technology,
then press the desired
application menu on the
infotainment system.
.When the application is stopped
on the smartphone, it usually
takes time to return to normal
operation. Try to activate the
application after 10–20 seconds.
To switch to another application
while playing an application and
connected through the USB port,
press the HOME button on the iPod/
iPhone, then press the application
icon on the infotainment system.
Switching Between a USB
Connected Device and a
Bluetooth Device
When the iPhone is connected to
the infotainment system through the
USB port, and the infotainment
system is connected to another
phone through Bluetooth wireless
technology, press iPhone or
bluetooth phone on the smartphone
list menu to switch between the two
applications.
Black plate (47,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-47
Displaying or Hiding Application
Icons
To display or hide application icons
on the smartphone link menu:
1. Press D.
2. Press ^smartphone link.
3. Press SETTINGS.
4. Press the desired application
icon to hide or display it on the
smartphone link menu.
5. Press OK.
If the activated application is on the
smartphone link menu, the ^is
activated in the upper position of the
HOME menu or playing screen.
Connecting an Application
This section explains a general
operation. It may vary depending on
the phone operation system,
versions, and/or application
versions.
To connect an application:
1. Install the application on the
smartphone from Appstore or
Playstore.
2. Connect the smartphone to the
infotainment system through the
USB port or Bluetooth.
.iPhone: USB port
.Android phone: Bluetooth
3. Activate the application.
4. Press Dto play the application
through the infotainment system.
The smartphone link menu is
displayed.
5. Press the application icon.
6. The application screen is
displayed.
Smartphone Link
(Pandora)
Some images and explanations may
vary by phone operating systems,
versions, and/or application (App)
versions.
Using Pandora
1. Install the Pandora application
on the smartphone.
2. Connect the smartphone to the
infotainment system through the
USB port or Bluetooth wireless
technology.
.iPhone: USB connection.
.Android phone/BlackBerry
phone: Bluetooth wireless
technology.
3. Activate the Pandora application.
4. Press D.
5. Press ^smartphone link.
Black plate (48,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-48 Infotainment System
6. Press Pandora.
If the smartphone is not connected
to the infotainment system or the
application is not installed on the
smartphone, the Pandora menu is
not activated.
Thumbs Up and Thumbs Down
Rate tracks by using -(thumbs up)
or ,(thumbs down).
Pause
.Press jto pause.
.Press rto resume.
Changing Tracks
Press lto change to the next
track.
Bookmark
To bookmark a favorite artist or
track:
1. Press Son the screen.
2. Press Artist or Track.
Pandora Menus
Creating Stations from Currently
Playing Music
1. Press MENU. The Pandora
menu is displayed.
2. Press create station.
3. Press from currently playing.
4. Press Artist or Track.
5. Press the desired station. The
station is added into the
Pandora menu automatically.
Creating Stations by Searching
by Artist or Track
1. Press MENU. The Pandora
menu is displayed.
2. Press create station.
3. Press enter artist/track. The
keypad is displayed.
4. Enter the artist or track name
using the keypad, then press
Create.
5. Press the desired station. The
station is added into the
Pandora menu automatically.
Listening to Stations
1. Press MENU. The Pandora
menu is displayed.
2. Press Qor Rto scroll through
the list. Select the desired
station.
QuickMix
1. Press MENU. The Pandora
menu is displayed.
Black plate (49,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-49
2. Press QuickMix Zto listen to a
selection of tracks from your
stations.
Tone Settings
1. Press MENU. The Pandora
menu is displayed.
2. Press tone settings. The tone
settings menu is displayed. See
“Tone Settings”under “Radio
Controls with Touchscreen”in
Operation on page 7-8.
Smartphone Link
(Stitcher)
Some images and explanations may
vary by phone operating systems,
versions, and/or application (App)
versions.
Using Stitcher
1. Install the Stitcher application on
the smartphone.
2. Connect the smartphone to the
infotainment system through the
USB port or Bluetooth wireless
technology.
.iPhone: USB connection.
.Android phone/BlackBerry
phone: Bluetooth wireless
technology.
3. Activate the Stitcher application.
4. Press D.
5. Press ^smartphone link.
6. Press Stitcher.
If the smartphone is not connected
to the infotainment system or the
application is not installed on the
smartphone, the Stitcher menu is
not activated.
Thumbs Up and Thumbs Down
Rate tracks by using -(thumbs up)
or ,(thumbs down).
Pause
.Press jto pause.
.Press rto resume.
Changing Stations
Press lto change to the next
station.
Saving Favorites
To save a station as a favorite,
press qon the stitcher screen.
Stitcher Menus
The Stitcher Station menu displays
available station data from the
Stitcher server.
Black plate (50,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-50 Infotainment System
1. Press MENU. The Stitcher
Station menu is displayed.
2. Press Qor Rto scroll through
the list. Select the desired
station.
Tone Settings
1. Press MENU. The Stitcher menu
is displayed.
2. Press tone settings. The tone
settings menu is displayed. See
“Tone Settings”under “Radio
Controls with Touchscreen”in
Operation on page 7-8.
Stitcher usage recommendations:
.Data transference speed must
be 3G or greater.
.Make sure the latest version of
Stitcher is installed, selecting the
correct download depending on
the cellular system.
.Turn the phone Off and restart
after the download of Stitcher is
complete.
.Apple products (iPhone, iPod,
iPAD), the iOS must be 4.0 or
greater.
.Android products version must
be 2.0 or greater.
.If error messages are received
from the radio or phone, turn the
phone off and remove the
battery.
.Avoid switching between Audio
Bluetooth and Stitcher sources.
.Launch Stitcher from the radio
every time the vehicle is
turned on.
Stitcher offers podcast audio based
on phone characteristics, meaning
the launch of audio would depend
on the podcast size and phone
connection.
Phone connection factors are:
.Speed and traffic of
transmission data.
.Hours on usage.
.Applications stored on the
device.
.Available memory of phone.
Black plate (51,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-51
Bluetooth Phone/
Devices
Pictures and Movies
(Audio System)
The infotainment system can play
the music files contained in the USB
storage device or iPod/iPhone
products.
Audio System Information
Using MP3/WMA/OGG/WAV Files
.Music files with .mp3, .wma,
.ogg, and .wav file name
extensions can be played.
.MP3 files that can be played are:
Bit rate: 8 kbps to 320 kbps -
Sampling frequency: 48 kHz,
44.1 kHz, 32 kHz, 24 kHz, 22.05
kHz, and 16 kHz.
.Files with a bit rate above
128 kbps will result in higher
quality sound.
.ID3 Tag information for MP3
files, such as the album name
and the artist, can be played.
.To display album title, track title,
and artist information, the file
should be compatible with the
ID3 Tag V1 and V2 formats.
Using USB Storage Devices and
iPod/iPhone
.Use a USB or flash memory type
storage device. Do not connect
using a USB adaptor.
.Do not connect and reconnect
the USB device repeatedly in a
short time, as this may cause
static electricity and problems
using the device.
.Use a USB device with a metal
connecting terminal.
.Connection with i-Stick Type
USB storage devices may be
faulty due to vehicle vibration.
.Do not to touch the USB
connecting terminal.
.Only USB storage devices
formatted in FAT16/32, exFAT
file system are recognized.
NTFS and other file systems are
not recognized.
.The time it takes to process files
will depend on the USB storage
device type and capacity, and
the type of files stored.
.Some USB storage device files
may not be compatible.
.Up to two USB devices and one
iPod can be played through a
USB hub. All devices may not be
supported, depending on the
performance of the USB hub.
If there is not enough power
supply, it may not operate
normally.
.Do not disconnect the USB
storage device while it is playing.
This may cause damage to the
product or affect the
performance of the USB device.
.Disconnect the USB storage
device when the ignition is
turned off. If the ignition is turned
Black plate (52,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-52 Infotainment System
on while the USB device is
connected, the USB device may
be damaged or may not operate
normally.
.USB storage devices can only
be connected for playing music/
movies, viewing photo files,
or upgrading.
.Do not use the USB terminal to
charge USB accessory
equipment. The heat generated
may cause performance issues
or damage.
.Store files in the top-level drive
of the USB storage device.
When the logical drive is
separated from the device, only
the USB music files from the
top-level logical drive can be
played. Music files stored on
USB storage devices may not
play normally if an application is
loaded by partitioning a separate
drive.
.Music files to which Digital Right
Management (DRM) is applied
cannot be played.
.USB storage device capacity
limit is 2,500 music files, 2,500
photo files, 250 movie files,
2,500 folders, and 10 stages of
folder structure. The iPod/iPhone
can play all music files
supported, but will only display
up to 2,500 files on the screen in
alphabetical order.
.Some iPod/iPhone product
models may not support the
connectivity or functionality of
this product.
.Only connect the iPod/iPhone
with connection cables
supported by iPod/iPhone
products. Other connection
cables cannot be used.
.The iPod/iPhone may be
damaged if it is connected to the
vehicle with the ignition on.
When not in use, disconnect the
iPod/iPhone.
.When the iPod/iPhone is
connected to the USB port by
using the iPod/iPhone cable, the
Bluetooth music is not
supported.
.Connect the iPod/iPhone to the
USB port by using the iPod/
iPhone cable to play the music
files. When the iPod/iPhone is
connected to the AUX input
terminal, the music file will
not play.
.The iPod/iPhone playback
functions and the information
displayed may be different when
played on the infotainment
system.
Black plate (53,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-53
.Refer to the table for the
classification items related to the
search function provided by the
iPod/iPhone.
USB Player
Playing Music from a USB Device
.Connect the USB device to the
USB port.
.Play will start automatically after
the system has finished reading
the USB device.
.If a non-readable USB device is
connected, an error message
displays and the system will
switch to the previous audio
function.
If the USB device is already
connected:
.Press D.
.Press audio.
.Press SourceR.
.Press USB.
To stop the USB device and select
another media source, press
SourceR, then select the other
source.
To remove the USB device, select
another function, then remove the
USB device.
Pause
.Press jto pause.
.Press rto resume.
Changing to Next/Previous Files
.Press lto change to the
next file.
.Press gwithin five seconds of
the playback time to play the
previous file.
Returning to the Beginning of the
Current File
Press gafter five seconds of the
playback time.
Scanning Forward or Backward
Press and hold gor lduring
playback to rewind or fast forward.
Release the button to resume
playback at normal speed.
Playing a File Repeatedly
Press vduring playback.
.1: Plays the current file
repeatedly.
.ALL: Plays all files repeatedly.
.OFF: Returns to normal
playback.
Black plate (54,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-54 Infotainment System
Playing a File Randomly
Press uduring playback.
.NO: Plays all files randomly.
.OFF: Returns to normal
playback.
Viewing Information on the
Currently Playing File
Press the title during playback to
display information about the current
file playing.
.The information displayed
includes the title, file name,
folder name, and artist/album
saved with the song.
.Incorrect information cannot be
modified or corrected on the
infotainment system.
.The information for songs
expressed in special symbols or
in unavailable languages may be
displayed as “u.”
Using the USB Music Menu
.Press MENU during playback.
.Press the play mode.
Tone Settings
1. Press R.
2. Press tone settings. The Tone
Settings menu is displayed. See
“Tone Settings”under “Radio
Controls with Touchscreen”in
Operation on page 7-8.
iPod/iPhone Player
This feature is limited to models
supporting the iPod/iPhone
connection.
Playing Music Files
.Connect the iPod/iPhone to the
USB port.
.Play will start from the previously
played point after the system
has finished reading the USB
device.
.If a non-readable USB device is
connected, an error message
displays and the system will
switch to the previous audio
function.
If the iPod/iPhone is already
connected:
1. Press D.
2. Press eaudio.
3. Press SourceR.
4. Press iPod.
To stop the device and select
another media source, press
SourceR, then select the other
source.
To remove the device, select
another function, then remove the
device.
Black plate (55,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-55
Pause
.Press jto pause.
.Press rto resume.
Changing to Next/Previous Song
.Press lto change to the
next song.
.Press gwithin two seconds of
the playback time to play the
previous file.
Returning to the Beginning of the
Current File
Press gafter two seconds of the
playback time.
Scanning Forward or Backward
Press and hold gor lduring
playback to rewind or fast forward.
Release the button to resume
playback at normal speed.
Playing a File Repeatedly
Press vduring playback.
.1: Plays the current file
repeatedly.
.ALL: Plays all files repeatedly.
.OFF: Returns to normal
playback.
Playing a File Randomly
Press uduring playback.
.NO: Plays all files randomly.
.OFF: Returns to normal
playback.
Viewing Information on the
Currently Playing Song
Press the title during playback to
display information about the current
song playing.
.The information displayed
includes the title, file name,
folder name, and artist/album
saved with the song.
.Incorrect information cannot be
modified or corrected on the
infotainment system.
.The information for songs
expressed in special symbols or
in unavailable languages may be
displayed as “u.”
Using the iPod Menu
.Press MENU during playback.
.Press the appropriate
play mode.
Tone Settings
1. Press Ron the iPod menu.
2. Press tone settings. The tone
settings menu is displayed. See
“Tone Settings”under “Radio
Controls with Touchscreen”in
Operation on page 7-8.
Pictures and Movies
(Picture System)
The infotainment system can view
picture files stored on a USB
storage device and devices that
support Media Transfer
Protocol (MTP).
Black plate (56,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-56 Infotainment System
Picture System Information
Caution for Using Picture Files
.File size:
‐JPG: Within 64 to 5,000 pixels
(Width) and 64 to 5,000 pixels
(Height).
‐BMP, PNG, GIF: Within 64 to
1,024 pixels (Width) and 64 to
1,024 pixels (Height).
.File extensions: .jpg, .bmp, .png,
.gif. Animated .gif files are not
supported.
.Some files may not operate due
to a different recording format or
the condition of the file.
Viewing Pictures
1. Connect the USB device to the
USB port.
2. Press the screen to open to full
screen. Press the screen again
to return to the previous screen.
If the USB device is already
connected:
1. Press D.
2. Press Gpicture & movie.
3. Press Source R.
4. Press USB picture.
Some features are disabled while
the vehicle is in motion.
Viewing a Slide Show
1. From the picture screen, press
z. The slide show will start
to play.
2. Press the screen to cancel the
slide show during the slide show
playback.
Viewing a Previous or Next
Picture
Press tor ufrom the picture
screen.
Rotating a Picture
Press yor wfrom the picture
screen.
Enlarging a Picture
Press xfrom the picture screen.
Using the USB Picture Menu
1. Press MENU from the picture
screen.
Black plate (57,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-57
2. Press the appropriate menu:
.picture file list: lists all
picture files.
.sort by title: shows pictures
in title order.
.sort by date: shows pictures
in date order.
.slide show time: allows
selection of the slide show
interval.
.clock/temp display: allows
selection of On or Off to
show the clock and
temperature on the full
screen.
.display settings: adjusts for
Brightness and Contrast.
3. Press 4to exit.
Pictures and Movies
(Movie System)
The infotainment system can play
movie files stored on a USB storage
device and devices that support
Media Transfer Protocol (MTP).
Movie System Information
Caution for Using Movie Files
.Available resolution: Within 720
x 576 (W x H) pixels.
.Frame rate: Less than 30 fps.
.Playable movie file: .avi, .mpg,
.mp4, .divx, .xvid, .wmv. The
playable movie file may not be
played according to the codec
format.
.Playable codec format: divx,
xvid, mpeg-1, mpeg-4 (mpg4,
mp42, mp43), wmv9 (wmv3).
.Playable Audio format: MP3,
AC3, AAC, WMA.
.Max video bitrate:
‐mpeg-1: 8 Mbps
‐mpeg-4 (mpg4, mp42, mp43):
4 Mbps
‐wmv9: 3 Mbps
‐divx 3: 3 Mbps
‐divx 4/5/6: 4.8 Mbps
‐xvid: 4.5 Mbps
.Max audio bitrate:
‐mp3: 320 Kbps
‐wma: 320 Kbps
‐ac-3: 640 Kbps
‐aac: 449 Kbps
.Movie files to which Digital Right
Management (DRM) is applied
may not be played.
Playing a Movie File
1. Connect the USB device to the
USB port.
2. Press the screen to open to full
screen. Press the screen again
to return to the previous screen.
Black plate (58,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-58 Infotainment System
If the USB device is already
connected:
1. Press D.
2. Press Gpicture & movie.
3. Press SourceR.
4. Press USB movie.
Movie is not available while driving.
Viewing a Slide Show
From the picture screen, press z.
.The slide show will start to play.
.Press the screen to cancel the
slide show during the slide show
playback.
.The last played audio source will
play as background music
during the slide show playback.
Pause
.Press jto pause.
.Press rto resume.
Changing to Next/Previous Movie
.Press uto change to the
next file.
.Press twithin five seconds of
the playback time to play the
previous file.
Returning to the Beginning of the
Current Movie
Press tafter five seconds of the
playback time.
Scanning Forward or Backward
Press and hold tor uduring
playback to rewind or fast forward.
Release the button to resume
playback at normal speed.
Viewing Full Screen
Press tfrom the movie screen.
Press tagain to return to the
previous screen.
Using the USB Movie Menu
1. Press MENU from the movie
screen.
2. Press the appropriate menu:
.movie file list: lists all movie
files.
.clock/temp display: allows
selection of On or Off to
show the clock and
temperature on the full
screen.
.display settings: adjusts for
Brightness and Contrast.
.tone settings: shows the
sound setup. See “Tone
Settings”under “Radio
Controls with Touchscreen”
in Operation on page 7-8.
3. Press 4to exit.
Black plate (59,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Infotainment System 7-59
Subtitle Language
If the movie file has a subtitle
language, it can be viewed.
.Press qfrom the movie screen.
.Press Sor Ton the pop-up
screen.
.Press rto close the pop-up
screen.
If there is only one subtitle
language, it can be set to On/Off.
Audio Language
If the movie file has an audio
language, it can be used.
.Press qfrom the movie screen.
.Press ZSor Ton the pop-up
screen.
.Press rto close the pop-up
screen.
An audio language can be set only
when supported by the DivX
movie file.
Trademarks and
License Agreements
FCC Information
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13-11.
Bluetooth
®
The Bluetooth word mark and logos
are owned by the Bluetooth
®
SIG,
Inc. and any use of such marks by
General Motors is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names
are those of their respective owners.
DivX Certified
®
to play DivX
®
video,
including premium content.
Covered by one or more of the
following U.S. patents: 7,295,673;
7,460,668; 7,515,710; 7,519,274.
DivX
®
, DivX Certified
®
and
associated logos are trademarks of
Rovi Corporation or its subsidiaries
and are used under license.
“Made for iPod”and “Made for
iPhone”mean that an electronic
accessory has been designed to
connect specifically to iPod or
iPhone and has been certified by
the developer to meet Apple
performance standards.
iPod and iPhone are trademarks of
Apple Computer, Inc., registered in
the U.S. and other countries.
Black plate (60,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
7-60 Infotainment System
Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee,
taxes, one time activation fee, and
other fees may apply. Subscription
fee is consumer only. All fees and
programming subject to change.
Subscriptions subject to Customer
Agreement available at
www.siriusxm.com. SiriusXM
®
service only available in the
48 contiguous United States and
Canada.
In Canada: Some deterioration of
service may occur in extreme
northern latitudes. This is beyond
the control of SiriusXM
®
Satellite
Radio.
It is prohibited to copy, decompile,
disassemble, reverse engineer,
hack, manipulate, or otherwise
make available any technology or
software incorporated in receivers
compatible with the SiriusXM
Satellite Radio System or that
support the SiriusXM website, the
Online Service or any of its content.
Furthermore, the AMBER voice
compression software included in
this product is protected by
intellectual property rights including
patent rights, copyrights, and trade
secrets of Digital Voice
Systems, Inc.
General Requirements:
1. A License Agreement from
SiriusXM is required for any
product that incorporates
SiriusXM Technology and/or for
use of any of the SiriusXM
marks to be manufactured,
distributed, or marketed in the
SiriusXM Service Area.
2. For products to be distributed,
marketed, and/or sold in
Canada, a separate agreement
is required with Canadian
Satellite Radio Inc. (operating as
XM Canada).
FreeType 2
Portions of this software are
copyright
®
2007-2012 The
FreeType Project
(www.freetype.org). All rights
reserved.
Libjpeg
The navigation software is based in
part on the work of the independent
JPEG Group.
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Climate Controls 8-1
Climate Controls
Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Maintenance
Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter......................... 8-5
Climate Control
Systems
If equipped with these climate
control systems, the heating,
cooling, and ventilation can be
controlled for the vehicle.
Climate Control System with
Heater and Air Conditioning
1. Temperature Control
2. Fan Control
3. Air Delivery Mode Control
4. Driver and Passenger Heated
Seats
5. Air Conditioning
6. Rear Window Defogger
7. Recirculation
Climate Control System with
Heater Only
1. Temperature Control
2. Fan Control
3. Air Delivery Mode Control
4. Rear Window Defogger
Temperature Control: Turn
clockwise or counterclockwise to
increase or decrease the
temperature.
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
8-2 Climate Controls
A(Fan Control): Turn clockwise
or counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the fan speed. Turning the
fan control to 0 turns the fan off. The
fan must be turned on to run the air
conditioning compressor.
Air Delivery Mode Control: Turn
clockwise or counterclockwise to
change the current airflow mode.
Select from the following air delivery
modes:
Y(Vent): Air is directed to the
instrument panel outlets.
\(Bi-Level): Air is divided
between the instrument panel and
floor outlets.
[(Floor): Air is directed to the
floor outlets, with some air directed
to the rear outlets.
W(Defog): This mode clears the
windows of fog or moisture. Air is
directed to the floor, windshield, and
side window outlets.
1(Defrost): This mode clears the
windshield of fog or frost more
quickly. Air is directed to the
windshield and side window outlets.
Do not drive the vehicle until all
windows are clear.
In defrost or defog mode, excessive
air conditioning use can cause the
windows to fog. If this happens,
change the air delivery mode to Y
and reduce the fan speed.
#(Air Conditioning): If equipped
with air conditioning, follow these
steps to use the system. Turn Ato
the desired speed. The air
conditioning does not operate when
the fan control knob is in the off
position. Press #to turn the air
conditioning on and off. When #is
pressed, an indicator light comes on
to show that the air conditioning
is on.
For quick cool down on hot days, do
the following:
1. Open the windows to let hot air
escape.
2. Press M.
3. Press #.
4. Select the coolest temperature.
5. Select the highest Aspeed.
Using these settings together for
long periods of time may cause the
air inside the vehicle to become too
dry. To prevent this from happening,
after the air in the vehicle has
cooled, turn the recirculation
mode off.
M(Recirculation): This mode
recirculates and helps to quickly
cool the air inside the vehicle. It can
be used to prevent outside air and
odors from entering the vehicle.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Climate Controls 8-3
Press the button to turn the
recirculation mode on. An indicator
light comes on to show that the
recirculation is on. Press the button
again to return to outside air mode.
Using the recirculation mode for
extended periods may cause the
windows to fog. If this happens,
select the defrost mode.
Max #is available when the air
conditioning is selected and the
temperature is set to the coolest
setting while the outside air
temperature is warm. When Max #
is activated, the air inside the
vehicle is automatically recirculated,
which helps to quickly cool the
vehicle. The recirculation indicator
will not be lit.
To allow outside air to enter in these
conditions, press the recirculation
button twice. The recirculation
indicator will not be lit.
M/L(Heated Seats, If
Equipped): Press to heat the driver
or passenger seat. See Heated
Front Seats on page 3-7.
Rear Window and Outside
Mirror Defogger
1(Rear Window Defogger):
Press to turn the rear window and
outside mirror defogger on or off. An
indicator light comes on to show
that the feature is on.
The rear window defogger turns off
after about 10 minutes. It can also
be turned off by pressing 1again
or by turning the ignition to ACC/
ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF.
If turned on again it runs for about
five minutes before turning off.
For vehicles with heated outside
rearview mirrors, they turn on with
the rear window defogger and help
to clear fog or frost from the surface
of the mirror. See Heated Mirrors on
page 2-13.
{Caution
Using a razor blade or sharp
object on the inside rear window
can damage the antenna or
defogger. Repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Do not stick anything to the rear
window.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
8-4 Climate Controls
Air Vents
Use the air vents in the center and
on the side of the instrument panel
to direct the airflow. Move the slats
on the center air vents to direct
airflow.
Turn the knobs on the side air vents
counterclockwise or clockwise to
open or close off the airflow.
Operation Tips
.Clear away any ice, snow,
or leaves from the air inlets at
the base of the windshield that
may block the flow of air into the
vehicle.
.Use of non-GM approved hood
deflectors may adversely affect
the performance of the system.
.Keep the path under the front
seats clear of objects to help
circulate the air inside the
vehicle more effectively.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Climate Controls 8-5
Maintenance
Air Intake
Clear away any ice, snow, or leaves
from the air intake at the base of the
windshield that can block the flow of
air into the vehicle.
Passenger Compartment
Air Filter
The filter removes dust, pollen, and
other airborne irritants from outside
air that is pulled into the vehicle.
The filter should be replaced as part
of routine scheduled maintenance.
See Maintenance Schedule on
page 11-2. To find out what type of
filter to use, see Maintenance
Replacement Parts on page 11-13.
1. Open the glove box completely
and disconnect the damper on
the outboard side.
2. Push in both sides of the glove
box and pull to remove.
3. Open the filter cover by
releasing tabs on both sides and
pulling up the cover.
4. Replace the air filter.
5. Close the air filter cover and
reinstall the glove box.
See your dealer if additional
assistance is needed.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
8-6 Climate Controls
2NOTES
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Driving and Operating 9-1
Driving and
Operating
Driving Information
Driver Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Driving Environment . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Vehicle Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 9-7
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Starting and Operating
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . 9-14
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
Parking over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
Engine Exhaust
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
Running the Vehicle While
Parked ..................... 9-23
Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-23
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
Manual Transmission
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . 9-26
Drive Systems
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28
Brakes
Antilock Brake
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . 9-31
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
Descent Control
System (DCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34
Driver Assistance Systems
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37
Rear Vision
Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38
Fuel
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-41
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-41
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-41
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-43
Towing
General Towing
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44
Conversions and Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/13/14
9-2 Driving and Operating
Driving Information
Driver Behavior
Driving is an important
responsibility. Driver behavior, the
driving environment, and the
vehicle's design all affect how well a
vehicle performs.
Being aware of these factors can
help in understanding how the
vehicle handles and what can be
done to avoid many types of
crashes, including a rollover crash.
Most serious injuries and fatalities to
unbelted occupants can be reduced
or prevented by the use of safety
belts. In a rollover crash, an
unbelted person is significantly
more likely to die than a person
wearing a safety belt. In addition,
avoiding excessive speed, sudden
or abrupt turns, and drunken or
aggressive driving can help make
trips safer and avoid the possibility
of a crash.
Driving Environment
Be prepared for driving in inclement
weather, at night, or during other
times where visibility or traction may
be limited, such as on curves,
slippery roads, or hilly terrain.
Unfamiliar surroundings can also
have hidden hazards.
Vehicle Design
Utility vehicles have a significantly
higher rollover rate than other types
of vehicles. This is because they
have a higher ground clearance and
a narrower track or shorter
wheelbase than passenger cars,
which makes them more capable for
off-road driving. While these design
characteristics provide the driver
with a better view of the road, these
vehicles do have a higher center of
gravity than other types of vehicles.
A utility vehicle does not handle the
same as a vehicle with a lower
center of gravity, like a car, in similar
situations.
Safe driver behavior and
understanding of the environment
can help avoid a rollover crash in
any type of vehicle, including utility
vehicles.
Distracted Driving
Distraction comes in many forms
and can take your focus from the
task of driving. Exercise good
judgment and do not let other
activities divert your attention away
from the road. Many local
governments have enacted laws
regarding driver distraction. Become
familiar with the local laws in
your area.
To avoid distracted driving, always
keep your eyes on the road, hands
on the wheel, and mind on the drive.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Driving and Operating 9-3
.Do not use a phone in
demanding driving situations.
Use a hands-free method to
place or receive necessary
phone calls.
.Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
electronic devices.
.Designate a front seat
passenger to handle potential
distractions.
.Become familiar with vehicle
features before driving, such as
programming favorite radio
stations and adjusting climate
control and seat settings.
Program all trip information into
any navigation device prior to
driving.
.Wait until the vehicle is parked
to retrieve items that have fallen
to the floor.
.Stop or park the vehicle to tend
to children.
.Keep pets in an appropriate
carrier or restraint.
.Avoid stressful conversations
while driving, whether with a
passenger or on a cell phone.
{Warning
Taking your eyes off the road too
long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.
Refer to the infotainment section for
more information on using that
system and the navigation system,
if equipped, including pairing and
using a cell phone.
Defensive Driving
Defensive driving means “always
expect the unexpected.”The first
step in driving defensively is to wear
the safety belt. See Safety Belts on
page 3-13.
.Assume that other road users
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and
other drivers) are going to be
careless and make mistakes.
Anticipate what they might do
and be ready.
.Allow enough following distance
between you and the driver in
front of you.
.Focus on the task of driving.
Drunk Driving
Death and injury associated with
drinking and driving is a global
tragedy.
{Warning
Drinking and then driving is very
dangerous. Your reflexes,
perceptions, attentiveness, and
judgment can be affected by even
a small amount of alcohol. You
(Continued)
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
9-4 Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
can have a serious —or even
fatal —collision if you drive after
drinking.
Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are
with a group, designate a driver
who will not drink.
Control of a Vehicle
Braking, steering, and accelerating
are important factors in helping to
control a vehicle while driving.
Braking
Braking action involves perception
time and reaction time. Deciding to
push the brake pedal is perception
time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.
Average driver reaction time is
about three-quarters of a second. In
that time, a vehicle moving at
100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
(66 ft), which could be a lot of
distance in an emergency.
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
include:
.Keep enough distance between
you and the vehicle in front
of you.
.Avoid needless heavy braking.
.Keep pace with traffic.
If the engine ever stops while the
vehicle is being driven, brake
normally but do not pump the
brakes. Doing so could make the
pedal harder to push down. If the
engine stops, there will be some
power brake assist but it will be
used when the brake is applied.
Once the power assist is used up, it
can take longer to stop and the
brake pedal will be harder to push.
Steering
Electric Power Steering
If the vehicle has electric power
steering, it does not have power
steering fluid. Regular maintenance
is not required.
If power steering assist is lost due
to a system malfunction, the vehicle
can be steered, but may require
increased effort. See your dealer if
there is a problem.
If the steering wheel is turned until it
reaches the end of its travel, and is
held in that position for an extended
period of time, power steering assist
may be reduced.
If the steering assist is used for an
extended period of time, power
assist may be reduced.
Normal use of the power steering
assist should return when the
system cools down.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Driving and Operating 9-5
Hydraulic Power Steering
If the vehicle has the hydraulic
power steering, it may require
maintenance. See Power Steering
Fluid (1.4L L4 Engine) on
page 10-20 or Power Steering Fluid
(1.8L L4 Engine) on page 10-20.
If power steering assist is lost
because the engine stops or a
system malfunctions, the vehicle
can be steered but may require
increased effort.
{Caution
If the steering wheel is turned
until it reaches the end of its
travel, and is held in that position
for more than 15 seconds,
damage may occur to the power
steering system and there may be
loss of power steering assist.
See your dealer if there is a
problem.
Curve Tips
.Take curves at a reasonable
speed.
.Reduce speed before entering a
curve.
.Maintain a reasonable steady
speed through the curve.
.Wait until the vehicle is out of
the curve before accelerating
gently into the straightaway.
Steering in Emergencies
.There are some situations when
steering around a problem may
be more effective than braking.
.Holding both sides of the
steering wheel allows you to turn
180 degrees without removing
a hand.
.Antilock Brake System (ABS)
allows steering while braking.
Off-Road Recovery
The vehicle's right wheels can drop
off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Follow
these tips:
1. Ease off the accelerator and
then, if there is nothing in the
way, steer the vehicle so that it
straddles the edge of the
pavement.
2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the
right front tire contacts the
pavement edge.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
9-6 Driving and Operating
3. Turn the steering wheel to go
straight down the roadway.
Loss of Control
Skidding
There are three types of skids that
correspond to the vehicle's three
control systems:
.Braking Skid —wheels are not
rolling.
.Steering or Cornering Skid —
too much speed or steering in a
curve causes tires to slip and
lose cornering force.
.Acceleration Skid —too much
throttle causes the driving
wheels to spin.
Defensive drivers avoid most skids
by taking reasonable care suited to
existing conditions, and by not
overdriving those conditions. But
skids are always possible.
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
these suggestions:
.Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go.
The vehicle may straighten out.
Be ready for a second skid if it
occurs.
.Slow down and adjust your
driving according to weather
conditions. Stopping distance
can be longer and vehicle
control can be affected when
traction is reduced by water,
snow, ice, gravel, or other
material on the road. Learn to
recognize warning clues —such
as enough water, ice, or packed
snow on the road to make a
mirrored surface —and slow
down when you have any doubt.
.Try to avoid sudden steering,
acceleration, or braking,
including reducing vehicle speed
by shifting to a lower gear. Any
sudden changes could cause
the tires to slide.
Remember: Antilock brakes help
avoid only the braking skid.
Driving on Wet Roads
Rain and wet roads can reduce
vehicle traction and affect your
ability to stop and accelerate.
Always drive slower in these types
of driving conditions and avoid
driving through large puddles and
deep‐standing or flowing water.
{Warning
Wet brakes can cause crashes.
They might not work as well in a
quick stop and could cause
pulling to one side. You could
lose control of the vehicle.
After driving through a large
puddle of water or a car/vehicle
wash, lightly apply the brake
pedal until the brakes work
normally.
(Continued)
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Driving and Operating 9-7
Warning (Continued)
Flowing or rushing water creates
strong forces. Driving through
flowing water could cause the
vehicle to be carried away. If this
happens, you and other vehicle
occupants could drown. Do not
ignore police warnings and be
very cautious about trying to drive
through flowing water.
Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
can build up under the vehicle's
tires so they actually ride on the
water. This can happen if the road is
wet enough and you are going fast
enough. When the vehicle is
hydroplaning, it has little or no
contact with the road.
There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to
slow down when the road is wet.
Other Rainy Weather Tips
Besides slowing down, other wet
weather driving tips include:
.Allow extra following distance.
.Pass with caution.
.Keep windshield wiping
equipment in good shape.
.Keep the windshield washer fluid
reservoir filled.
.Have good tires with proper
tread depth. See Tires on
page 10-41.
.Turn off cruise control.
Hill and Mountain Roads
Driving on steep hills or through
mountains is different than driving
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for
driving in these conditions include:
.Keep the vehicle serviced and in
good shape.
.Check all fluid levels and brakes,
tires, cooling system, and
transmission.
.Shift to a lower gear when going
down steep or long hills.
{Warning
Using the brakes to slow the
vehicle on a long downhill slope
can cause brake overheating, can
reduce brake performance, and
could result in a loss of braking.
Shift the transmission to a lower
gear to let the engine assist the
brakes on a steep downhill slope.
{Warning
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
or with the ignition off is
dangerous. This can cause
overheating of the brakes and
loss of steering. Always have the
engine running and the vehicle
in gear.
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
9-8 Driving and Operating
.Stay in your own lane. Do not
swing wide or cut across the
center of the road. Drive at
speeds that let you stay in your
own lane.
.Be alert on top of hills;
something could be in your lane
(stalled car, accident).
.Pay attention to special road
signs (falling rocks area, winding
roads, long grades, passing or
no-passing zones) and take
appropriate action.
Winter Driving
Driving on Snow or Ice
Drive carefully when there is snow
or ice between the tires and the
road, creating less traction or grip.
Wet ice can occur at about 0°C
(32°F) when freezing rain begins to
fall, resulting in even less traction.
Avoid driving on wet ice or in
freezing rain until roads can be
treated with salt or sand.
Drive with caution, whatever the
condition. Accelerate gently so
traction is not lost. Accelerating too
quickly causes the wheels to spin
and makes the surface under the
tires slick, so there is even less
traction.
Traction Control should be turned
on. See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-31.
The Antilock Brake System (ABS)
improves vehicle stability during
hard stops on slippery roads, but
apply the brakes sooner than when
on dry pavement. See Antilock
Brake System (ABS) on page 9-29.
Allow greater following distance on
any slippery road and watch for
slippery spots. Icy patches can
occur on otherwise clear roads in
shaded areas. The surface of a
curve or an overpass can remain icy
when the surrounding roads are
clear. Avoid sudden steering
maneuvers and braking while
on ice.
Turn off cruise control on slippery
surfaces.
Blizzard Conditions
Being stuck in snow can be a
serious situation. Stay with the
vehicle unless there is help nearby.
If possible, use Roadside
Assistance. See Roadside
Assistance Program on page 13-5.
To get help and keep everyone in
the vehicle safe:
.Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
.Tie a red cloth to an outside
mirror.
{Warning
Snow can trap engine exhaust
under the vehicle. This may
cause exhaust gases to get
inside. Engine exhaust contains
carbon monoxide (CO) which
(Continued)
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Driving and Operating 9-9
Warning (Continued)
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
If the vehicle is stuck in the snow:
.Clear away snow from around
the base of your vehicle,
especially any that is blocking
the exhaust pipe.
.Check again from time to
time to be sure snow does
not collect there.
.Open a window about 5 cm
(2 in) on the side of the
vehicle that is away from the
wind to bring in fresh air.
.Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
.Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that
circulates the air inside the
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
vehicle and set the fan speed
to the highest setting. See
“Climate Control Systems”.
For more information about
carbon monoxide, see Engine
Exhaust on page 9-22.
To save fuel, run the engine for only
short periods as needed to warm
the vehicle and then shut the engine
off and close the window most of
the way to save heat. Repeat this
until help arrives but only when you
feel really uncomfortable from the
cold. Moving about to keep warm
also helps.
If it takes some time for help to
arrive, now and then when you run
the engine, push the accelerator
pedal slightly so the engine runs
faster than the idle speed. This
keeps the battery charged to restart
the vehicle and to signal for help
with the headlamps. Do this as little
as possible to save fuel.
If the Vehicle Is Stuck
Slowly and cautiously spin the
wheels to free the vehicle when
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
If stuck too severely for the traction
system to free the vehicle, turn the
traction system off and use the
rocking method. See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability Control
on page 9-31.
{Warning
If the vehicle's tires spin at high
speed, they can explode, and you
or others could be injured. The
vehicle can overheat, causing an
engine compartment fire or other
damage. Spin the wheels as little
as possible and avoid going
above 56 km/h (35 mph).
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
9-10 Driving and Operating
Rocking the Vehicle to Get
it Out
Turn the steering wheel left and
right to clear the area around the
front wheels. Turn off any traction
system. Shift back and forth
between R (Reverse) and a low
forward gear, spinning the wheels
as little as possible. To prevent
transmission wear, wait until the
wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Release the accelerator
pedal while shifting, and press
lightly on the accelerator pedal
when the transmission is in gear.
Slowly spinning the wheels in the
forward and reverse directions
causes a rocking motion that could
free the vehicle. If that does not get
the vehicle out after a few tries, it
might need to be towed out. If the
vehicle does need to be towed out,
see Towing the Vehicle on
page 10-71.
Vehicle Load Limits
It is very important to know how
much weight your vehicle can
carry. This weight is called the
vehicle capacity weight and
includes the weight of all
occupants, cargo, and all
nonfactory-installed options.
Two labels on your vehicle show
how much weight it may
properly carry, the Tire and
Loading Information label and
the Certification/Tire label.
{Warning
Do not load the vehicle any
heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR), or either the
maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also
shorten the life of the vehicle.
Tire and Loading Information
Label
Example Label
A vehicle-specific Tire and
Loading Information label is
attached to the center pillar
(B-pillar). The tire and loading
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Driving and Operating 9-11
information label shows the
number of occupant seating
positions (1), and the maximum
vehicle capacity weight (2) in
kilograms and pounds.
The Tire and Loading
Information label also shows the
size of the original equipment
tires (3) and the recommended
cold tire inflation pressures (4).
For more information on tires
and inflation see Tires on
page 10-41 and Tire Pressure
on page 10-48.
There is also important loading
information on the vehicle
Certification/Tire label. It tells
you the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) and the Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for
the front and rear axle. See
“Certification/Tire Label”later in
this section.
“Steps for Determining Correct
Load Limit–
1. Locate the statement "The
combined weight of
occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kg or
XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s
placard.
2. Determine the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers that will be riding
in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers from XXX kg or
XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals
the available amount of cargo
and luggage load capacity.
For example, if the "XXX"
amount equals 1400 lbs. and
there will be five 150 lb
passengers in your vehicle,
the amount of available cargo
and luggage load capacity is
650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150)
= 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing
a trailer, load from your trailer
will be transferred to your
vehicle. Consult this manual
to determine how this
reduces the available cargo
and luggage load capacity of
your vehicle.”
This vehicle is neither designed
nor intended to tow a trailer.
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
9-12 Driving and Operating
Example 1
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight
for Example 1 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 =
136 kg (300 lbs).
3. Available Occupant and
Cargo Weight = 317 kg
(700 lbs).
Example 2
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight
for Example 2 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 =
340 kg (750 lbs).
3. Available Cargo Weight =
113 kg (250 lbs).
Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight
for Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 =
453 kg (1,000 lbs).
3. Available Cargo Weight =
0 kg (0 lbs).
Refer to your vehicle's tire and
loading information label for
specific information about your
vehicle's capacity weight and
Black plate (13,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Driving and Operating 9-13
seating positions. The combined
weight of the driver, passengers,
and cargo should never exceed
your vehicle's capacity weight.
Certification/Tire Label
Label Example
A vehicle-specific Certification/
Tire label is attached to the
center pillar (B-pillar).
The label shows the gross
weight capacity of your vehicle.
This is called the Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating (GVWR). The
GVWR includes the weight of
the vehicle, all occupants, fuel,
and cargo.
The Certification/Tire label also
tells you the maximum weights
for the front and rear axles,
called the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). To find out the
actual loads on your front and
rear axles, you need to go to a
weigh station and weigh your
vehicle. Your dealer can help
you with this. Be sure to spread
out your load equally on both
sides of the centerline.
Never exceed the GVWR for
your vehicle or the GAWR for
either the front or rear axle.
{Warning
Do not load the vehicle any
heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR), or either the
maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also
shorten the life of the vehicle.
Black plate (14,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
9-14 Driving and Operating
{Caution
Overloading the vehicle may
cause damage. Repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not overload the
vehicle.
If you put things inside your
vehicle —like suitcases, tools,
packages, or anything else, they
will go as fast as the vehicle
goes. If you have to stop or turn
quickly, or if there is a crash,
they will keep going.
{Warning
Things you put inside the
vehicle can strike and injure
people in a sudden stop or
turn, or in a crash.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.Put things in the cargo
area of the vehicle. Try to
spread the weight evenly.
.Never stack heavier
things, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle so that
some of them are above
the tops of the seats.
.Do not leave an
unsecured child restraint
in the vehicle.
.When you carry something
inside the vehicle, secure
it whenever you can.
.Do not leave a seat folded
down unless you need to.
Starting and
Operating
New Vehicle Break-In
{Caution
The vehicle does not need an
elaborate break-in. But it will
perform better in the long run if
you follow these guidelines:
.Do not drive at any one
constant speed, fast or slow,
for the first 805 km (500 mi).
Do not make full-throttle
starts. Avoid downshifting to
brake or slow the vehicle.
.Avoid making hard stops for
the first 322 km (200 mi) or
so. During this time the new
brake linings are not yet
broken in. Hard stops with
new linings can mean
premature wear and earlier
replacement. Follow this
(Continued)
Black plate (15,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Driving and Operating 9-15
Caution (Continued)
breaking-in guideline every
time you get new brake
linings.
Following break-in, engine speed
and load can be gradually
increased.
Ignition Positions
The ignition switch has four different
positions.
The key must be fully extended to
start the vehicle.
To shift out of P (Park), the ignition
must be in ON/RUN and the regular
brake pedal applied.
1 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/
OFF): When the vehicle is stopped,
turn the ignition switch to LOCK/
OFF to turn the engine off.
This position locks the steering
wheel, ignition, and transmission.
The ignition switch can bind in the
LOCK/OFF position with the wheels
turned off center. If this happens,
move the steering wheel from right
to left while turning the key to ACC/
ACCESSORY. If this does not work,
then the vehicle needs service.
Do not turn the engine off when the
vehicle is moving. This will cause a
loss of power assist in the brake
and steering systems and disable
the airbags.
If the vehicle must be shut off in an
emergency:
1. Brake using a firm and steady
pressure. Do not pump the
brakes repeatedly. This may
deplete power assist, requiring
increased brake pedal force.
2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
This can be done while the
vehicle is moving. After shifting
to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
brakes and steer the vehicle to a
safe location.
3. Come to a complete stop. Shift
to P (Park) with an automatic
transmission, or Neutral with a
manual transmission. Turn the
ignition to LOCK/OFF.
4. Set the parking brake. See
Parking Brake on page 9-30.
Black plate (16,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
9-16 Driving and Operating
{Warning
Turning off the vehicle while
moving may cause loss of power
assist in the brake and steering
systems and disable the airbags.
While driving, only shut the
vehicle off in an emergency.
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
and must be shut off while driving,
turn the ignition to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
{Caution
Using a tool to force the key to
turn in the ignition could cause
damage to the switch or break the
key. Use the correct key, make
sure it is all the way in, and turn it
only with your hand. If the key
cannot be turned by hand, see
your dealer.
2 (ACC/ACCESSORY): This is the
position in which you can operate
things like the radio and the
windshield wipers when the engine
is off.
3 (ON/RUN): This position can be
used to operate the electrical
accessories and to display some
instrument cluster warning and
indicator lights. This position can
also be used for service and
diagnostics, and to verify the proper
operation of the malfunction
indicator lamp as may be required
for emission inspection purposes.
The switch stays in this position
when the engine is running.
If you leave the key in the ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position
with the engine off, the battery could
be drained. You may not be able to
start the vehicle if the battery is
allowed to drain for an extended
period of time.
4 (START): This is the position that
starts the engine. When the engine
starts, release the key. The ignition
switch returns to ON/RUN for
driving.
A warning tone will sound when the
driver door is opened, the ignition is
in ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/
OFF, and the key is in the ignition.
If the ignition becomes difficult to
turn, see Keys on page 2-1.
Starting the Engine
Place the transmission in the
proper gear.
{Caution
If you add electrical parts or
accessories, you could change
the way the engine operates. Any
resulting damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
See Add-On Electrical Equipment
on page 9-44.
Black plate (17,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Driving and Operating 9-17
{Caution
If the steering wheel is turned
until it reaches the end of its
travel, and is held in that position
while starting the vehicle, damage
may occur to the hydraulic power
steering system and there may be
loss of power steering assist.
Automatic Transmission
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
N (Neutral). To restart the vehicle
when it is already moving, use
N (Neutral) only.
{Caution
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
vehicle is moving. If you do, you
could damage the transmission.
Shift to P (Park) only when the
vehicle is stopped.
Manual Transmission
The shift lever should be in Neutral
and the parking brake engaged.
Hold the clutch pedal down to the
floor and start the engine.
Starting Procedure
1. With your foot off the accelerator
pedal, turn the ignition key to
START. When the engine starts,
let go of the ignition.
The idle speed will go down as
your engine gets warm. Do not
race the engine immediately
after starting it. Operate the
engine and transmission gently
to allow the oil to warm up and
lubricate all moving parts.
{Caution
Cranking the engine for long
periods of time, by returning the
ignition to the START position
immediately after cranking has
ended, can overheat and damage
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
the cranking motor, and drain the
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
between each try, to let the
cranking motor cool down.
2. If the engine does not start after
five to 10 seconds, especially in
very cold weather (below −18°C
or 0°F), it could be flooded with
too much gasoline. Try pushing
the accelerator pedal all the way
to the floor and holding it there
as you hold the key in START
for up to a maximum of
15 seconds. Wait at least
15 seconds between each try, to
allow the cranking motor to cool
down. When the engine starts,
let go of the key or button, and
the accelerator. If the vehicle
starts briefly but then stops
again, do the same thing. This
clears the extra gasoline from
the engine. Do not race the
engine immediately after starting
Black plate (18,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
9-18 Driving and Operating
it. Operate the engine and
transmission gently until the oil
warms up and lubricates all
moving parts.
Engine Heater
Vehicles with the 1.4L engine may
have an engine heater. The engine
heater can help in cold weather
conditions at or below −18°C (0°F)
for easier starting and better fuel
economy during engine warm-up.
Plug in the heater at least four hours
before starting the vehicle. An
internal thermostat in the plug-end
of the cord will prevent engine
heater operation at temperatures
above −18°C (0°F).
To Use The Engine Heater
1. Turn off the engine.
3. Open the hood and unwrap the
electrical cord. The cord is
located in the driver side of the
engine compartment, near the
battery. It is shipped from the
factory with a tie holding it in
place. Use care in removing the
tie so that the cord is not
damaged.
Check the heater cord for
damage. If it is damaged, do not
use it. See your dealer for a
replacement. Inspect the cord for
damage yearly.
4. Plug it into a normal, grounded
110-volt AC outlet.
{Warning
Improper use of the heater cord
or an extension cord can damage
the cord and may result in
overheating and fire.
.Plug the cord into a
three-prong electrical utility
receptacle that is protected
by a ground fault detection
function. An ungrounded
outlet could cause an electric
shock.
.Use a weatherproof,
heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated
extension cord if needed.
Failure to use the
recommended extension cord
in good operating condition,
or using a damaged heater or
extension cord, could make it
(Continued)
Black plate (19,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Driving and Operating 9-19
Warning (Continued)
overheat and cause a fire,
property damage, electric
shock, and injury.
.Do not operate the vehicle
with the heater cord
permanently attached to the
vehicle. Possible heater cord
and thermostat damage could
occur.
.While in use, do not let the
heater cord touch vehicle
parts or sharp edges. Never
close the hood on the
heater cord.
.Before starting the vehicle,
unplug the cord, reattach the
cover to the plug, and
securely fasten the cord.
Keep the cord away from any
moving parts.
5. Before starting the engine, be
sure to unplug and store the
cord as it was before to keep it
away from moving engine parts.
If you do not it could be
damaged.
The length of time the heater should
remain plugged in depends on
several factors. Ask a dealer in the
area where you will be parking the
vehicle for the best advice on this.
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP)
These vehicle accessories may be
used for up to 10 minutes after the
engine is turned off:
.Audio System
.Power Windows
.Sunroof
The power windows and sunroof will
continue to work for up to
10 minutes or until any door is
opened. The radio will work when
the key is in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY. Once the key is
turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF,
the radio will continue to work for
10 minutes, or until the driver door is
opened.
Shifting Into Park
1. Hold the brake pedal down and
set the parking brake. See
Parking Brake on page 9-30.
2. Move the shift lever into P (Park)
by pressing the button on the
shift lever and pushing the lever
all the way toward the front of
the vehicle.
3. Turn the ignition key to
LOCK/OFF.
4. Remove the key and take it with
you. If you can leave the vehicle
with the ignition key in your
hand, the vehicle is in P (Park).
Black plate (20,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
9-20 Driving and Operating
Leaving the Vehicle with the
Engine Running (Automatic
Transmission)
{Warning
It can be dangerous to leave the
vehicle with the engine running.
It could overheat and catch fire.
It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running. If you have left
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park on
page 9-19.
If you have to leave the vehicle with
the engine running, be sure the
vehicle is in P (Park) and the
parking brake is firmly set before
you leave it. After you have moved
the shift lever into P (Park), hold the
brake pedal down. Then see if you
can move the shift lever away from
P (Park) without first pushing the
button on the shift lever. If you can,
it means that the shift lever was not
fully locked into P (Park).
Torque Lock (Automatic
Transmission)
If you are parking on a hill and you
do not shift the transmission into
P (Park) properly, the weight of the
vehicle may put too much force on
the parking pawl in the
transmission. You may find it difficult
to pull the shift lever out of P (Park).
This is called “torque lock.”
To prevent torque lock, set the
parking brake and then shift into
P (Park) properly before you leave
the driver seat. To find out how, see
“Shifting Into Park”previously in this
section.
When you are ready to drive, move
the shift lever out of P (Park) before
you release the parking brake.
If torque lock does occur, you may
need to have another vehicle push
yours a little uphill to take some of
the pressure from the parking pawl
in the transmission, so you can pull
the shift lever out of P (Park).
Shifting out of Park
This vehicle is equipped with a shift
lock control. The shift lock control is
designed to:
.Prevent ignition key removal
unless the shift lever is in
P (Park) with the shift lever
button fully released.
.Prevent movement of the shift
lever out of P (Park) unless the
ignition is in ON/RUN and the
brake pedal is applied.
Black plate (21,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Driving and Operating 9-21
The shift lock control is always
functional except in the case of an
uncharged or low voltage (less than
9-volt) battery.
If the vehicle has an uncharged
battery or a battery with low voltage,
try charging or jump starting the
battery. See Jump Starting on
page 10-69.
To shift out of P (Park):
1. Apply the brake pedal.
2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN.
3. Press the shift lever button.
4. Move the shift lever to the
desired position.
If still unable to shift out of P (Park):
1. Fully release the shift lever
button.
2. Hold the brake pedal down and
press the shift lever button
again.
3. Move the shift lever to the
desired position.
If the shift lever still cannot be
moved from P (Park), see “Shift
Lock Manual Release.”
Shift Lock Manual Release
The automatic transmission has an
electric park lock. The key must be
in the ON/RUN position, and the
brake pedal pressed so the shift
lever can be moved from the
P (Park) position. If the battery has
lost power, the shift lever cannot be
moved from P (Park) unless the shift
lock manual release is disengaged
manually.
To access the shift lock manual
release:
1. Turn the ignition OFF and
remove the key.
2. Hold the brake pedal down.
Apply the parking brake.
3. Remove the cover on the
console.
Black plate (22,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
9-22 Driving and Operating
4. Insert and press the ignition key
into the slot.
5. Move the shift lever out of
P (Park). If P (Park) is selected
again after the key is removed
from the slot, the shift lever will
be locked again.
6. Remove the key from the slot.
7. Close the cover.
8. Have the cause of the problem
fixed by your dealer.
Parking
If the vehicle has a manual
transmission, before getting out of
the vehicle, move the shift lever into
R (Reverse) if parking on a downhill
slope. On a level surface or an
uphill slope, use 1 (First) gear.
Firmly apply the parking brake. Turn
the wheels toward the curb for a
downhill slope, or away from the
curb for an uphill slope. Once the
shift lever has been placed into gear
with the clutch pedal pressed in,
turn the ignition key to LOCK/OFF,
remove the key, and release the
clutch.
Parking over Things
That Burn
{Warning
Things that can burn could touch
hot exhaust parts under the
vehicle and ignite. Do not park
over papers, leaves, dry grass,
or other things that can burn.
Engine Exhaust
{Warning
Engine exhaust contains carbon
monoxide (CO) which cannot be
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
can cause unconsciousness and
even death.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
.The vehicle idles in areas
with poor ventilation (parking
garages, tunnels, deep snow
that may block underbody
airflow or tail pipes).
.The exhaust smells or
sounds strange or different.
.The exhaust system leaks
due to corrosion or damage.
.The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified, damaged,
or improperly repaired.
(Continued)
Black plate (23,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Driving and Operating 9-23
Warning (Continued)
.There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
damage or aftermarket
modifications that are not
completely sealed.
If unusual fumes are detected or
if it is suspected that exhaust is
coming into the vehicle:
.Drive it only with the windows
completely down.
.Have the vehicle repaired
immediately.
Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
area such as a garage or a
building that has no fresh air
ventilation.
Running the Vehicle
While Parked
It is better not to park with the
engine running.
If the vehicle is left with the engine
running, follow the proper steps to
be sure the vehicle will not move.
See Shifting Into Park on page 9-19
and Engine Exhaust on page 9-22.
If the vehicle has a manual
transmission, see Parking on
page 9-22.
Automatic
Transmission
The selected gear is also shown in
the instrument cluster.
P (Park): This position locks the
drive wheels. It is the best position
to use when starting the engine
because the vehicle cannot move
easily.
Black plate (24,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
9-24 Driving and Operating
{Warning
It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running. If you have left
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park on
page 9-19.
Make sure the shift lever is fully in
P (Park) before starting the engine.
The vehicle has an automatic
transmission shift lock control
system. The regular brake must be
fully applied first and then the shift
lever button pressed before shifting
from P (Park) when the ignition key
is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out
of P (Park), ease pressure on the
shift lever, then push the shift lever
all the way into P (Park) as you
maintain brake application. Then
press the shift lever button and
move the shift lever into another
gear. See Shifting out of Park on
page 9-20.
R (Reverse): Use this gear to
back up.
{Caution
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
vehicle is moving forward could
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Shift to
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
is stopped.
To rock the vehicle back and forth to
get out of snow, ice, or sand without
damaging the transmission, see If
the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9-9.
N (Neutral): In this position, the
engine does not connect with the
wheels. To restart the engine when
the vehicle is already moving, use
N (Neutral) only. Also, use
N (Neutral) when the vehicle is
being towed.
The vehicle has an automatic
neutral shift feature which allows the
transmission to automatically shift to
N (Neutral) when the vehicle is
stopped with a forward gear
engaged. The reduced load on the
engine improves vehicle fuel
economy.
{Warning
Shifting into a drive gear while the
engine is running at high speed is
dangerous. Unless your foot is
firmly on the brake pedal, the
vehicle could move very rapidly.
You could lose control and hit
people or objects. Do not shift
into a drive gear while the engine
is running at high speed.
Black plate (25,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Driving and Operating 9-25
{Caution
Shifting out of P (Park) or
N (Neutral) with the engine
running at high speed may
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
engine is not running at high
speed when shifting the vehicle.
D (Drive): This position is for
normal driving. It provides the best
fuel economy. If more power is
needed for passing, and the
vehicle is:
.Going less than 56 km/h
(35 mph), push the accelerator
pedal about halfway down.
.Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or
more, push the accelerator all
the way down.
M (Manual Mode): This position
allows shifting similar to a manual
transmission. See Manual Mode on
page 9-25.
{Caution
If the vehicle accelerates slowly,
or does not shift gears, the
transmission could be damaged.
Have the vehicle serviced
right away.
Manual Mode
Driver Shift Control (DSC)
To use this feature:
1. Move the shift lever from
D (Drive) rearward to
M (Manual).
While driving in manual mode,
the transmission will remain in
the driver selected gear. When
coming to a stop in the manual
position, the vehicle will
automatically shift into
1 (First) gear.
2. Press the + (plus) end of the
button on the side of the shift
lever to upshift, or push the −
(minus) end of the button to
downshift.
The instrument cluster will change
from the currently displayed
message to the letter “M,”for
Manual position, and a number
indicating the requested gear.
Black plate (26,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
9-26 Driving and Operating
While using the DSC feature, the
transmission will have firmer shifting
and sportier performance. This can
be used for sport driving or when
climbing hills to stay in gear longer
or to downshift for more power or
engine braking.
The transmission will only allow you
to shift into gears appropriate for the
vehicle speed and engine
revolutions per minute (rpm):
.The transmission will not allow
shifting to the next higher gear if
the vehicle speed or engine rpm
is too low.
.The transmission will not allow
shifting to the next lower gear if
the vehicle speed or engine rpm
is too high.
Manual Transmission
The vehicle may be equipped with a
5-speed or 6-speed manual
transmission.
{Caution
Do not rest your hand on the shift
lever while driving. The pressure
could cause premature wear in
the transmission. The repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
{Caution
Do not rest your foot on the clutch
pedal while driving or while
stopped. The pressure can cause
premature wear in the clutch. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
{Caution
Shifting the vehicle initially into
any gear other than 1 (First) or
R (Reverse) can damage the
clutch. Shift the manual
transmission in the proper
sequence, and time the gear
shifting with the accelerator to
avoid revving the engine and
damaging the clutch.
1 (First): Press the clutch pedal
fully to the pedal stop and shift into
1 (First). Then slowly let up on the
clutch pedal as you press the
accelerator pedal.
If you have come to a complete stop
and it is hard to shift into 1 (First),
put the shift lever in Neutral and let
up on the clutch. Press the clutch
pedal back down. Then shift into
1 (First).
2 (Second): Press the clutch pedal
fully to the pedal stop as you let up
on the accelerator pedal and shift
Black plate (27,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Driving and Operating 9-27
into 2 (Second). Then, slowly let up
on the clutch pedal as you press the
accelerator pedal.
3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth), and
6 (Sixth): Shift into 3 (Third),
4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth), and 6 (Sixth) (if
equipped) the same way as for
2 (Second). Slowly let up on the
clutch pedal as you press the
accelerator pedal. Up-shifts should
occur between 2000 and 3000 rpm
and downshifts should occur
between 2000 and 1000 rpm.
To stop, let up on the accelerator
pedal and press the brake pedal.
Just before the vehicle stops, press
the clutch pedal and the brake
pedal, and shift to Neutral.
Neutral: Use this position when
you start or idle the engine. The
shift lever is in Neutral when it is
centered in the shift pattern, not in
any gear.
R (Reverse): To engage
R (Reverse), with the vehicle
stationary, pull up on the button on
the selector lever and engage the
gear. If the gear does not engage,
set the lever in Neutral, release the
clutch pedal and apply it again; then
repeat gear selection.
{Caution
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
vehicle is moving forward could
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Shift to
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
is stopped.
Shift Speeds
{Caution
Do not skip gears while
upshifting. This can cause
premature wear in the
transmission. The repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
Black plate (28,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
9-28 Driving and Operating
{Warning
If you skip a gear when
downshifting, you could lose
control of the vehicle. You could
injure yourself or others. Do not
shift down more than one gear at
a time when downshifting.
Up-Shift Light
Vehicles equipped with a manual
transmission may have an up-shift
light. This light indicates when to
shift to the next higher gear for
better fuel economy.
For the best fuel economy,
accelerate slowly and shift when the
light comes on, and if the weather,
road, and traffic conditions allow.
It is normal for the light to go on and
off if the accelerator position
changes quickly. Ignore the light
during downshifts.
Drive Systems
All-Wheel Drive
If equipped, this feature transfers
engine power, as required, to all
four wheels. It is fully automatic ,
and adjusts itself as needed for road
conditions.
When using a compact spare tire on
an All-Wheel Drive (AWD) vehicle,
the system automatically detects the
compact spare and disables AWD to
protect the system. A Driver
Information Center (DIC) message
will display on the instrument
cluster. See Vehicle Messages on
page 5-25. To restore AWD
operation and prevent excessive
wear on the system, replace the
compact spare with a full-size tire as
soon as possible. See Compact
Spare Tire on page 10-67.
AWD will be disabled and the
message will display if there is
excessive wheel spin. When the
system cools down, AWD will be
restored.
Black plate (29,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Driving and Operating 9-29
Brakes
Antilock Brake
System (ABS)
ABS (If Equipped) is an advanced
electronic braking system that helps
prevent a braking skid.
When the vehicle begins to drive
away, ABS checks itself.
A momentary motor or clicking noise
might be heard while this test is
going on, and it might even be
noticed that the brake pedal moves
a little. This is normal.
If there is a problem with the ABS,
this warning light stays on. See
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light on page 5-17.
If driving safely on a wet road and it
becomes necessary to slam on the
brakes and continue braking to
avoid a sudden obstacle, a
computer senses that the wheels
are slowing down. If one of the
wheels is about to stop rolling, the
computer will separately work the
brakes at each wheel.
ABS can change the brake pressure
to each wheel, as required, faster
than any driver could. This can help
you steer around the obstacle while
braking hard.
As the brakes are applied, the
computer keeps receiving updates
on wheel speed and controls
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
there will not be enough time to
apply the brakes if that vehicle
suddenly slows or stops. Always
leave enough room up ahead to
stop, even with ABS.
Using ABS
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
the brake pedal down firmly and let
ABS work. You might hear the ABS
pump or motor operating and feel
the brake pedal pulsate, but this is
normal.
Braking in Emergencies
ABS allows you to steer and brake
at the same time. In many
emergencies, steering can help
more than even the very best
braking.
Black plate (30,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
9-30 Driving and Operating
Parking Brake
To set the parking brake, hold the
brake pedal down and pull up on the
parking brake lever. If the ignition is
on, the brake system warning light
will come on. See Brake System
Warning Light on page 5-16.
To release the parking brake, hold
the brake pedal down. Pull the
parking brake lever up until you can
press the release button. Hold the
release button in as you move the
brake lever all the way down.
{Caution
Driving with the parking brake on
can overheat the brake system
and cause premature wear or
damage to brake system parts.
Make sure that the parking brake
is fully released and the brake
warning light is off before driving.
Brake Assist
If equipped, Brake Assist is
designed to assist in stopping or
decreasing vehicle speed in
emergency driving conditions. This
feature uses the stability system
hydraulic brake control module to
supplement the power brake system
under conditions where the driver
has quickly and forcefully applied
the brake pedal in an attempt to
quickly stop or slow down the
vehicle. The stability system
hydraulic brake control module
increases brake pressure at each
corner of the vehicle until the ABS
activates. Minor brake pedal
pulsation or pedal movement during
this time is normal and the driver
should continue to apply the brake
pedal as the driving situation
dictates. The brake assist feature
will automatically disengage when
the brake pedal is released or brake
pedal pressure is quickly
decreased.
Black plate (31,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Driving and Operating 9-31
Hill Start Assist (HSA)
If equipped, HSA may be useful
when the vehicle is stopped on a
grade. This feature is designed to
prevent the vehicle from rolling,
either forward or rearward, during
vehicle drive off. After the driver
completely stops and holds the
vehicle in a complete standstill on a
grade, HSA will be automatically
activated. During the transition
period between when the driver
releases the brake pedal and starts
to accelerate to drive off on a grade,
HSA holds the braking pressure to
ensure that there is no rolling. The
brakes will automatically release
when the accelerator pedal is
applied within the two-second
window. It will not activate if the
vehicle is in a drive gear and facing
downhill, or if the vehicle is facing
uphill and in R (Reverse).
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/
Electronic Stability
Control
System Operation
If equipped, the vehicle has a
Traction Control System (TCS) and
StabiliTrak
®
, an electronic stability
control system. These systems help
limit wheel slip and assist the driver
in maintaining control, especially on
slippery road conditions.
TCS activates if it senses that any
of the drive wheels are spinning or
beginning to lose traction. When this
happens, TCS applies the brakes to
the spinning wheels and reduces
engine power to limit wheel spin.
StabiliTrak activates when the
vehicle senses a difference between
the intended path and the direction
the vehicle is actually traveling.
StabiliTrak selectively applies
braking pressure to any one of the
vehicle wheel brakes to assist the
driver in keeping the vehicle on the
intended path.
If cruise control is being used and
traction control or StabiliTrak begins
to limit wheel spin, cruise control will
disengage. Cruise control may be
turned back on when road
conditions allow.
Both systems come on
automatically when the vehicle is
started and begins to move. The
systems may be heard or felt while
they are operating or while
performing diagnostic checks. This
is normal and does not mean there
is a problem with the vehicle.
It is recommended to leave both
systems on for normal driving
conditions, but it may be necessary
to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
See If the Vehicle Is Stuck on
page 9-9 and “Turning the Systems
Off and On”later in this section.
Black plate (32,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
9-32 Driving and Operating
The indicator light for both systems
is in the instrument cluster. This
light will:
.Flash when TCS is limiting
wheel spin.
.Flash when StabiliTrak is
activated.
.Turn on and stay on when either
system is not working.
If either system fails to turn on or to
activate, a message displays in the
Driver Information Center (DIC), and
dcomes on and stays on to
indicate that the system is inactive
and is not assisting the driver in
maintaining control. The vehicle is
safe to drive, but driving should be
adjusted accordingly.
If dcomes on and stays on:
1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and wait
15 seconds.
3. Start the engine.
Drive the vehicle. If dcomes on
and stays on, the vehicle may need
more time to diagnose the problem.
If the condition persists, see your
dealer.
Turning the Systems Off
and On
The button for TCS and StabiliTrak
is on the center stack.
{Caution
Do not repeatedly brake or
accelerate heavily when TCS is
off. The vehicle driveline could be
damaged.
To turn off only TCS, press and
release the gbutton. The Traction
Off light idisplays in the
instrument cluster.
To turn TCS on again, press and
release the gbutton. The Traction
Off light idisplayed in the
instrument cluster will turn off.
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when
the gbutton is pressed, the system
will not turn off until the wheels stop
spinning.
Black plate (33,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Driving and Operating 9-33
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,
press and hold the gbutton until
the Traction Off light iand
StabiliTrak Off light gcome on and
stay on in the instrument cluster.
To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on
again, press and release the g
button. The Traction Off light iand
StabiliTrak Off light gin the
instrument cluster turn off.
Adding accessories can affect the
vehicle performance. See
Accessories and Modifications on
page 10-2.
Descent Control
System (DCS)
If equipped, the DCS allows the
vehicle to travel at a low speed
without applying the brake.
The vehicle will automatically
decelerate to a low speed and
remain there when DCS is
turned on.
Use only when descending steep
grades while driving off-road. Do not
use when driving on normal road
surfaces.
Turn the system on by pressing the
DCS button on the center stack.
The green DCS light comes on
steady in the instrument cluster
when the system is on.
The green DCS light flashes on the
instrument cluster while driving at
speeds below 35 km/h (22 mph) to
show the system is operating.
Some noise or vibration from the
brake system may be heard or felt
when DCS is active. This is normal.
DCS will not activate at speeds
above 35 km/h (22 mph), even if the
button is pressed.
Black plate (34,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
9-34 Driving and Operating
{Caution
DCS is designed for driving down
steep off-road hills. Unnecessary
use of DCS can cause
malfunctions in the brake system
or StabiliTrak. Do not use DCS
when driving on normal road
surfaces.
To turn the system off, press the
DCS button again and the DCS light
turns off. Applying the brake or
accelerator will also cause DCS to
turn off.
Cruise Control
If the vehicle is equipped with cruise
control, a speed of about 40 km/h
(25 mph) or more can be maintained
without keeping your foot on the
accelerator. Cruise control does not
work at speeds below 40 km/h
(25 mph).
{Warning
Cruise control can be dangerous
where you cannot drive safely at
a steady speed. Do not use
cruise control on winding roads or
in heavy traffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous
on slippery roads. On such roads,
fast changes in tire traction can
cause excessive wheel slip, and
you could lose control. Do not use
cruise control on slippery roads.
If the vehicle's Traction Control
System (TCS) or StabiliTrak system
begins to limit wheel spin while
using cruise control, the cruise
control will automatically disengage.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-31.
When road conditions allow you to
safely use it again, cruise control
can be turned back on.
If the brakes are applied, cruise
control disengages.
o(On/Off): Press to turn the
cruise control system on and off.
A white indicator comes on in the
instrument cluster when cruise is
turned on.
Black plate (35,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Driving and Operating 9-35
RES/+ (Resume/Accelerate): If
there is a set speed in memory,
move the thumbwheel up briefly to
resume to that speed or hold
upwards to accelerate. If cruise
control is already active, use to
increase vehicle speed.
SET/−(Set/Coast): Move the
thumbwheel down briefly to set the
speed and activate cruise control.
If cruise control is already active,
use to decrease speed.
n(Cancel): Press to disengage
cruise control without erasing the
set speed from memory.
Setting Cruise Control
If ois on when not in use, the
SET/- or RES/+ could get bumped
and go into cruise when not desired.
Keep ooff when cruise control is
not being used.
To set cruise control:
1. Press oto turn the cruise
system on.
2. Get up to the desired speed.
3. Move the thumbwheel down to
SET/- and release it. The
desired set speed briefly
appears in the instrument
cluster.
4. Remove foot from the
accelerator.
The cruise control indicator on the
instrument cluster turns green after
cruise control has been set to the
desired speed. See Instrument
Cluster on page 5-9.
Resuming a Set Speed
If the cruise control is set at a
desired speed and then the brakes
or clutch for manual transmissions
are applied, the cruise control is
disengaged without erasing the set
speed from memory.
Once the vehicle reaches about
40 km/h (25 mph) or more, move the
thumbwheel up toward RES/+
briefly. The vehicle returns to the
previous set speed.
Increasing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is
already activated:
.Move the thumbwheel up toward
RES/+ and hold it until the
desired speed is reached, then
release it.
.To increase vehicle speed in
small increments, move the
thumbwheel up toward RES/+
briefly. For each press, the
vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
(1 mph) faster.
The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric
units. See Instrument Cluster on
page 5-9. The increment value used
depends on the units displayed.
Black plate (36,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
9-36 Driving and Operating
Reducing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is
already activated:
.Move the thumbwheel toward
SET/−and hold until the desired
lower speed is reached, then
release it.
.To decrease the vehicle speed in
small increments, move the
thumbwheel toward SET/−
briefly. For each press, the
vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
(1 mph) slower.
The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric
units. See Instrument Cluster on
page 5-9. The increment value used
depends on the units displayed.
Passing Another Vehicle While
Using Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedal to
increase the vehicle speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal, the
vehicle slows down to the previously
set cruise control speed. While
pressing the accelerator pedal or
shortly following the release to
override cruise, briefly moving the
thumbwheel toward SET/–will result
in cruise set to the current vehicle
speed.
Using Cruise Control on Hills
How well cruise control works on
hills depends on the vehicle speed,
load, and the steepness of the hills.
When going up steep hills, you
might have to step on the
accelerator pedal to maintain the
vehicle speed. When going
downhill, you might have to brake or
shift to a lower gear to keep your
speed down. If the brake pedal is
applied, cruise control will
disengage.
Ending Cruise Control
There are four ways to end cruise
control:
.Step lightly on the brake pedal
or clutch for manual
transmission.
.Press n.
.Shift the transmission to
N (Neutral).
.To turn off cruise control,
press o.
Erasing Speed Memory
The cruise control set speed is
erased from memory if the obutton
is pressed or if the ignition is
turned off.
Black plate (37,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Driving and Operating 9-37
Driver Assistance
Systems
Parking Assist
For vehicles with the Rear Parking
Assist (RPA) system, it assists the
driver with parking and avoiding
objects while in R (Reverse). RPA
operates at speeds less than 8 km/h
(5 mph), and the sensors on the rear
bumper detect objects up to 2.5 m
(8 ft) behind the vehicle, and at least
20 cm (8 in) off the ground.
{Warning
The parking assist system does
not detect children, pedestrians,
bicyclists, animals, or objects
below the bumper or that are too
close or too far from the vehicle.
It is not available at speeds
greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To
prevent injury, death, or vehicle
damage, even with parking assist,
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
always check the area around the
vehicle and check all mirrors
before backing.
How the System Works
RPA comes on automatically when
the shift lever is moved into
R (Reverse).
RPA operates only at speeds less
than 8 km/h (5 mph).
An obstacle is indicated by audible
beeps. The interval between the
beeps becomes shorter as the
vehicle gets closer to the obstacle.
When the distance is less than
40 cm (16 in) the beeping is a
continuous tone for five seconds.
To be detected, objects must be at
least 20 cm (8 in) off the ground and
below liftgate level. Objects must
also be within 2.5 m (8 ft) from the
rear bumper. The distance objects
can be detected may be less during
warmer or humid weather.
Turning the System On and Off
The RPA system can be turned on
and off using the infotainment
system controls. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5-28.
When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly
This light may come on for the
following reasons:
.The sensors are not clean. Keep
the vehicle's rear bumper free of
mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush.
For cleaning instructions, see
Exterior Care on page 10-74.
.The park assist sensors are
covered by frost or ice. Frost or
ice can form around and behind
the sensors and may not always
be seen; this can occur after
Black plate (38,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
9-38 Driving and Operating
washing the vehicle in cold
weather. The light may not clear
until the frost or ice has melted.
.A trailer was attached to the
vehicle, or an object was
hanging out of the liftgate during
the last drive cycle. Once the
object is removed, RPA will
return to normal operation.
.A tow bar is attached to the
vehicle.
.The bumper is damaged. Take
the vehicle to your dealer to
repair the system.
.Other conditions, such as
vibrations from a jackhammer or
the compression of air brakes on
a very large truck, are affecting
system performance.
If the above conditions do not exist,
take the vehicle to your dealer to
repair the system.
Rear Vision
Camera (RVC)
The vehicle may have an RVC
system. Read this entire section
before using it.
The RVC can assist the driver when
backing up by displaying a view of
the area behind the vehicle.
{Warning
The RVC system does not display
children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
crossing traffic, animals, or any
other object located outside the
camera's field of view, below the
bumper, or under the vehicle.
Perceived distances may be
different from actual distances.
Do not back the vehicle using
only the RVC screen. Failure to
use proper care before backing
may result in injury, death,
or vehicle damage. Always check
behind and around the vehicle
before backing.
An image appears on the
infotainment screen with the
message Check Surroundings for
Safety when the vehicle is shifted
into R (Reverse). The infotainment
screen goes to the previous screen
after approximately four seconds
once the vehicle is shifted out of
R (Reverse).
To see the previous screen sooner,
do one of the following:
.Press a hard key on the
infotainment system.
.Shift into P (Park).
.Reach a vehicle speed of
8 km/h (5 mph).
Guidelines
The RVC system may have a
guideline overlay that can help the
driver align the vehicle when
backing into a parking spot.
To turn the guidelines on or off:
1. Shift into P (Park).
Black plate (39,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Driving and Operating 9-39
2. From the home page on the
infotainment system with
touchscreen, select Settings
3. Select Rear Camera Options
4. Select Guidelines.
Rear Vision Camera Location
The camera is above the license
plate.
The area displayed by the camera is
limited.
It does not display objects that are
close to either corner or under the
bumper and can vary depending on
vehicle orientation or road
conditions. Displayed images may
be farther or closer than they
appear.
The following illustrations show the
field of view that the camera
provides.
1. View displayed by the
camera.
1. View displayed by the
camera.
2. Corner of the rear bumper.
When the System Does Not
Seem To Work Properly
The RVC system may not work
properly or display a clear image if:
.It is dark.
.The sun or the beam of
headamps is shining directly into
the camera lens.
Black plate (40,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
9-40 Driving and Operating
.Ice, snow, mud, or anything else
builds up on the camera lens.
Clean the lens, rinse it with
water, and wipe it with a soft
cloth.
.The back of the vehicle is in an
accident. The position and
mounting angle of the camera
can change or the camera can
be affected. Be sure to have the
camera and its position and
mounting angle checked at your
dealer.
.There are extreme temperature
changes.
Fuel
Use of the recommended fuel is an
important part of the proper
maintenance of this vehicle. When
driving in the U.S. and Canada, to
help keep the engine clean and
maintain optimum vehicle
performance, we recommend using
TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.
See www.toptiergas.com for a list of
TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.
Use regular unleaded gasoline
meeting ASTM specification D4814
with a posted octane rating of 87 or
higher. Do not use gasoline with an
octane rating below 87; as it may
cause engine damage and will lower
fuel economy.
Use of Seasonal Fuels
Use summer and winter fuels in the
appropriate season. The fuels
industry automatically modifies the
fuel for the appropriate season.
If fuel is left in the vehicle tank for
long periods of time, driving or
starting could be affected. Drive the
vehicle until the fuel is at one-half
tank or less, then refuel with the
current seasonal fuel.
Prohibited Fuels
Gasolines containing oxygenates
such as ethers and ethanol, as well
as reformulated gasolines, are
available in some cities. If these
gasolines comply with the
previously described specification,
then they are acceptable to use.
However, E85 (85% ethanol) and
other fuels containing more than
15% ethanol must be used only in
FlexFuel vehicles.
Black plate (41,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Driving and Operating 9-41
{Caution
Do not use fuel containing
methanol. It can corrode metal
parts in the fuel system and also
damage plastic and rubber parts.
That damage would not be
covered under the vehicle
warranty.
Some gasolines, mainly high octane
racing gasolines, can contain an
octane-enhancing additive called
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use
gasolines and/or fuel additives with
MMT as they can reduce spark plug
life and affect emission control
system performance. The
malfunction indicator lamp may turn
on. If this occurs, see your dealer
for service.
Fuels in Foreign
Countries
If planning to drive in countries
outside the U.S. or Canada, the
proper fuel might be hard to find.
Check regional auto club or fuel
retail brand websites for availability
in the country where driving. Never
use leaded gasoline, fuel containing
methanol, manganese, or any other
fuel not recommended. Costly
repairs caused by use of improper
fuel would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Fuel Additives
To keep fuel systems clean, TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline is
recommended. See Fuel on
page 9-40.
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
not available, one bottle of Fuel
System Treatment PLUS added to
the fuel tank at every engine oil
change, can help. Fuel System
Treatment PLUS is the only
gasoline additive recommended by
General Motors. It is available at
your dealer.
Filling the Tank
{Warning
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn
violently and can cause injury or
death.
.To help avoid injuries to you
and others, read and follow
all the instructions on the fuel
pump island.
.Turn off the engine when
refueling.
.Keep sparks, flames, and
smoking materials away
from fuel.
.Do not leave the fuel pump
unattended.
.Do not reenter the vehicle
while pumping fuel.
(Continued)
Black plate (42,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
9-42 Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
.Keep children away from the
fuel pump and never let
children pump fuel.
.Fuel can spray out if the fuel
cap is opened too quickly.
This spray can happen if the
tank is nearly full, and is
more likely in hot weather.
Open the fuel cap slowly and
wait for any hiss noise to stop
then unscrew the cap all
the way.
The fuel cap is behind a hinged fuel
door on the right rear side of the
vehicle.
If equipped, the fuel door is locked
when the vehicle doors are locked.
Press Kon the RKE transmitter to
unlock.
To open the fuel door, push and
release the rearward center edge of
the door.
To remove the fuel cap, turn it
slowly counterclockwise. The fuel
cap has a spring in it; if the cap is
released too soon, it will spring back
to the right.
While refueling, hang the fuel cap
from the hook on the fuel door.
Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not
top off or overfill the tank and wait a
few seconds after you have finished
pumping before removing the
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
surfaces as soon as possible. See
Exterior Care on page 10-74.
When replacing the fuel cap, turn it
clockwise until it clicks. Make sure
the cap is fully installed. The
diagnostic system can determine if
the fuel cap has been left off or
improperly installed. This would
allow fuel to evaporate into the
atmosphere. See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp on page 5-13.
{Warning
If a fire starts while you are
refueling, do not remove the
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
shutting off the pump or by
notifying the station attendant.
Leave the area immediately.
Black plate (43,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Driving and Operating 9-43
{Caution
If a new fuel cap is needed, be
sure to get the right type of cap
from your dealer. The wrong type
of fuel cap may not fit properly,
may cause the malfunction
indicator lamp to light, and could
damage the fuel tank and
emissions system. See
Malfunction Indicator Lamp on
page 5-13.
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container
{Warning
Filling a portable fuel container
while it is in the vehicle can cause
fuel vapors that can ignite either
by static electricity or other
means. You or others could be
badly burned and the vehicle
could be damaged. Always:
.Use approved fuel
containers.
.Remove the container from
the vehicle, trunk, or pickup
bed before filling.
.Place the container on the
ground.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.Place the nozzle inside the fill
opening of the container
before dispensing fuel, and
keep it in contact with the fill
opening until filling is
complete.
.Fill the container no more
than 95% full to allow for
expansion.
.Do not smoke, light matches,
or use lighters while
pumping fuel.
.Avoid using cell phones or
other electronic devices.
Black plate (44,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
9-44 Driving and Operating
Towing
General Towing
Information
The vehicle is neither designed nor
intended to tow a trailer.
Conversions and
Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment
{Caution
Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle or cause
components to not work and
would not be covered by the
warranty. Always check with your
dealer before adding electrical
equipment.
Add-on equipment can drain the
vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to add anything
electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 3-40 and Adding
Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 3-41.
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-1
Vehicle Care
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Engine Compartment
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-11
Automatic Transmission
Fluid ...................... 10-13
Manual Transmission
Fluid ...................... 10-13
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-13
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-19
Power Steering Fluid (1.4L
L4 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Power Steering Fluid (1.8L
L4 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . 10-26
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function
Check ..................... 10-26
Ignition Transmission Lock
Check ..................... 10-27
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-27
Wiper Blade
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Bulb Replacement
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal and Parking
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-31
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Electrical System
Electrical System
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Fuses and Circuit
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
Wheels and Tires
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-43
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Tire Terminology and
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Tire Pressure Monitor
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-2 Vehicle Care
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Different Size Tires and
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-60
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . 10-67
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . 10-68
Jump Starting
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69
Towing
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-71
Recreational Vehicle
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-72
Appearance Care
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82
General Information
For service and parts needs, visit
your dealer. You will receive
genuine GM parts and GM-trained
and supported service people.
Genuine GM parts have one of
these marks:
Accessories and
Modifications
Adding non‐dealer accessories or
making modifications to the vehicle
can affect vehicle performance and
safety, including such things as
airbags, braking, stability, ride and
handling, emissions systems,
aerodynamics, durability, and
electronic systems like antilock
brakes, traction control, and stability
control. These accessories or
modifications could even cause
malfunction or damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Damage to vehicle components
resulting from modifications or the
installation or use of non‐GM
certified parts, including control
module or software modifications, is
not covered under the terms of the
vehicle warranty and may affect
remaining warranty coverage for
affected parts.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-3
GM Accessories are designed to
complement and function with other
systems on the vehicle. See your
dealer to accessorize the vehicle
using genuine GM Accessories
installed by a dealer technician.
Also, see Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
page 3-41.
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work
{Warning
It can be dangerous to work on
your vehicle if you do not have
the proper knowledge, service
manual, tools, or parts. Always
follow owner manual procedures
and consult the service manual
for your vehicle before doing any
service work.
If doing some of your own service
work, use the proper service
manual. It tells you much more
about how to service the vehicle
than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering Information
on page 13-10.
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
page 3-40.
Keep a record with all parts receipts
and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
Maintenance Records on
page 11-14.
{Caution
Even small amounts of
contamination can cause damage
to vehicle systems. Do not allow
contaminants to contact the fluids,
reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-4 Vehicle Care
Hood
To open the hood:
1. Pull the hood release handle
inside the vehicle. It is located
on the lower left side of the
instrument panel.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle and
move the secondary hood
release lever toward the right
side of the vehicle.
3. Lift the hood and release the
hood prop from its retainer,
above the radiator. Securely
place the hood prop into the slot
on the underside of the hood.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-5
To close the hood:
1. Before closing the hood, be sure
all filler caps are on properly.
Then, lift the hood to relieve
pressure on the hood prop.
Remove the hood prop from the
slot in the underside of the hood
and return the prop to its
retainer. The prop rod must click
into place when returning it to
the retainer to prevent hood
damage.
2. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in)
above the vehicle and release it
so it fully latches. Check to
make sure the hood is closed
and repeat the process if
necessary.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-6 Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview
1.4L L4 Engine
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-7
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on
page 10-13.
2. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine
Oil on page 10-9.
3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of
View). See Cooling System on
page 10-15.
4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine
Oil on page 10-9.
5. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap. See Cooling
System on page 10-15.
6. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir.
See Brakes on page 10-22 and
Hydraulic Clutch on page 10-13.
7. Auxiliary Fuse Block. See
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block on page 10-33.
8. Battery on page 10-25.
9. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See Washer Fluid on
page 10-21.
10. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block on page 10-33.
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-8 Vehicle Care
1.8L L4 Engine
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-9
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on
page 10-13.
2. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir.
See Power Steering Fluid (1.4L
L4 Engine) on page 10-20 or
Power Steering Fluid (1.8L L4
Engine) on page 10-20.
3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine
Oil on page 10-9.
4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of
View). See Cooling System on
page 10-15.
5. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine
Oil on page 10-9.
6. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap. See Cooling
System on page 10-15.
7. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir.
See Brakes on page 10-22 and
Hydraulic Clutch on page 10-13.
8. Auxiliary Fuse Block. See
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block on page 10-33.
9. Battery on page 10-25.
10. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See Washer Fluid
on page 10-21.
11. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block on page 10-33.
Engine Oil
To ensure proper engine
performance and long life, careful
attention must be paid to engine oil.
Following these simple, but
important steps will help protect
your investment:
.Always use engine oil approved
to the proper specification and of
the proper viscosity grade. See
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
in this section.
.Check the engine oil level
regularly and maintain the
proper oil level. See “Checking
Engine Oil”and “When to Add
Engine Oil”in this section.
.Change the engine oil at the
appropriate time. See Engine Oil
Life System on page 10-11.
.Always dispose of engine oil
properly. See “What to Do with
Used Oil”in this section.
Checking Engine Oil
It is a good idea to check the engine
oil level at each fuel fill. In order to
get an accurate reading, the vehicle
must be on level ground. The
engine oil dipstick handle is a loop.
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10-6 for the location of the
engine oil dipstick.
Obtaining an accurate oil level
reading is essential:
1. If the engine has been running
recently, turn off the engine and
allow several minutes for the oil
to drain back into the oil pan.
Checking the oil level too soon
after engine shutoff will not
provide an accurate oil level
reading.
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-10 Vehicle Care
{Warning
The engine oil dipstick handle
may be hot; it could burn you.
Use a towel or glove to touch the
dipstick handle.
2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it
with a clean paper towel or cloth,
then push it back in all the way.
Remove it again, keeping the tip
down, and check the level.
When to Add Engine Oil
If the oil is below the MIN mark on
the dipstick, add 1 L (1 qt) of the
recommended oil and then recheck
the level. See “Selecting the Right
Engine Oil”in this section for an
explanation of what kind of oil to
use. For engine oil crankcase
capacity, see Capacities and
Specifications on page 12-2.
{Caution
Do not add too much oil. Oil
levels above or below the
acceptable operating range
shown on the dipstick are harmful
to the engine. If you find that you
have an oil level above the
operating range, i.e., the engine
has so much oil that the oil level
gets above the MAX mark, the
engine could be damaged. You
should drain out the excess oil or
limit driving of the vehicle and
seek a service professional to
remove the excess amount of oil.
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10-6 for the location of the
engine oil fill cap.
Add enough oil to put the level
somewhere in the proper operating
range between the MIN and MAX
marks. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when through.
Selecting the Right Engine Oil
Selecting the right engine oil
depends on both the proper oil
specification and viscosity grade.
See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-11.
Specification
Use and ask for licensed engine oils
with the dexos1
®
approved
certification mark. Engine oils
meeting the requirements for the
vehicle should have the dexos1
approved certification mark. This
certification mark indicates that the
oil has been approved to the dexos1
specification. See
www.gmdexos.com.
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-11
{Caution
Failure to use the recommended
engine oil can result in engine
damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty. Check with your
dealer or service provider on
whether the oil is approved to the
dexos1 specification.
Viscosity Grade
Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade
engine oil.
Cold Temperature Operation: In an
area of extreme cold, where the
temperature falls below −29°C (−20°
F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be used.
An oil of this viscosity grade will
provide easier cold starting for the
engine at extremely low
temperatures. When selecting an oil
of the appropriate viscosity grade,
always select an oil of the correct
specification. See “Specification”
earlier in this section for more
information.
Engine Oil Additives/Engine
Oil Flushes
Do not add anything to the oil. The
recommended oils with the dexos
specification and displaying the
dexos certification mark are all that
is needed for good performance and
engine protection.
Engine oil system flushes are not
recommended and could cause
engine damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty.
What to Do with Used Oil
Used engine oil contains certain
elements that can be unhealthy for
your skin and could even cause
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
your skin for very long. Clean your
skin and nails with soap and water,
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
properly dispose of clothing or rags
containing used engine oil. See the
manufacturer's warnings about the
use and disposal of oil products.
Used oil can be a threat to the
environment. If you change your
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
from the filter before disposal. Never
dispose of oil by putting it in the
trash or pouring it on the ground,
into sewers, or into streams or
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
it to a place that collects used oil.
Engine Oil Life System
When to Change Engine Oil
This vehicle has a computer system
that indicates when to change the
engine oil and filter. This is based
on a combination of factors which
include engine revolutions, engine
temperature, and miles driven.
Based on driving conditions, the
mileage at which an oil change is
indicated can vary considerably. For
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-12 Vehicle Care
the oil life system to work properly,
the system must be reset every time
the oil is changed.
When the system has calculated
that oil life has been diminished, it
indicates that an oil change is
necessary. A :% CHANGE
message in the DIC comes on. See
Vehicle Messages on page 5-25.
Change the oil as soon as possible
within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
It is possible that, if driving under
the best conditions, the oil life
system might indicate that an oil
change is not necessary for up to a
year. The engine oil and filter must
be changed at least once a year
and, at this time, the system must
be reset. Your dealer has trained
service people who will perform this
work and reset the system. It is also
important to check the oil regularly
over the course of an oil drain
interval and keep it at the proper
level.
If the system is ever reset
accidentally, the oil must be
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
since the last oil change.
Remember to reset the oil life
system whenever the oil is changed.
How to Reset the Engine Oil
Life System
Reset the system whenever the
engine oil is changed so that the
system can calculate the next
engine oil change. To reset the
system:
1. Press the MENU button to show
Remaining Oil Life on the
display. This display shows an
estimate of the oil’s remaining
useful life. If 99% is displayed,
that means that 99% of the
current oil life remains.
2. To reset the engine oil life
system, press the SET/CLR
button while the oil life display is
active. After a few seconds,
there will be a single chime and
the oil life will be reset to 100%.
Be careful not to reset the oil life
display accidentally at any time
other than after the oil is changed.
It cannot be reset accurately.
If the :% CHANGE message in
the DIC comes back on when the
vehicle is started, the engine oil life
system has not reset. Repeat the
procedure.
Black plate (13,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-13
Automatic Transmission
Fluid
How to Check Automatic
Transmission Fluid
It is not necessary to check the
transmission fluid level.
A transmission fluid leak is the only
reason for fluid loss. If a leak
occurs, take the vehicle to your
dealer and have it repaired as soon
as possible.
There is a special procedure for
checking and changing the
transmission fluid. Because this
procedure is difficult, you should
have this done at your dealer.
Change the fluid at the intervals
listed in Maintenance Schedule on
page 11-2, and be sure to use the
fluid listed in Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants on page 11-11.
Manual Transmission
Fluid
It is not necessary to check the
manual transmission fluid level.
A transmission fluid leak is the only
reason for fluid loss. If a leak
occurs, take the vehicle to your
dealer and have it repaired as soon
as possible.
Hydraulic Clutch
For vehicles with a manual
transmission, it is not necessary to
regularly check brake/clutch fluid
unless there is a leak suspected.
Adding fluid will not correct a leak.
A fluid loss in this system could
indicate a problem. Have the
system inspected and repaired.
When to Check and What
to Use
The common hydraulic clutch and
brake master cylinder fluid reservoir
is filled with brake fluid as indicated
on the reservoir cap. See Engine
Compartment Overview on
page 10-6 for reservoir location.
How to Check and Add Fluid
Visually check the brake/clutch fluid
reservoir to make sure the fluid level
is at the MIN (minimum) line on the
side of the reservoir. The brake/
hydraulic clutch fluid system should
be closed and sealed.
Do not remove the cap to check the
fluid level or to top-off the fluid level.
Remove the cap only when
necessary to add the proper fluid
until the level reaches the MIN line.
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
The engine air cleaner/filter is in the
engine compartment on the
passenger side of the vehicle. See
Engine Compartment Overview on
page 10-6.
Black plate (14,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-14 Vehicle Care
When to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the
scheduled maintenance intervals.
See Maintenance Schedule on
page 11-2. If you are driving in
dusty/dirty conditions, inspect the
filter at each engine oil change.
How to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
To inspect the engine air cleaner/
filter, remove the filter from the
vehicle and lightly shake the filter to
release loose dust and dirt. If the
filter remains covered with dirt, a
new filter is required.
To inspect or replace the air cleaner/
filter:
1.4L L4 Engine
1.8L L4 Engine
1. Remove the two screws, tilt the
cover, and slide it out of the
assembly.
2. Inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter.
3. Lower the cover, slide it into the
assembly, then secure with the
two screws.
See Maintenance Schedule on
page 11-2 for replacement intervals.
Black plate (15,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-15
{Warning
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
helps to stop flames if the engine
backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not
drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
{Caution
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
can easily get into the engine,
which could damage it. Always
have the air cleaner/filter in place
when you are driving.
Cooling System
The cooling system allows the
engine to maintain the correct
working temperature.
1.4L L4 Engine
1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
of View)
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap
1.8L L4 Engine
1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
of View)
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap
{Warning
An electric engine cooling fan
under the hood can start up even
when the engine is not running
and can cause injury. Keep
hands, clothing, and tools away
from any underhood electric fan.
Black plate (16,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-16 Vehicle Care
{Warning
Heater and radiator hoses, and
other engine parts, can be very
hot. Do not touch them. If you do,
you can be burned.
Do not run the engine if there is a
leak. If you run the engine, it
could lose all coolant. That could
cause an engine fire, and you
could be burned. Get any leak
fixed before you drive the vehicle.
{Caution
Using coolant other than
DEX-COOL
®
can cause
premature engine, heater core,
or radiator corrosion. In addition,
the engine coolant could require
changing sooner. Any repairs
would not be covered by the
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
vehicle warranty. Always use
DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant
in the vehicle.
Engine Coolant
The cooling system in the vehicle is
filled with DEX-COOL engine
coolant. This coolant is designed to
remain in the vehicle for 5 years or
240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever
occurs first.
The following explains the cooling
system and how to check and add
coolant when it is low. If there is a
problem with engine overheating,
see Engine Overheating on
page 10-19.
What to Use
{Warning
Adding only plain water or some
other liquid to the cooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water
and other liquids, can boil before
the proper coolant mixture will.
The coolant warning system is set
for the proper coolant mixture.
With plain water or the wrong
mixture, the engine could get too
hot but you would not get the
overheat warning. The engine
could catch fire and you or others
could be burned. Use a 50/
50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL coolant.
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean
drinkable water and DEX-COOL
coolant. This mixture:
.Gives freezing protection down
to −37°C (−34°F), outside
temperature.
Black plate (17,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-17
.Gives boiling protection up to
129°C (265°F), engine
temperature.
.Protects against rust and
corrosion.
.Will not damage aluminum parts.
.Helps keep the proper engine
temperature.
{Caution
If improper coolant mixture,
inhibitors, or additives are used in
the vehicle cooling system, the
engine could overheat and be
damaged. Too much water in the
mixture can freeze and crack
engine cooling parts. The repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Use only the
proper mixture of engine coolant
for the cooling system. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-11.
Never dispose of engine coolant by
putting it in the trash, pouring it on
the ground, or into sewers, streams,
or bodies of water. Have the coolant
changed by an authorized service
center, familiar with legal
requirements regarding used
coolant disposal. This will help
protect the environment and your
health.
Checking Coolant
The vehicle must be on a level
surface when checking the coolant
level.
It is normal to see coolant moving in
the upper coolant hose return line
when the engine is running.
Check to see if coolant is visible in
the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
inside the coolant surge tank is
boiling, do not do anything else until
it cools down.
If coolant is visible but the coolant
level is not at or above the mark
pointed to, add a 50/50 mixture of
clean drinkable water and
DEX-COOL coolant.
Be sure the cooling system is cool
before this is done.
If no coolant is visible in the coolant
surge tank, add coolant as follows:
How to Add Coolant to the
Coolant Surge Tank
{Caution
This vehicle has a specific
coolant fill procedure. Failure to
follow this procedure could cause
the engine to overheat and be
severely damaged.
If no problem is found, check to see
if coolant is visible in the coolant
surge tank. If coolant is visible but
the coolant level is not at the
indicated level mark, add a
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
Black plate (18,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-18 Vehicle Care
water and DEX-COOL coolant at the
coolant surge tank, but be sure the
cooling system, including the
coolant surge tank pressure cap, is
cool before you do it.
{Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a
hot cooling system can blow out
and burn you badly. Never turn
the cap when the cooling system,
including the surge tank pressure
cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling
system and surge tank pressure
cap to cool.
{Caution
In cold weather, water can freeze
and crack the engine, radiator,
heater core, and other parts. Use
the recommended coolant and
the proper coolant mixture.
{Warning
You can be burned if you spill
coolant on hot engine parts.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol
and it will burn if the engine parts
are hot enough. Do not spill
coolant on a hot engine.
1.4L Engine Shown, 1.8L Engine
Similar
1. Remove the coolant surge tank
pressure cap when the cooling
system, including the coolant
surge tank pressure cap and
upper radiator hose, is no
longer hot.
Turn the pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise about
one-quarter of a turn. If you hear
a hiss, wait for that to stop. This
will allow any pressure still left to
be vented out the
discharge hose.
2. Keep turning the pressure cap
slowly and remove it.
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with
the proper DEX-COOL coolant
mixture to the indicated
level mark.
Black plate (19,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-19
4. With the coolant surge tank
pressure cap off, start the
engine and let it run until you
can feel the upper radiator hose
getting hot. Watch out for the
engine cooling fan.
By this time, the coolant level
inside the coolant surge tank
may be lower. If the level is
lower, add more of the proper
DEX-COOL coolant mixture to
the coolant surge tank until the
level reaches the indicated
level mark.
5. Replace the pressure cap tightly.
Check the level in the coolant surge
tank when the cooling system has
cooled down. If the coolant is not at
the proper level, repeat Steps 1–
3 and reinstall the pressure cap.
If the coolant still is not at the proper
level when the system cools down
again, see your dealer.
{Caution
If the pressure cap is not tightly
installed, coolant loss and
possible engine damage may
occur. Be sure the cap is properly
and tightly secured.
Engine Overheating
The vehicle has an indicator to warn
of the engine overheating. See
Engine Coolant Temperature
Warning Light on page 5-19.
If the decision is made not to lift the
hood when this warning appears,
get service help right away. See
Roadside Assistance Program on
page 13-5.
If the decision is made to lift the
hood, make sure the vehicle is
parked on a level surface.
Then check to see if the engine
cooling fan is running. If the engine
is overheating, the fan should be
running. If it is not, do not continue
to run the engine. Have the vehicle
serviced.
{Caution
Running the engine without
coolant may cause damage or a
fire. Vehicle damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
If Steam Is Coming from the
Engine Compartment
{Warning
Steam from an overheated engine
can burn you badly, even if you
just open the hood. Stay away
from the engine if you see or hear
steam coming from it. Just turn it
off and get everyone away from
the vehicle until it cools down.
(Continued)
Black plate (20,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-20 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
Wait until there is no sign of
steam or coolant before you open
the hood.
If you keep driving when the
engine is overheated, the liquids
in it can catch fire. You or others
could be badly burned. Stop the
engine if it overheats, and get out
of the vehicle until the engine
is cool.
If No Steam Is Coming from
the Engine Compartment
If an engine overheat warning is
displayed but no steam can be seen
or heard, the problem may not be
too serious. Sometimes the engine
can get a little too hot when the
vehicle:
.Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
.Stops after high-speed driving.
.Idles for long periods in traffic.
If the overheat warning is displayed
with no sign of steam:
1. Turn the air conditioning off.
2. Turn the heater on to the highest
temperature and to the highest
fan speed. Open the windows as
necessary.
3. When it is safe to do so, pull off
the road, shift to P (Park) or
N (Neutral) for an automatic
transmission or Neutral for a
manual transmission, and let the
engine idle.
If the overheat warning no longer
displays, the vehicle can be driven.
Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
vehicle distance from the vehicle in
front. If the warning does not come
back on, continue to drive normally
and have the cooling system
checked for proper fill and function.
If the warning continues, pull over,
stop, and park the vehicle
right away.
If there is no sign of steam, idle the
engine for three minutes while
parked. If the warning is still
displayed, turn off the engine until it
cools down.
Power Steering Fluid
(1.4L L4 Engine)
The vehicle has electric power
steering and does not use power
steering fluid.
Power Steering Fluid
(1.8L L4 Engine)
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10-6 for information on the
location of the power steering fluid
reservoir.
Black plate (21,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-21
When to Check Power Steering
Fluid
It is not necessary to regularly
check power steering fluid unless a
leak is suspected in the system or
an unusual noise is heard. A fluid
loss in this system could indicate a
problem. Have the system inspected
and repaired.
How to Check Power Steering
Fluid
Check the level after the vehicle has
been driven for at least 20 minutes
so the fluid is warm.
To check the power steering fluid:
1. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF
and let the engine compartment
cool down.
2. Wipe the cap and the top of the
reservoir clean.
3. Unscrew the cap and pull it
straight up.
4. Wipe the dipstick with a
clean rag.
5. Replace the cap and completely
tighten it.
6. Remove the cap again and look
at the fluid level on the dipstick.
When the engine is hot, the level
should be at the hot MAX level.
When the engine is cold, the fluid
level should be between MIN and
MAX on the dipstick.
What to Use
To determine what kind of fluid to
use, see Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-11. Always
use the proper fluid.
Washer Fluid
What to Use
When the vehicle needs windshield
washer fluid, be sure to read the
manufacturer's instructions before
use. If operating the vehicle in an
area where the temperature may fall
below freezing, use a fluid that has
sufficient protection against
freezing.
Adding Washer Fluid
Black plate (22,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-22 Vehicle Care
Open the cap with the washer
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until
the tank is full. See Engine
Compartment Overview on
page 10-6 for reservoir location.
{Caution
.Do not use engine coolant
(antifreeze) in the windshield
washer. It can damage the
windshield washer system
and paint.
.Do not mix water with
ready-to-use washer fluid.
Water can cause the solution
to freeze and damage the
washer fluid tank and other
parts of the washer system.
.When using concentrated
washer fluid, follow the
manufacturer instructions for
adding water.
.Fill the washer fluid tank only
three-quarters full when it is
very cold. This allows for fluid
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
expansion if freezing occurs,
which could damage the tank
if it is completely full.
Brakes
This vehicle has front disc brakes
and could have rear drum brakes or
rear disc brakes.
Disc brake pads have built-in wear
indicators that make a high-pitched
warning sound when the brake pads
are worn and new pads are needed.
The sound can come and go or be
heard all the time the vehicle is
moving, except when applying the
brake pedal firmly.
{Warning
The brake wear warning sound
means that soon the brakes will
not work well. That could lead to
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
a crash. When the brake wear
warning sound is heard, have the
vehicle serviced.
{Caution
Continuing to drive with worn-out
brake pads could result in costly
brake repair.
Some driving conditions or climates
can cause a brake squeal when the
brakes are first applied or lightly
applied. This does not mean
something is wrong with the brakes.
Properly torqued wheel nuts are
necessary to help prevent brake
pulsation. When tires are rotated,
inspect brake pads for wear and
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
proper sequence to torque
specifications in Capacities and
Specifications on page 12-2.
Black plate (23,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-23
If the vehicle has rear drum brakes,
they do not have wear indicators,
but if a rear brake rubbing noise is
heard, have the rear brake linings
inspected immediately. Rear brake
drums should be removed and
inspected each time the tires are
removed for rotation or changing.
Drum brakes have an inspection
hole to inspect lining wear during
scheduled maintenance. When the
front brake pads are replaced, have
the rear brakes inspected, too.
Brake linings should always be
replaced as complete axle sets.
Brake Pedal Travel
See your dealer if the brake pedal
does not return to normal height,
or if there is a rapid increase in
pedal travel. This could be a sign
that brake service might be
required.
Brake Adjustment
Every moderate brake stop, the disc
brakes adjust for wear. If rarely
making moderate or heavier brake
stops, the brakes might not adjust
correctly. Very carefully making a
few moderate brake stops about
every 1 600 km (1,000 miles) will
adjust the brakes properly.
If the vehicle has rear drum brakes
and the brake pedal goes down
farther than normal, the rear drum
brakes might need adjustment.
Adjust them by backing up and
firmly applying the brakes a few
times.
Replacing Brake System Parts
The braking system on a vehicle is
complex. Its many parts have to be
of top quality and work well together
if the vehicle is to have really good
braking. The vehicle was designed
and tested with top-quality brake
parts. When parts of the braking
system are replaced, be sure to get
new, approved replacement parts.
If this is not done, the brakes might
not work properly. For example,
installing disc brake pads that are
wrong for the vehicle, can change
the balance between the front and
rear brakes —for the worse. The
braking performance expected can
change in many other ways if the
wrong replacement brake parts are
installed.
Brake Fluid
The brake master cylinder and, on
manual transmission vehicles, the
clutch hydraulic system use the
same reservoir. See Engine
Compartment Overview on
page 10-6 for the location of the
reservoir. The reservoir is filled with
either DOT 3 or DOT 4 brake fluid
as indicated on the reservoir cap.
The fluid level must be between the
MIN and MAX marks.
Black plate (24,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-24 Vehicle Care
There are only two reasons why the
fluid level in the reservoir might
go down:
.The fluid level goes down
because of normal brake lining
wear. When new linings are
installed, the fluid level goes
back up.
.A fluid leak in the brake/clutch
hydraulic system can also cause
a low fluid level. Have the brake/
clutch hydraulic system fixed,
since a leak means that sooner
or later the brakes will not
work well.
Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid.
Adding fluid does not correct a leak.
If fluid is added when the linings are
worn, there will be too much fluid
when new brake linings are
installed. Add or remove fluid, as
necessary, only when work is done
on the brake/clutch hydraulic
system.
{Warning
If too much brake fluid is added, it
can spill on the engine and burn,
if the engine is hot enough. You
or others could be burned, and
the vehicle could be damaged.
Add brake fluid only when work is
done on the brake/clutch
hydraulic system.
When the brake fluid falls to a low
level, the brake warning light comes
on. See Brake System Warning
Light on page 5-16.
What to Add
If the vehicle has DOT 3 brake fluid,
as indicated on the reservoir cap,
use only new DOT 3 brake fluid from
a sealed container. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-11.
If the vehicle has DOT 4 brake fluid,
as indicated on the reservoir cap,
use only new DOT 4 brake fluid from
a sealed container. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-11.
It is recommended that the brake/
clutch hydraulic system be flushed
and refilled with new fluid at a
regular maintenance service
interval. See Maintenance Schedule
on page 11-2. Always clean the
brake/clutch fluid reservoir cap and
the area around the cap before
removing it. This helps keep dirt
from entering the reservoir.
Black plate (25,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-25
{Warning
With the wrong kind of fluid in the
brake/clutch hydraulic system, the
brakes might not work well. This
could cause a crash. Always use
the proper brake/clutch fluid.
{Caution
.Using the wrong fluid can
badly damage brake/clutch
hydraulic system parts. For
example, just a few drops of
mineral-based oil, such as
engine oil, in the brake
hydraulic system can damage
brake hydraulic system parts
so badly that they will have to
be replaced. Do not let
someone put in the wrong
kind of fluid.
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
.If brake fluid is spilled on the
vehicle's painted surfaces,
the paint finish can be
damaged. Be careful not to
spill brake fluid on the
vehicle. If you do, wash it off
immediately.
Battery
Refer to the replacement number on
the original battery label when a
new battery is needed.
{Warning
Battery posts, terminals, and
related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds, chemicals
known to the State of California to
cause cancer and reproductive
harm. Wash hands after handling.
Vehicle Storage
{Warning
Batteries have acid that can burn
you and gas that can explode.
You can be badly hurt if you are
not careful. See Jump Starting on
page 10-69 for tips on working
around a battery without
getting hurt.
Infrequent Usage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery to keep the battery from
running down.
Extended Storage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery or use a battery trickle
charger.
Black plate (26,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-26 Vehicle Care
All-Wheel Drive
Transfer Case
Under normal driving conditions,
transfer case fluid does not require
changing or checking unless there
is a fluid leak or unusual noise.
If required, have the transfer case
serviced by your dealer.
Starter Switch Check
{Warning
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.
1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle.
2. Apply both the parking brake
and the regular brake.
Do not use the accelerator
pedal, and be ready to turn off
the engine immediately if it
starts.
3. For automatic transmission
vehicles, try to start the engine
in each gear. The vehicle should
start only in P (Park) or
N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts
in any other position, contact
your dealer for service.
For manual transmission
vehicles, put the shift lever in
Neutral, push the clutch pedal
down halfway, and try to start
the engine. The vehicle should
start only when the clutch pedal
is pushed down all the way to
the floor. If the vehicle starts
when the clutch pedal is not
pushed all the way down,
contact your dealer for service.
Automatic Transmission
Shift Lock Control
Function Check
{Warning
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.
1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle. It should be
parked on a level surface.
2. Apply the parking brake. Be
ready to apply the regular brake
immediately if the vehicle begins
to move.
Black plate (27,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-27
3. With the engine off, turn the
ignition on, but do not start the
engine. Without applying the
regular brake, try to move the
shift lever out of P (Park) with
normal effort. If the shift lever
moves out of P (Park), contact
your dealer for service.
Ignition Transmission
Lock Check
While parked and with the parking
brake set, try to turn the ignition to
LOCK/OFF in each shift lever
position.
.The ignition should turn to
LOCK/OFF only when the shift
lever is in P (Park).
.The ignition key should come
out only in LOCK/OFF.
Contact your dealer if service is
required.
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check
{Warning
When you are doing this check,
the vehicle could begin to move.
You or others could be injured
and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is room in front
of the vehicle in case it begins to
roll. Be ready to apply the regular
brake at once should the vehicle
begin to move.
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
your foot on the regular brake, set
the parking brake.
.To check the parking brake's
holding ability: With the engine
running and the transmission in
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
pressure from the regular brake
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
held by the parking brake only.
.To check the P (Park)
mechanism's holding ability:
With the engine running, shift to
P (Park). Then release the
parking brake followed by the
regular brake.
Contact your dealer if service is
required.
Wiper Blade Replacement
Windshield wiper blades should be
inspected for wear and cracking.
See Maintenance Schedule on
page 11-2.
Replacement blades come in
different types and are removed in
different ways. For proper type and
length, see Maintenance
Replacement Parts on page 11-13.
{Caution
Allowing the wiper arm to touch
the windshield when no wiper
blade is installed could damage
(Continued)
Black plate (28,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-28 Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
the windshield. Any damage that
occurs would not be covered by
your warranty. Do not allow the
wiper arm to touch the windshield.
Front Wiper Blade
Replacement
To replace the front wiper blades:
1. Lift the wiper arm from the
windshield until no further
movement is possible.
2. Press the release button on the
top side of the wiper and pull the
wiper blade out of the end of the
wiper arm.
3. Install the wiper blade connector
by sliding into the end of the
wiper arm until the button on the
wiper blade clicks into place with
the wiper arm.
4. Place the wiper arm with the
wiper blade in place back on the
windshield.
{Caution
Damage may occur if the wiper
blades are not in contact with the
windshield before turning on the
wiper system.
Rear Wiper Blade Replacement
The rear wiper blade and wiper arm
have a cover for protection. The
cover must be removed before the
wiper blade can be replaced.
To remove the cover:
1. Slide a plastic tool under the
cover and push upward to
unsnap.
2. Slide the cover toward the wiper
blade tip to unhook it from the
blade assembly.
3. Remove the cover.
4. After wiper blade replacement,
ensure that the cover hook
slides into the slot in the blade
assembly.
5. Snap the cover down to secure.
To replace the wiper blade:
1. Lift the wiper arm away from the
windshield.
Black plate (29,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-29
2. Push the release lever (2) to
disengage the hook and push
the wiper arm (1) out of the
blade assembly (3).
3. Push the new blade assembly
securely on the wiper arm until
the release lever clicks into
place.
4. Replace the wiper cover.
Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp aim has been preset and
should need no further adjustment.
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
the headlamp aim may be affected.
If adjustment to the headlamps is
necessary, see your dealer.
Bulb Replacement
For the proper type of replacement
bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on
page 10-32.
For any bulb‐changing procedure
not listed in this section, contact
your dealer.
Halogen Bulbs
{Warning
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you
drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure
to read and follow the instructions
on the bulb package.
Black plate (30,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-30 Vehicle Care
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal and Parking
Lamps
Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar
1. Low-Beam Headlamp
2. Turn Signal Lamp
3. High-Beam Headlamp
4. Parking Lamp
High-Beam Headlamp/
Low-Beam Headlamp
1. Open the hood. See Hood on
page 10-4.
2. Remove the headlamp bulb
access cover.
3. Turn the bulb counterclockwise
and pull straight back.
4. Disconnect the wiring harness
connector from the bulb.
5. Install the new bulb in the
headlamp assembly by turning
clockwise.
6. Reconnect the wiring harness
connector.
7. Install the headlamp bulb access
cover.
Parking Lamp
1. Open the hood. See Hood on
page 10-4.
Black plate (31,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-31
2. Remove the parking lamp bulb
socket from the headlamp
assembly by turning
counterclockwise.
3. Remove the bulb from the bulb
socket by pulling it straight out.
4. Install the new bulb in the bulb
socket.
5. Install the bulb socket into the
headlamp assembly by turning
clockwise.
Turn Signal Lamp
1. Open the hood. See Hood on
page 10-4.
2. Remove the turn signal lamp
bulb socket from the headlamp
assembly by turning
counterclockwise.
3. Remove the bulb from the bulb
socket by pulling it straight out.
4. Install the new bulb in the bulb
socket.
5. Install the bulb socket into the
headlamp assembly by turning
clockwise.
License Plate Lamp
Lamp Assembly
Bulb Assembly
Black plate (32,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-32 Vehicle Care
To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Push the left end of the lamp
assembly toward the right.
2. Turn the lamp assembly down to
remove it.
3. Turn the bulb socket (1)
counterclockwise to remove it
from the lamp assembly (3).
4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of
the bulb socket (1).
5. Push the replacement bulb
straight into the bulb socket and
turn the bulb socket clockwise to
install it into the lamp assembly.
6. Turn the lamp assembly into the
lamp assembly opening
engaging the clip side first.
7. Push on the lamp side opposite
the clip until the lamp assembly
snaps into place.
Replacement Bulbs
Exterior Lamp Bulb
Number
Back-Up Lamp 921
Front Parking Lamp 7444NA
Front Turn
Signal Lamp
7444NA
High-Beam
Headlamp
9005LL
License Plate Lamp W5W LL
Low-Beam
Headlamp
H11 LL
For replacement bulbs not listed
here, contact your dealer.
Electrical System
Electrical System
Overload
The vehicle has fuses and circuit
breakers to protect against an
electrical system overload.
When the current electrical load is
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens
and closes, protecting the circuit
until the current load returns to
normal or the problem is fixed. This
greatly reduces the chance of circuit
overload and fire caused by
electrical problems.
Fuses and circuit breakers protect
power devices in the vehicle.
Replace a bad fuse with a new one
of the identical size and rating.
If there is a problem on the road and
a fuse needs to be replaced, the
same amperage fuse can be
borrowed. Choose some feature of
the vehicle that is not needed to use
and replace it as soon as possible.
Black plate (33,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-33
Headlamp Wiring
An electrical overload may cause
the lamps to go on and off, or in
some cases to remain off. Have the
headlamp wiring checked right away
if the lamps go on and off or
remain off.
Windshield Wipers
If the wiper motor overheats due to
heavy snow or ice, the windshield
wipers will stop until the motor cools
and will then restart.
Although the circuit is protected
from electrical overload, overload
due to heavy snow or ice may
cause wiper linkage damage.
Always clear ice and heavy snow
from the windshield before using the
windshield wipers.
If the overload is caused by an
electrical problem and not snow or
ice, be sure to get it fixed.
Fuses and Circuit
Breakers
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
protected from short circuits by a
combination of fuses and circuit
breakers. This greatly reduces the
chance of damage caused by
electrical problems.
To check a fuse, look at the
silver-colored band inside the fuse.
If the band is broken or melted,
replace the fuse. Be sure to replace
a bad fuse with a new one of the
identical size and rating.
Fuses of the same amperage can
be temporarily borrowed from
another fuse location, if a fuse goes
out. Replace the fuse as soon as
possible.
To identify and check fuses, circuit
breakers, and relays, see Engine
Compartment Fuse Block on
page 10-33,Instrument Panel Fuse
Block on page 10-37, and Rear
Compartment Fuse Block on
page 10-39.
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block
To remove the fuse block cover,
squeeze the clip and lift it up.
{Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical
component on the vehicle may
damage it. Always keep the
covers on any electrical
component.
Black plate (34,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-34 Vehicle Care
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
Mini Fuses Usage
1 Sunroof
2 Outside Rearview
Mirror Switch
3 Canister Vent
Solenoid (1.4L Only)
4 Not Used
5 Electronic Brake
Control Module
Valve
6 Not Used
7 Not Used
8 Transmission
Control Module
Battery
9 Not Used
10 Fuel System Control
Module R/C (1.4L
Only)/Headlamp
Leveling
11 Rear Wiper
Mini Fuses Usage
12 Rear Window
Defogger
13 Not Used
14 Outside Rearview
Mirror Heater
15 Fuel System Control
Module Battery
(1.4L Only)
16 Heated Seat Module
17 Transmission
Control Module R/C
18 Engine Control
Module R/C
19 Fuel Pump
(1.8L Only)
20 Not Used
21 Fan Relay (Auxiliary
Fuse Block –1.4L)/
Fan 3 Relay
85 (1.8L)
22 Cold Start Pump
(1.8L Only)
Black plate (35,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-35
Mini Fuses Usage
23 Ignition Coil/Injectors
24 Washer Pump
25 Not Used
26 Canister Purge
Solenoid/Water
Valve Solenoid/
Oxygen Sensors –
Pre and Post/Turbo
Wastegate Solenoid
(1.4L)/Turbo Bypass
Solenoid (1.4L)/
IMTV
Solenoid (1.8L)
27 Not Used
28 Not Used
29 Engine Control
Module Powertrain
Ignition 1/Ignition 2
30 Mass Air Flow
Sensor
31 Left High-Beam
Headlamp
Mini Fuses Usage
32 Right High-Beam
Headlamp
33 Engine Control
Module Battery
34 Horn
35 Air Conditioning
Compressor Clutch
36 Front Fog Lamps
J-Case
Fuses
Usage
1 Electronic Brake
Control
Module Pump
2 Front Wiper
3 Blower Motor
4 IEC R/C
5 Not Used
6 Not Used
7 Not Used
J-Case
Fuses
Usage
8 Cooling Fan Low/
Mid (1.4L)/Cooling
Fan Low (1.8L)
9 Cooling Fan High
10 EVP
11 Starter Solenoid
U-Micro
Relays
Usage
2 Fuel Pump
(1.8L Only)
4 Spare
HC-Micro
Relays
Usage
7 Starter
Mini
Relays
Usage
1 Run Crank
Black plate (36,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-36 Vehicle Care
Mini
Relays
Usage
3 Cooling Fan Mid
(1.4L Only)
5 Powertrain Relay
8 Cooling Fan Low
HC-Mini
Relays
Usage
6 Cooling Fan High
Auxiliary Fuse Block
To remove the fuse block cover,
squeeze the clips and lift it up.
{Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical
component on the vehicle may
damage it. Always keep the
covers on any electrical
component.
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
Relays Usage
01 Electric
Vacuum Pump
02 Cooling Fan
Control 1
03 Cooling Fan
Control 2
04 Trailer (1.4L Only)
Black plate (37,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-37
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block
The instrument panel fuse block is
on the underside of the driver side
instrument panel. To access the
fuses, remove the storage
compartment. To remove the
storage compartment, push in on
both side and pull it out.
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
Mini Fuses Usage
1 Body Control
Module 1
2 Body Control
Module 2
3 Body Control
Module 3
4 Body Control
Module 4
5 Body Control
Module 5
6 Body Control
Module 6
7 Body Control
Module 7
8 Body Control
Module 8
9 Discrete Logic
Ignition Switch
10 Sensing Diagnostic
Module Battery
11 Data Link Connector
Black plate (38,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-38 Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses Usage
12 Heater, Ventilation,
and Air
Conditioning MDL
13 Liftgate Relay
14 UPA Module
15 Inside Rearview
Mirror
16 Not Used
17 Driver Power
Window Switch
18 Rain Sensor
19 Body Control
Module Regulated
Voltage Control
20 Steering Wheel
Switch Backlighting
21 A/C Accessory
Power Outlet
22 Cigar Lighter/DC
Accessory Power
Outlet
Mini Fuses Usage
23 Spare
24 Spare
25 Spare
26 Automatic Occupant
Sensing Display
27 IPC/Compass
Module
28 Headlamp Switch//
DC Converter/Clutch
Switch
29 Spare
30 Spare
31 IPC Battery
32 Radio/Chime
33 Display
34 OnStar (If
Equipped)/VLBS
S/B Fuses Usage
1 PTC 1
2 PTC 2
3 Power Window
Motor Front
4 Power Window
Motor Rear
5 Logistic Mode Relay
6 Spare
7 Front Power
Windows
8 Rear Power
Windows
Circuit
Breaker
Usage
CB1 Spare
Midi Fuse Usage
M01 PTC
Black plate (39,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-39
Relays Usage
01 Accessory/Retained
Accessory Power
02 Liftgate
03 Spare
04 Blower Relay
05 Logistic Mode
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block
The rear compartment fuse block is
behind a cover on the left side of
the rear compartment. To access
the fuses, remove the cover.
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
Black plate (40,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-40 Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses Usage
1 Driver Seat Power
Lumbar Switch
2 Passenger Seat
Power Lumbar
Switch
3 Amplifier
4 Trailer Socket
5 All-Wheel Drive
Module
6 Automatic Occupant
Sensing Module
7 Spare/LPG Module
Battery
8 Trailer Parking
Lamps
9 Spare
10 Spare/Side Blind
Zone Alert Module
11 Trailer Module
12 Nav Dock
Mini Fuses Usage
13 Heated Steering
Wheel
14 Trailer Socket
15 EVP Switch
16 Water In Fuel
Sensor
17 Inside Rearview
Mirror/Regulated
Voltage Control
18 Spare/LPG Module
Run/Crank
S/B Fuses Usage
1 Driver Power Seat
Switch/Memory
Module
2 Passenger Power
Seat Switch
3 Trailer Module
4 A/C-D/C Inverter
5 Battery
S/B Fuses Usage
6 Headlamp Washer
7 Spare
8 Spare
9 Spare
Relays Usage
1 Ignition Relay
2 Run Relay
Black plate (41,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-41
Wheels and Tires
Tires
Every new GM vehicle has
high-quality tires made by a
leading tire manufacturer. See
the warranty manual for
information regarding the tire
warranty and where to get
service. For additional
information refer to the tire
manufacturer.
{Warning
.Poorly maintained and
improperly used tires are
dangerous.
.Overloading the tires can
cause overheating as a
result of too much flexing.
There could be a blowout
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
and a serious crash. See
Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-10.
.Underinflated tires pose
the same danger as
overloaded tires. The
resulting crash could
cause serious injury.
Check all tires frequently
to maintain the
recommended pressure.
Tire pressure should be
checked when the tires
are cold.
.Overinflated tires are more
likely to be cut, punctured,
or broken by a sudden
impact —such as when
hitting a pothole. Keep
tires at the recommended
pressure.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.Worn or old tires can
cause a crash. If the tread
is badly worn,
replace them.
.Replace any tires that
have been damaged by
impacts with potholes,
curbs, etc.
.Improperly repaired tires
can cause a crash. Only
the dealer or an
authorized tire service
center should repair,
replace, dismount, and
mount the tires.
.Do not spin the tires in
excess of 56 km/h
(35 mph) on slippery
surfaces such as snow,
mud, ice, etc. Excessive
spinning may cause the
tires to explode.
Black plate (42,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-42 Vehicle Care
All-Season Tires
This vehicle may come with
all-season tires. These tires are
designed to provide good overall
performance on most road surfaces
and weather conditions. Original
equipment tires designed to GM's
specific tire performance criteria
have a TPC specification code
molded onto the sidewall. Original
equipment all-season tires can be
identified by the last two characters
of this TPC code, which will
be “MS.”
Consider installing winter tires on
the vehicle if frequent driving on
snow or ice-covered roads is
expected. All-season tires provide
adequate performance for most
winter driving conditions, but they
may not offer the same level of
traction or performance as winter
tires on snow or ice-covered roads.
See Winter Tires on page 10-42.
Winter Tires
This vehicle was not originally
equipped with winter tires. Winter
tires are designed for increased
traction on snow and ice-covered
roads. Consider installing winter
tires on the vehicle if frequent
driving on ice or snow covered
roads is expected. See your dealer
for details regarding winter tire
availability and proper tire selection.
Also, see Buying New Tires on
page 10-56.
With winter tires, there may be
decreased dry road traction,
increased road noise, and shorter
tread life. After changing to winter
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
handling and braking.
If using winter tires:
.Use tires of the same brand and
tread type on all four wheel
positions.
.Use only radial ply tires of the
same size, load range, and
speed rating as the original
equipment tires.
Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment tires
may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
tires with a lower speed rating are
chosen, never exceed the tire's
maximum speed capability.
Summer Tires
This vehicle may come with high
performance summer tires. These
tires have a special tread and
compound that are optimized for
maximum dry and wet road
performance. This special tread and
compound will have decreased
performance in cold climates, and
on ice and snow. We recommend
installing winter tires on the vehicle
if frequent driving at temperatures
below approximately 5°C (40°F) or
on ice or snow covered roads is
expected. See Winter Tires on
page 10-42.
Black plate (43,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-43
Tire Sidewall Labeling
Useful information about a tire is
molded into its sidewall. The
examples show a typical
passenger vehicle tire and a
compact spare tire sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
(1) Tire Size:The tire size is a
combination of letters and
numbers used to define a
particular tire's width, height,
aspect ratio, construction type,
and service description. See the
“Tire Size”illustration later in this
section.
(2) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Specification):Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.
GM's TPC specifications meet or
exceed all federal safety
guidelines.
(3) DOT (Department of
Transportation):The
Department of Transportation
(DOT) code indicates that the
tire is in compliance with the
U.S. Department of
Transportation Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards.
DOT Tire Date of
Manufacture:The last four
digits of the TIN indicate the tire
manufactured date. The first two
digits represent the week
(01–52) and the last two digits,
the year. For example, the third
week of the year 2010 would
have a four-digit DOT date
of 0310.
(4) Tire Identification Number
(TIN):The letters and numbers
following the DOT (Department
of Transportation) code are the
Tire Identification Number (TIN).
The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
tire size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.
(5) Tire Ply Material:The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
(6) Uniform Tire Quality
Grading (UTQG):Tire
manufacturers are required to
grade tires based on three
Black plate (44,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-44 Vehicle Care
performance factors: treadwear,
traction, and temperature
resistance. For more information
see Uniform Tire Quality
Grading on page 10-58.
(7) Maximum Cold Inflation
Load Limit:Maximum load that
can be carried and the
maximum pressure needed to
support that load.
Compact Spare Tire Example
(1) Tire Ply Material:The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
(2) Temporary Use Only:The
compact spare tire or temporary
use tire should not be driven at
speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).
The compact spare tire is for
emergency use when a regular
road tire has lost air and gone
flat. If the vehicle has a compact
spare tire, see Compact Spare
Tire on page 10-67 and If a Tire
Goes Flat on page 10-61.
(3) Tire Identification Number
(TIN):The letters and numbers
following the DOT (Department
of Transportation) code are the
Tire Identification Number (TIN).
The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
tire size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.
(4) Maximum Cold Inflation
Load Limit:Maximum load that
can be carried and the
maximum pressure needed to
support that load.
(5) Tire Inflation:The
temporary use tire or compact
spare tire should be inflated to
420 kPa (60 psi). For more
information on tire pressure and
inflation see Tire Pressure on
page 10-48.
(6) Tire Size:A combination of
letters and numbers define a
tire's width, height, aspect ratio,
construction type, and service
description. The letter T as the
first character in the tire size
means the tire is for temporary
use only.
(7) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Specification):Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
Black plate (45,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-45
criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.
GM's TPC specifications meet or
exceed all federal safety
guidelines.
Tire Designations
Tire Size
The following is an example of a
typical passenger vehicle
tire size.
(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire:
The United States version of a
metric tire sizing system. The
letter P as the first character in
the tire size means a passenger
vehicle tire engineered to
standards set by the U.S. Tire
and Rim Association.
(2) Tire Width:The three-digit
number indicates the tire section
width in millimeters from
sidewall to sidewall.
(3) Aspect Ratio:A two-digit
number that indicates the tire
height-to-width measurements.
For example, if the tire size
aspect ratio is 60, as shown in
item 3 of the illustration, it would
mean that the tire's sidewall is
60 percent as high as it is wide.
(4) Construction Code:A letter
code is used to indicate the type
of ply construction in the tire.
The letter R means radial ply
construction; the letter D means
diagonal or bias ply
construction; and the letter B
means belted-bias ply
construction.
(5) Rim Diameter:Diameter of
the wheel in inches.
(6) Service Description:These
characters represent the load
index and speed rating of the
tire. The load index represents
the load carrying capacity a tire
is certified to carry. The speed
rating is the maximum speed a
tire is certified to carry a load.
Tire Terminology and
Definitions
Air Pressure:The amount of
air inside the tire pressing
outward on each square inch of
the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch).
Accessory Weight:The
combined weight of optional
accessories. Some examples of
optional accessories are
Black plate (46,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-46 Vehicle Care
automatic transmission, power
windows, power seats, and air
conditioning.
Aspect Ratio:The relationship
of a tire's height to its width.
Belt:A rubber coated layer of
cords between the plies and the
tread. Cords may be made from
steel or other reinforcing
materials.
Bead:The tire bead contains
steel wires wrapped by steel
cords that hold the tire onto
the rim.
Bias Ply Tire:A pneumatic tire
in which the plies are laid at
alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure:The
amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch)
before a tire has built up heat
from driving. See Tire Pressure
on page 10-48.
Curb Weight:The weight of a
motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment including the
maximum capacity of fuel, oil,
and coolant, but without
passengers and cargo.
DOT Markings:A code molded
into the sidewall of a tire
signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S.
Department of Transportation
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards. The DOT code
includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
designator which can also
identify the tire manufacturer,
production plant, brand, and
date of production.
GVWR:Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9-10.
GAWR FRT:Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the front axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-10.
GAWR RR:Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the rear axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-10.
Intended Outboard Sidewall:
The side of an asymmetrical tire
that must always face outward
when mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa):The metric
unit for air pressure.
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire:A
tire used on light duty trucks and
some multipurpose passenger
vehicles.
Load Index:An assigned
number ranging from 1 to 279
that corresponds to the load
carrying capacity of a tire.
Black plate (47,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-47
Maximum Inflation Pressure:
The maximum air pressure to
which a cold tire can be inflated.
The maximum air pressure is
molded onto the sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating:The
load rating for a tire at the
maximum permissible inflation
pressure for that tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle
Weight:The sum of curb
weight, accessory weight,
vehicle capacity weight, and
production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight:The
number of occupants a vehicle
is designed to seat multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9-10.
Occupant Distribution:
Designated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall:The
side of an asymmetrical tire that
has a particular side that faces
outward when mounted on a
vehicle. The side of the tire that
contains a whitewall, bears
white lettering, or bears
manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is
higher or deeper than the same
moldings on the other sidewall
of the tire.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire:A
tire used on passenger cars and
some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles.
Recommended Inflation
Pressure:Vehicle
manufacturer's recommended
tire inflation pressure as shown
on the tire placard. See Tire
Pressure on page 10-48 and
Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-10.
Radial Ply Tire:A pneumatic
tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Rim:A metal support for a tire
and upon which the tire beads
are seated.
Sidewall:The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating:An
alphanumeric code assigned to
a tire indicating the maximum
speed at which a tire can
operate.
Traction:The friction between
the tire and the road surface.
The amount of grip provided.
Tread:The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with
the road.
Treadwear Indicators:Narrow
bands, sometimes called wear
bars, that show across the tread
Black plate (48,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-48 Vehicle Care
of a tire when only 1.6 mm
(1/16 in) of tread remains. See
When It Is Time for New Tires
on page 10-55.
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards):A tire
information system that provides
consumers with ratings for a
tire's traction, temperature, and
treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire
manufacturers using
government testing procedures.
The ratings are molded into the
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
Tire Quality Grading on
page 10-58.
Vehicle Capacity Weight:The
number of designated seating
positions multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9-10.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire:Load on an individual tire
due to curb weight, accessory
weight, occupant weight, and
cargo weight.
Vehicle Placard:A label
permanently attached to a
vehicle showing the vehicle
capacity weight and the original
equipment tire size and
recommended inflation pressure.
See “Tire and Loading
Information Label”under Vehicle
Load Limits on page 9-10.
Tire Pressure
Tires need the correct amount of
air pressure to operate
effectively.
{Caution
Neither tire underinflation nor
overinflation is good.
Underinflated tires, or tires
that do not have enough air,
can result in:
.Tire overloading and
overheating which could
lead to a blowout.
.Premature or
irregular wear.
.Poor handling.
.Reduced fuel economy.
Overinflated tires, or tires that
have too much air, can
result in:
.Unusual wear.
.Poor handling.
.Rough ride.
.Needless damage from
road hazards.
Black plate (49,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-49
The Tire and Loading
Information label on the vehicle
indicates the original equipment
tires and the correct cold tire
inflation pressures. The
recommended pressure is the
minimum air pressure needed to
support the vehicle's maximum
load carrying capacity. See
Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-10.
How the vehicle is loaded
affects vehicle handling and ride
comfort. Never load the vehicle
with more weight than it was
designed to carry.
When to Check
Check the tires once a month or
more. Do not forget to check the
spare tire. If the vehicle has a
compact spare tire, it should be
at 420 kPa (60 psi). See
Compact Spare Tire on
page 10-67 and Full-Size Spare
Tire on page 10-68 for additional
information.
How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type
gauge to check tire pressure.
Proper tire inflation cannot be
determined by looking at the tire.
Check the tire inflation pressure
when the tires are cold, meaning
the vehicle has not been driven
for at least three hours or no
more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
Remove the valve cap from the
tire valve stem. Press the tire
gauge firmly onto the valve to
get a pressure measurement.
If the cold tire inflation pressure
matches the recommended
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label, no
further adjustment is necessary.
If the inflation pressure is low,
add air until the recommended
pressure is reached. If the
inflation pressure is high, press
on the metal stem in the center
of the tire valve to release air.
Re-check the tire pressure with
the tire gauge.
Return the valve caps on the
valve stems to prevent leaks
and keep out dirt and moisture.
Tire Pressure Monitor
System
The Tire Pressure Monitor System
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor
technology to check tire pressure
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
the air pressure in your tires and
transmit tire pressure readings to a
receiver located in the vehicle.
Each tire, including the spare (if
provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to
the inflation pressure recommended
by the vehicle manufacturer on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation
Black plate (50,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-50 Vehicle Care
pressure label. (If your vehicle has
tires of a different size than the size
indicated on the vehicle placard or
tire inflation pressure label, you
should determine the proper tire
inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a
tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
pressure telltale when one or more
of your tires is significantly
under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as
soon as possible, and inflate them
to the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire
causes the tire to overheat and can
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
tread life, and may affect the
vehicle's handling and stopping
ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver's
responsibility to maintain correct tire
pressure, even if under-inflation has
not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been
equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the
system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated.
This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as
long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be
able to detect or signal low tire
pressure as intended. TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a variety
of reasons, including the installation
of replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or
alternate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function
properly.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation on page 10-50.
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13-11.
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
The TPMS is designed to warn the
driver when a low tire pressure
condition exists. TPMS sensors are
mounted onto each tire and wheel
assembly, excluding the spare tire
and wheel assembly. The TPMS
sensors monitor the air pressure in
Black plate (51,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-51
the tires and transmit the tire
pressure readings to a receiver
located in the vehicle.
When a low tire pressure condition
is detected, the TPMS illuminates
the low tire pressure warning light
located on the instrument cluster.
If the warning light comes on, stop
as soon as possible and inflate the
tires to the recommended pressure
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9-10.
A message to check the pressure in
a specific tire may display in the
Driver Information Center (DIC). The
low tire pressure warning light and
the DIC warning message,
if equipped, come on at each
ignition cycle until the tires are
inflated to the correct inflation
pressure. Using the DIC, it may be
possible to view the tire pressure
levels. For additional information
and details about the DIC operation
and displays, see Driver Information
Center (DIC) on page 5-23.
The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
could be an early indicator that the
air pressure is getting low and
needs to be inflated to the proper
pressure.
A Tire and Loading Information label
shows the size of the original
equipment tires and the correct
inflation pressure for the tires when
they are cold. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9-10, for an example
of the Tire and Loading Information
label and its location. Also see Tire
Pressure on page 10-48.
The TPMS can warn about a low
tire pressure condition, but it does
not replace normal tire
maintenance. See Tire Inspection
on page 10-54,Tire Rotation on
page 10-54, and Tires on
page 10-41.
{Caution
Tire sealant materials are not all
the same. A non-approved tire
sealant could damage the TPMS
sensors. TPMS sensor damage
caused by using an incorrect tire
sealant is not covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always use only
the GM approved tire sealant
available through your dealer or
included in the vehicle.
Black plate (52,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-52 Vehicle Care
TPMS Malfunction Light and
Message
The TPMS will not function properly
if one or more of the TPMS sensors
are missing or inoperable. When the
system detects a malfunction, the
low tire pressure warning light,
defined above, flashes for about
one minute and then stays on for
the remainder of the ignition cycle.
A DIC warning message may also
display. The malfunction light and
DIC warning message, if equipped,
come on at each ignition cycle until
the problem is corrected. Some of
the conditions that can cause these
to come on are:
.One of the road tires has been
replaced with the spare tire. The
spare tire does not have a
TPMS sensor. The malfunction
light and the DIC message,
if equipped, should go off after
the road tire is replaced and the
sensor matching process is
performed successfully. See
"TPMS Sensor Matching
Process" later in this section.
.The TPMS sensor matching
process was not done or not
completed successfully after
rotating the tires. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message, if equipped, should go
off after successfully completing
the sensor matching process.
See "TPMS Sensor Matching
Process" later in this section.
.One or more TPMS sensors are
missing or damaged. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message, if equipped, should go
off when the TPMS sensors are
installed and the sensor
matching process is performed
successfully. See your dealer for
service.
.Replacement tires or wheels do
not match the original equipment
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
other than those recommended
could prevent the TPMS from
functioning properly. See Buying
New Tires on page 10-56.
.Operating electronic devices or
being near facilities using radio
wave frequencies similar to the
TPMS could cause the TPMS
sensors to malfunction.
If the TPMS is not functioning
properly, it cannot detect or signal a
low tire condition. See your dealer
for service if the TPMS malfunction
light and DIC message, if equipped,
come on and stay on.
TPMS Sensor Matching
Process
Each TPMS sensor has a unique
identification code. The identification
code needs to be matched to a new
tire/wheel position after rotating the
vehicle’s tires or replacing one or
more of the TPMS sensors. Also,
the TPMS sensor matching process
should be performed after replacing
a spare tire with a road tire
containing the TPMS sensor. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message, if equipped, should go off
at the next ignition cycle. The
sensors are matched to the tire/
Black plate (53,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-53
wheel positions, using a TPMS
relearn tool, in the following order:
driver side front tire, passenger side
front tire, passenger side rear tire,
and driver side rear. See your
dealer for service or to purchase a
relearn tool. A TPMS relearn tool
can also be purchased. See Tire
Pressure Monitor Sensor Activation
Tool at
www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
call 1-800-GM TOOLS
(1-800-468-6657).
There are two minutes to match the
first tire/wheel position, and
five minutes overall to match all four
tire/wheel positions. If it takes
longer, the matching process stops
and must be restarted.
The TPMS sensor matching
process is:
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with
the engine off.
3. Use the MENU button to select
the Vehicle Information Menu
(Menu 2) in the Driver
Information Center (DIC).
4. Use the thumbwheel (or up and
down arrows) to scroll to the Tire
Pressure Menu Item screen.
5. Press and hold the SET/CLR
button to begin the sensor
matching process.
A message requesting
acceptance of the process may
display.
6. If requested, press the SET/CLR
button again to confirm the
selection.
The horn sounds twice to signal
the receiver is in relearn mode
and the TIRE LEARN or TIRE
LEARNING ACTIVE message
displays on the DIC screen.
7. Start with the driver side
front tire.
8. Place the relearn tool against
the tire sidewall, near the valve
stem. Then press the button to
activate the TPMS sensor.
A horn chirp confirms that the
sensor identification code has
been matched to this tire and
wheel position.
9. Proceed to the passenger side
front tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 8.
10. Proceed to the passenger side
rear tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 8.
11. Proceed to the driver side rear
tire, and repeat the procedure
in Step 8. The horn sounds two
times to indicate the sensor
identification code has been
matched to the driver side rear
tire, and the TPMS sensor
matching process is no longer
active. The TIRE LEARN or
TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE
message on the DIC display
screen goes off.
12. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
Black plate (54,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-54 Vehicle Care
13. Set all four tires to the
recommended air pressure
level as indicated on the Tire
and Loading Information label.
Tire Inspection
We recommend that the tires,
including the spare tire, if the
vehicle has one, be inspected
for signs of wear or damage at
least once a month.
Replace the tire if:
.The indicators at three or
more places around the tire
can be seen.
.There is cord or fabric
showing through the tire's
rubber.
.The tread or sidewall is
cracked, cut, or snagged
deep enough to show cord or
fabric.
.The tire has a bump, bulge,
or split.
.The tire has a puncture, cut,
or other damage that cannot
be repaired well because of
the size or location of the
damage.
Tire Rotation
Tires should be rotated every
12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
Maintenance Schedule on
page 11-2.
Tires are rotated to achieve a
uniform wear for all tires. The
first rotation is the most
important.
Anytime unusual wear is
noticed, rotate the tires as soon
as possible, check for proper tire
inflation pressure, and check for
damaged tires or wheels. If the
unusual wear continues after the
rotation, check the wheel
alignment. See When It Is Time
for New Tires on page 10-55
and Wheel Replacement on
page 10-60.
Use this rotation pattern when
rotating the tires.
Do not include the spare tire in
the tire rotation.
Adjust the front and rear tires to
the recommended inflation
pressure on the Tire and
Black plate (55,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-55
Loading Information label after
the tires have been rotated. See
Tire Pressure on page 10-48
and Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-10.
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
System. See Tire Pressure
Monitor Operation on
page 10-50.
Check that all wheel nuts are
properly tightened. See “Wheel
Nut Torque”under Capacities
and Specifications on
page 12-2.
{Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.
Lightly coat the center of the
wheel hub with wheel bearing
grease after a wheel change or
tire rotation to prevent corrosion
or rust build-up. Do not get
grease on the flat wheel
mounting surface or on the
wheel nuts or bolts.
When It Is Time for New
Tires
Factors such as maintenance,
temperatures, driving speeds,
vehicle loading, and road conditions
affect the wear rate of the tires.
Treadwear indicators are one way to
tell when it is time for new tires.
Treadwear indicators appear when
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
or less of tread remaining. See Tire
Inspection on page 10-54 and Tire
Rotation on page 10-54.
The rubber in tires ages over time.
This also applies to the spare tire,
if the vehicle has one, even if it is
never used. Multiple factors
including temperatures, loading
conditions, and inflation pressure
maintenance affect how fast aging
takes place. GM recommends that
tires, including the spare if
Black plate (56,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-56 Vehicle Care
equipped, be replaced after six
years, regardless of tread wear. The
tire manufacture date is the last four
digits of the DOT Tire Identification
Number (TIN) which is molded into
one side of the tire sidewall. The
first two digits represent the week
(01–52) and the last two digits, the
year. For example, the third week of
the year 2010 would have a
four-digit DOT date of 0310.
Vehicle Storage
Tires age when stored normally
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
a vehicle that will be stored for at
least a month in a cool, dry, clean
area away from direct sunlight to
slow aging. This area should be free
of grease, gasoline, or other
substances that can deteriorate
rubber.
Parking for an extended period can
cause flat spots on the tires that
may result in vibrations while
driving. When storing a vehicle for
at least a month, remove the tires or
raise the vehicle to reduce the
weight from the tires.
Buying New Tires
GM has developed and matched
specific tires for the vehicle. The
original equipment tires installed
were designed to meet General
Motors Tire Performance Criteria
Specification (TPC Spec)
system rating. When
replacement tires are needed,
GM strongly recommends
buying tires with the same TPC
Spec rating.
GM's exclusive TPC Spec
system considers over a dozen
critical specifications that impact
the overall performance of the
vehicle, including brake system
performance, ride and handling,
traction control, and tire
pressure monitoring
performance. GM's TPC Spec
number is molded onto the tire's
sidewall near the tire size. If the
tires have an all-season tread
design, the TPC Spec number
will be followed by MS for mud
and snow. See Tire Sidewall
Labeling on page 10-43.
GM recommends replacing worn
tires in complete sets of four.
Uniform tread depth on all tires
will help to maintain the
performance of the vehicle.
Braking and handling
performance may be adversely
affected if all the tires are not
replaced at the same time.
If proper rotation and
maintenance have been done,
all four tires should wear out at
about the same time. See Tire
Rotation on page 10-54.
However, if it is necessary to
replace only one axle set of
worn tires, place the new tires
on the rear axle.
Black plate (57,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-57
Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment
tires may not be available for H,
V, W, Y and ZR speed rated
tires. Never exceed the winter
tires’maximum speed capability
when using winter tires with a
lower speed rating.
{Warning
Tires could explode during
improper service. Attempting
to mount or dismount a tire
could cause injury or death.
Only your dealer or authorized
tire service center should
mount or dismount the tires.
{Warning
Mixing tires of different sizes,
brands, or types may cause
loss of control of the vehicle,
resulting in a crash or other
vehicle damage. Use the
correct size, brand, and type
of tires on all wheels.
{Warning
Using bias-ply tires on the
vehicle may cause the wheel
rim flanges to develop cracks
after many miles of driving.
A tire and/or wheel could fail
suddenly and cause a crash.
Use only radial-ply tires with
the wheels on the vehicle.
If the vehicle tires must be
replaced with a tire that does not
have a TPC Spec number, make
sure they are the same size,
load range, speed rating, and
construction (radial) as the
original tires.
Vehicles that have a tire
pressure monitoring system
could give an inaccurate
low-pressure warning if non-TPC
Spec rated tires are installed.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
System on page 10-49.
The Tire and Loading
Information label indicates the
original equipment tires on the
vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9-10.
Different Size Tires and
Wheels
If wheels or tires are installed that
are a different size than the original
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
performance, including its braking,
ride and handling characteristics,
stability, and resistance to rollover
Black plate (58,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-58 Vehicle Care
may be affected. If the vehicle has
electronic systems such as antilock
brakes, rollover airbags, traction
control, electronic stability control,
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance
of these systems can also be
affected.
{Warning
If different sized wheels are used,
there may not be an acceptable
level of performance and safety if
tires not recommended for those
wheels are selected. This
increases the chance of a crash
and serious injury. Only use GM
specific wheel and tire systems
developed for the vehicle, and
have them properly installed by a
GM certified technician.
See Buying New Tires on
page 10-56 and Accessories and
Modifications on page 10-2.
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading
Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire
sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width. For
example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA
Temperature A
The following information relates
to the system developed by the
United States National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA), which grades tires by
treadwear, traction, and
temperature performance. This
applies only to vehicles sold in
the United States. The grades
are molded on the sidewalls of
most passenger car tires. The
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
(UTQG) system does not apply
to deep tread, winter tires,
compact spare tires, tires with
nominal rim diameters of
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
or to some limited-production
tires.
While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars
and light trucks may vary with
respect to these grades, they
must also conform to federal
safety requirements and
additional General Motors Tire
Performance Criteria (TPC)
standards.
All Passenger Car Tires Must
Conform to Federal Safety
Requirements In Addition To
These Grades.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test
course. For example, a tire
Black plate (59,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-59
graded 150 would wear one and
one-half (1½) times as well on
the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of
their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the
norm due to variations in driving
habits, service practices and
differences in road
characteristics and climate.
Traction
The traction grades, from
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B,
and C. Those grades represent
the tire's ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under
controlled conditions on
specified government test
surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may
have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction
tests, and does not include
acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction
characteristics.
Temperature
The temperature grades are A
(the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire's resistance
to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel. Sustained
high temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead
to sudden tire failure. The grade
C corresponds to a level of
performance which all
passenger car tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and
A represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum
required by law. Warning: The
temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure.
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance
The tires and wheels were aligned
and balanced at the factory to
provide the longest tire life and best
overall performance. Adjustments to
wheel alignment and tire balancing
are not necessary on a regular
basis. Consider an alignment check
if there is unusual tire wear or the
vehicle is significantly pulling to one
side or the other. Some slight pull to
the left or right, depending on the
crown of the road and/or other road
Black plate (60,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-60 Vehicle Care
surface variations such as troughs
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
vibrating when driving on a smooth
road, the tires and wheels may need
to be rebalanced. See your dealer
for proper diagnosis.
Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent,
cracked, or badly rusted or
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and
wheel nuts should be replaced.
If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
Some aluminum wheels can be
repaired. See your dealer if any of
these conditions exist.
Your dealer will know the kind of
wheel that is needed.
Each new wheel should have the
same load-carrying capacity,
diameter, width, offset, and be
mounted the same way as the one it
replaces.
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
System (TPMS) sensors with new
GM original equipment parts.
{Warning
Using the wrong replacement
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
nuts can be dangerous. It could
affect the braking and handling of
the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
and cause loss of control, causing
a crash. Always use the correct
wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
nuts for replacement.
{Caution
The wrong wheel can also cause
problems with bearing life, brake
cooling, speedometer or
odometer calibration, headlamp
aim, bumper height, vehicle
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
ground clearance, and tire or tire
chain clearance to the body and
chassis.
Used Replacement Wheels
{Warning
Replacing a wheel with a used
one is dangerous. How it has
been used or how far it has been
driven may be unknown. It could
fail suddenly and cause a crash.
When replacing wheels, use a
new GM original equipment
wheel.
Black plate (61,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-61
Tire Chains
{Warning
Do not use tire chains. There is
not enough clearance. Tire chains
used on a vehicle without the
proper amount of clearance can
cause damage to the brakes,
suspension, or other vehicle
parts. The area damaged by the
tire chains could cause loss of
control and a crash.
Use another type of traction
device only if its manufacturer
recommends it for the vehicle's
tire size combination and road
conditions. Follow that
manufacturer's instructions. To
avoid vehicle damage, drive slow
and readjust or remove the
traction device if it contacts the
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels.
If traction devices are used, install
them on the front tires.
If a Tire Goes Flat
It is unusual for a tire to blow out
while driving, especially if the tires
are maintained properly. See Tires
on page 10-41. If air goes out of a
tire, it is much more likely to leak
out slowly. But if there ever is a
blowout, here are a few tips about
what to expect and what to do:
If a front tire fails, the flat tire
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
toward that side. Take your foot off
the accelerator pedal and grip the
steering wheel firmly. Steer to
maintain lane position, and then
gently brake to a stop, well off the
road, if possible.
A rear blowout, particularly on a
curve, acts much like a skid and
may require the same correction as
used in a skid. Stop pressing the
accelerator pedal and steer to
straighten the vehicle. It may be
very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
to a stop, well off the road,
if possible.
{Warning
Driving on a flat tire will cause
permanent damage to the tire.
Re-inflating a tire after it has been
driven on while severely
underinflated or flat may cause a
blowout and a serious crash.
Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
that has been driven on while
severely underinflated or flat.
Have your dealer or an authorized
tire service center repair or
replace the flat tire as soon as
possible.
{Warning
Lifting a vehicle and getting under
it to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the
appropriate safety equipment and
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
(Continued)
Black plate (62,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-62 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place, well off the road,
if possible. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers on page 6-3.
{Warning
Changing a tire can be
dangerous. The vehicle can slip
off the jack and roll over or fall
causing injury or death. Find a
level place to change the tire. To
help prevent the vehicle from
moving:
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
2. Put an automatic
transmission in P (Park) or a
manual transmission in
1 (First) or R (Reverse).
3. Turn off the engine and do
not restart while the vehicle
is raised.
4. Do not allow passengers to
remain in the vehicle.
5. Place wheel blocks on both
sides of the tire at the
opposite corner of the tire
being changed.
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
use the following example as a
guide to assist in the placement of
the wheel blocks (1).
1. Wheel Block
2. Flat Tire
The following information explains
how to repair or change a tire.
Tire Changing
Removing the Spare Tire and
Tools
The spare tire and tools are located
in the storage compartment in the
rear of the vehicle.
Black plate (63,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-63
Without Subwoofer
1. Wrench
2. Jack
3. Strap
With Subwoofer
To access the spare tire and tools:
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
on page 2-9.
2. Lift the trim cover.
3. If the vehicle has a subwoofer
assembly on top of the spare
tire, remove it by turning the
center retainer counterclockwise.
4. If the vehicle does not have a
subwoofer, turn the retainer
counterclockwise to remove the
spare tire.
5. Remove the spare tire, jack, and
tools and place them near the
tire being changed.
Removing the Flat Tire and
Installing the Spare Tire
1. Do a safety check before
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Flat on page 10-61.
2. Remove the wheel cover, if the
vehicle has one, to reach the
wheel bolts.
Black plate (64,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-64 Vehicle Care
3. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to loosen the
wheel nuts. Do not remove
them yet.
4. Place the jack at the position
marked with a half circle.
5. Place the hex tube end of the
wrench over the hex head of the
jack to attach it.
6. Turn the wheel wrench
clockwise until the lift head is
firmly contacting the proper
lifting point nearest the flat tire.
{Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is
lifted on a jack is dangerous.
If the vehicle slips off the jack,
you could be badly injured or
killed. Never get under a vehicle
when it is supported only by
a jack.
{Warning
Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
make the vehicle fall. To help
(Continued)
Black plate (65,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-65
Warning (Continued)
avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.
{Warning
Lifting a vehicle and getting under
it to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the
appropriate safety equipment and
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
7. Turn the wheel wrench
clockwise to raise the vehicle far
enough off the ground so there
is enough room for the spare tire
to fit underneath the wheel well.
8. Turn the wheel nuts
counterclockwise to
remove them.
9. Remove the flat tire.
{Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.
10. Remove any rust or dirt from
the wheel bolts, mounting
surfaces, and spare wheel.
11. Place the spare tire on the
wheel-mounting surface.
{Warning
Never use oil or grease on bolts
or nuts because the nuts might
come loose. The vehicle's wheel
could fall off, causing a crash.
Black plate (66,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-66 Vehicle Care
12. Reinstall the wheel nuts. Turn
each nut clockwise, by hand,
until the wheel is held against
the hub.
13. Lower the vehicle by turning
the wheel wrench
counterclockwise. Lower the
jack completely.
{Warning
Wheel nuts that are improperly or
incorrectly tightened can cause
the wheels to become loose or
come off. The wheel nuts should
be tightened with a torque wrench
to the proper torque specification
after replacing. Follow the torque
specification supplied by the
aftermarket manufacturer when
using accessory locking wheel
nuts. See Capacities and
Specifications on page 12-2 for
original equipment wheel nut
torque specifications.
{Caution
Improperly tightened wheel nuts
can lead to brake pulsation and
rotor damage. To avoid expensive
brake repairs, evenly tighten the
wheel nuts in the proper
sequence and to the proper
torque specification. See
Capacities and Specifications on
page 12-2 for the wheel nut
torque specification.
14. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly
with the wheel wrench in a
crisscross sequence, as
shown.
{Caution
Wheel covers will not fit on the
vehicle's compact spare. If you try
to put a wheel cover on the
compact spare, the cover or the
spare could be damaged.
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
and Tools
{Warning
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store all these in
the proper place.
Black plate (67,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-67
Storing the Flat Tire and Tools
1. Return the jack and tools to their
original storage location.
2. Replace the trim cover.
3. Place the flat tire, lying flat, in
the rear storage compartment.
4. Attach one end of the strap to a
cargo tie-down in the rear of the
vehicle.
5. Route the strap through the
wheel, as shown.
6. Attach the other end of the strap
to the other cargo tie-down in
the rear of the vehicle.
7. Tighten the strap.
Storing the Compact Spare Tire
and Tools
Reverse the instructions for
removing the spare tire and tools to
store the spare tire.
The compact spare tire is for
temporary use only. Replace the
compact spare tire with a full-size
tire as soon as you can. See
Compact Spare Tire on page 10-67.
Compact Spare Tire
{Warning
Driving with more than one
compact spare tire at a time could
result in loss of braking and
handling. This could lead to a
crash and you or others could be
injured. Use only one compact
spare tire at a time.
If this vehicle has a compact spare
tire, it was fully inflated when new;
however, it can lose air over time.
Check the inflation pressure
regularly. It should be 420 kPa
(60 psi).
Stop as soon as possible and check
that the spare tire is correctly
inflated after being installed on the
vehicle. The compact spare tire is
designed for temporary use only.
The vehicle will perform differently
with the spare tire installed and it is
recommended that the vehicle
speed be limited to 80 km/h
(50 mph). To conserve the tread of
the spare tire, have the standard tire
repaired or replaced as soon as
convenient and return the spare tire
to the storage area.
When using a compact spare tire,
the ABS and Traction Control
systems may engage until the spare
tire is recognized by the vehicle,
especially on slippery roads. Adjust
driving to reduce possible
wheel slip.
Black plate (68,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-68 Vehicle Care
{Caution
When the compact spare is
installed, do not take the vehicle
through an automatic car wash
with guide rails. The compact
spare can get caught on the rails
which can damage the tire, wheel,
and other parts of the vehicle.
Do not use the compact spare on
other vehicles.
Do not mix the compact spare tire or
wheel with other wheels or tires.
They will not fit. Keep the spare tire
and its wheel together.
{Caution
Tire chains will not fit the compact
spare. Using them can damage
the vehicle and the chains. Do not
use tire chains on the compact
spare.
Full-Size Spare Tire
If this vehicle came with a full-size
spare tire, it was fully inflated when
new, however, it can lose air over
time. Check the inflation pressure
regularly. See Tire Pressure on
page 10-48 and Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9-10 for information
regarding proper tire inflation and
loading the vehicle. For instructions
on how to remove, install, or store a
spare tire, see Tire Changing on
page 10-62.
After installing the spare tire on the
vehicle, stop as soon as possible
and check that the spare is correctly
inflated. The spare tire is made to
perform well at speeds up to
112 km/h (70 mph) at the
recommended inflation pressure, so
you can finish your trip.
Have the damaged or flat road tire
repaired or replaced and installed
back onto the vehicle as soon as
possible so the spare tire will be
available in case it is needed again.
Do not mix tires and wheels of
different sizes, because they will not
fit. Keep the spare tire and its wheel
together.
Black plate (69,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-69
Jump Starting
For more information about the
vehicle battery, see Battery on
page 10-25.
If the battery has run down, try to
use another vehicle and some
jumper cables to start your vehicle.
Be sure to use the following steps to
do it safely.
{Warning
Batteries can hurt you. They can
be dangerous because:
.They contain acid that can
burn you.
.They contain gas that can
explode or ignite.
.They contain enough
electricity to burn you.
If you do not follow these steps
exactly, some or all of these
things can hurt you.
{Caution
Ignoring these steps could result
in costly damage to the vehicle
that would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Trying to start
the vehicle by pushing or pulling it
will not work, and it could damage
the vehicle.
1.4L L4 Engine Shown, 1.8L L4
Engine Similar
1. Discharged Battery Negative
Grounding Point
2. Discharged Battery Positive
Terminal
3. Good Battery Negative Terminal
4. Good Battery Positive Terminal
The jump start negative grounding
point (1) for the discharged battery
is the engine block or an engine
mounting bolt. Connect to a spot as
far away from the discharged
battery as possible.
The jump start positive terminal on
the discharged battery (2) is located
in the engine compartment on the
driver side of the vehicle.
The jump start positive terminal (4)
and negative terminal (3) are on the
battery of the vehicle providing the
jump start.
The positive jump start connection
for the discharged battery is under a
trim cover. Open the cover to
expose the terminal.
1. Check the other vehicle. It must
have a 12-volt battery with a
negative ground system.
Black plate (70,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-70 Vehicle Care
{Caution
If the other vehicle does not have
a 12-volt system with a negative
ground, both vehicles can be
damaged. Only use a vehicle that
has a 12-volt system with a
negative ground for jump starting.
2. Position the two vehicles so that
they are not touching.
3. Set the parking brake firmly and
put the shift lever in P (Park)
with an automatic transmission,
or Neutral with a manual
transmission. See Shifting Into
Park on page 9-19 with an
automatic transmission,
or Parking on page 9-22 with a
manual transmission.
{Caution
If any accessories are left on or
plugged in during the jump
starting procedure, they could be
damaged. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Whenever possible, turn
off or unplug all accessories on
either vehicle when jump starting.
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
Turn off all lights and
accessories in both vehicles,
except the hazard warning
flashers if needed.
{Warning
An electric fan can start up even
when the engine is not running
and can injure you. Keep hands,
clothing and tools away from any
underhood electric fan.
{Warning
Using a match near a battery can
cause battery gas to explode.
People have been hurt doing this,
and some have been blinded.
Use a flashlight if you need more
light.
Be sure the battery has enough
water. You do not need to add
water to the battery installed in
your new vehicle. But if a battery
has filler caps, be sure the right
amount of fluid is there. If it is low,
add water to take care of that
first. If you do not, explosive gas
could be present.
Battery fluid contains acid that
can burn you. Do not get it on
you. If you accidentally get it in
your eyes or on your skin, flush
the place with water and get
medical help immediately.
Black plate (71,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-71
{Warning
Fans or other moving engine
parts can injure you badly. Keep
your hands away from moving
parts once the engine is running.
5. Connect one end of the red
positive (+) cable to the
positive (+) terminal on the
discharged battery.
6. Connect the other end of the red
positive (+) cable to the
positive (+) terminal of the good
battery.
7. Connect one end of the black
negative (–) cable to the
negative (–) terminal of the good
battery.
8. Connect the other end of the
black negative (–) cable to the
negative (–) grounding point for
the discharged battery.
9. Start the engine in the vehicle
with the good battery and run
the engine at idle speed for at
least four minutes.
10. Try to start the vehicle that had
the dead battery. If it will not
start after a few tries, it
probably needs service.
{Caution
If the jumper cables are
connected or removed in the
wrong order, electrical shorting
may occur and damage the
vehicle. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always connect and remove the
jumper cables in the correct order,
making sure that the cables do
not touch each other or other
metal.
Jumper Cable Removal
Reverse the sequence exactly when
removing the jumper cables.
Towing
Towing the Vehicle
{Caution
Incorrectly towing a disabled
vehicle may cause damage. The
damage would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed
car carrier or a wheel lift tow truck.
If a wheel lift tow truck is used, the
drive wheels cannot contact the
road while the vehicle is being
towed. A wheel dolly must be used
to lift all drive wheels off the ground.
{Caution
Improper use of the tow eye can
cause vehicle damage. Use
caution and low speeds to
prevent damage to the vehicle.
Black plate (72,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-72 Vehicle Care
If equipped, carefully open the cover
by using the small notch that
conceals the tow eye socket.
Install the tow eye into the socket by
turning it clockwise until it stops.
When the tow eye is removed,
reinstall the cover with the notch in
the original position.
Consult your dealer or a
professional towing service if the
disabled vehicle must be towed.
Recreational Vehicle
Towing
Recreational vehicle towing means
towing the vehicle behind another
vehicle, such as behind a motor
home. The two most common types
of recreational vehicle towing are
known as dinghy towing and dolly
towing. Dinghy towing is towing the
vehicle with all four wheels on the
ground. Dolly towing is towing the
vehicle with two wheels on the
ground and two wheels up on a
device known as a dolly.
Here are some important things to
consider before recreational vehicle
towing:
.What is the towing capacity of
the towing vehicle? Be sure to
read the tow vehicle
manufacturer's
recommendations.
.What is the distance that will be
traveled? Some vehicles have
restrictions on how far and how
long they can tow.
.Is the proper towing equipment
going to be used? See your
dealer or trailering professional
for additional advice and
equipment recommendations.
.Is the vehicle ready to be
towed? Just as preparing the
vehicle for a long trip, make sure
the vehicle is prepared to be
towed.
Dinghy Towing
{Caution
If the vehicle is towed with all four
wheels on the ground, the
drivetrain components could be
damaged. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not tow the vehicle
with all four wheels on the
ground.
Black plate (73,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-73
The vehicle was not designed to be
towed with all four wheels on the
ground.
Dolly Towing (All-Wheel-Drive
Vehicles)
All-wheel-drive vehicles must not be
towed with two wheels on the
ground. To properly tow these
vehicles, they should be placed on
a platform trailer with all four wheels
off of the ground.
Dolly Towing
(Front-Wheel-Drive
Vehicles Only)
To tow a front-wheel-drive vehicle
from the front with two wheels on
the ground:
1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.
2. Move the shift lever to P (Park).
3. Set the parking brake.
4. Clamp the steering wheel in a
straight-ahead position with a
clamping device designed for
towing.
5. Remove the key from the
ignition.
6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.
7. Release the parking brake.
Towing the Vehicle from
the Rear
Black plate (74,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-74 Vehicle Care
{Caution
Towing the vehicle from the rear
could damage it. Also, repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Never have the
vehicle towed from the rear.
Do not tow the vehicle from the rear.
Appearance Care
Exterior Care
Locks
Locks are lubricated at the factory.
Use a de-icing agent only when
absolutely necessary, and have the
locks greased after using. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-11.
Washing the Vehicle
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
wash it often and out of direct
sunlight.
{Caution
Do not use petroleum-based,
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
agents as they can damage the
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
parts. If damage occurs, it would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Approved cleaning
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
products can be obtained from
your dealer. Follow all
manufacturer directions regarding
correct product usage, necessary
safety precautions, and
appropriate disposal of any
vehicle care product.
{Caution
Avoid using high-pressure
washes closer than 30 cm (12 in)
to the surface of the vehicle. Use
of power washers exceeding
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result
in damage or removal of paint
and decals.
The esymbol is on any
underhood compartment electrical
center that should not be power
Black plate (75,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-75
washed. This could cause damage
that would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
If using an automatic car wash,
follow the car wash instructions. The
windshield wiper and rear window
wiper, if equipped, must be off.
Remove any accessories that may
be damaged or interfere with the car
wash equipment.
Rinse the vehicle well, before
washing and after, to remove all
cleaning agents completely. If they
are allowed to dry on the surface,
they could stain.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean
chamois or an all-cotton towel to
avoid surface scratches and water
spotting.
Finish Care
Application of aftermarket clearcoat
sealant/wax materials is not
recommended. If painted surfaces
are damaged, see your dealer to
have the damage assessed and
repaired. Foreign materials such as
calcium chloride and other salts, ice
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
industrial chimneys, etc., can
damage the vehicle's finish if they
remain on painted surfaces. Wash
the vehicle as soon as possible.
If necessary, use non-abrasive
cleaners that are marked safe for
painted surfaces to remove foreign
matter.
Occasional hand waxing or mild
polishing should be done to remove
residue from the paint finish. See
your dealer for approved cleaning
products.
Do not apply waxes or polishes to
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
as damage can occur.
{Caution
Machine compounding or
aggressive polishing on a
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
may damage it. Use only
non-abrasive waxes and polishes
that are made for a basecoat/
clearcoat paint finish on the
vehicle.
To keep the paint finish looking new,
keep the vehicle garaged or
covered whenever possible.
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
Moldings
{Caution
Failure to clean and protect the
bright metal moldings can result
in a hazy white finish or pitting.
This damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Black plate (76,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-76 Vehicle Care
The bright metal moldings on the
vehicle are aluminum or stainless
steel. To prevent damage always
follow these cleaning instructions:
.Be sure the molding is cool to
the touch before applying any
cleaning solution.
.Use a cleaning solution
approved for aluminum or
stainless steel. Some cleaners
are highly acidic or contain
alkaline substances and can
damage the moldings.
.Always dilute a concentrated
cleaner according to the
manufacturer’s instructions.
.Do not use chrome cleaners.
.Do not use cleaners that are not
intended for automotive use.
.Use a nonabrasive wax on the
vehicle after washing to protect
and extend the molding finish.
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
Lenses, Emblems, Decals and
Stripes
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
soft cloth, and a car washing soap
to clean exterior lamps, lenses,
emblems, decals and stripes. Follow
instructions under "Washing the
Vehicle" previously in this section.
Lamp covers are made of plastic,
and some have a UV protective
coating. Do not clean or wipe them
when dry.
Do not use any of the following on
lamp covers:
.Abrasive or caustic agents.
.Washer fluids and other cleaning
agents in higher concentrations
than suggested by the
manufacturer.
.Solvents, alcohols, fuels,
or other harsh cleaners.
.Ice scrapers or other hard items.
.Aftermarket appearance caps or
covers while the lamps are
illuminated, due to excessive
heat generated.
{Caution
Failure to clean lamps properly
can cause damage to the lamp
cover that would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
{Caution
Using wax on low gloss black
finish stripes can increase the
gloss level and create a
non-uniform finish. Clean low
gloss stripes with soap and
water only.
Air Intakes
Clear debris from the air intakes,
between the hood and windshield
when washing the vehicle.
Black plate (77,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-77
Windshield and Wiper Blades
Clean the outside of the windshield
with glass cleaner.
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
cloth or paper towel soaked with
windshield washer fluid or a mild
detergent. Wash the windshield
thoroughly when cleaning the
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
treatments may cause wiper
streaking.
Replace the wiper blades if they are
worn or damaged. Damage can be
caused by extreme dusty
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
snow, and ice.
Weatherstrips
Apply Dielectric silicone grease on
weatherstrips to make them last
longer, seal better, and not stick or
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at
least once a year. Hot, dry climates
may require more frequent
application. Black marks from
rubber material on painted surfaces
can be removed by rubbing with a
clean cloth. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants on
page 11-11.
Tires
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
clean the tires.
{Caution
Using petroleum-based tire
dressing products on the vehicle
may damage the paint finish and/
or tires. When applying a tire
dressing, always wipe off any
overspray from all painted
surfaces on the vehicle.
Wheels and Trim —Aluminum
or Chrome
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild
soap and water to clean the wheels.
After rinsing thoroughly with clean
water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
A wax may then be applied.
{Caution
Chrome wheels and other chrome
trim may be damaged if the
vehicle is not washed after driving
on roads that have been sprayed
with magnesium, calcium,
or sodium chloride. These
chlorides are used on roads for
conditions such as ice and dust.
Always wash the chrome with
soap and water after exposure.
{Caution
To avoid surface damage, do not
use strong soaps, chemicals,
abrasive polishes, cleaners,
brushes, or cleaners that contain
acid on aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels. Use only
approved cleaners. Also, never
drive a vehicle with aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels through an
(Continued)
Black plate (78,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-78 Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
automatic car wash that uses
silicone carbide tire cleaning
brushes. Damage could occur
and the repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Steering, Suspension, and
Chassis Components
Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis
components for damaged, loose,
or missing parts or signs of wear at
least once a year.
Inspect power steering for proper
hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,
chafing, etc.
Visually check constant velocity joint
boots and axle seals for leaks.
Body Component Lubrication
Lubricate all key lock cylinders,
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, steel
fuel door hinge, unless the
components are plastic. Applying
silicone grease on weatherstrips
with a clean cloth will make them
last longer, seal better, and not stick
or squeak.
Underbody Maintenance
At least twice a year, spring and fall
use plain water to flush any
corrosive materials from the
underbody. Take care to thoroughly
clean any areas where mud and
other debris can collect.
Sheet Metal Damage
If the vehicle is damaged and
requires sheet metal repair or
replacement, make sure the body
repair shop applies anti-corrosion
material to parts repaired or
replaced to restore corrosion
protection.
Original manufacturer replacement
parts will provide the corrosion
protection while maintaining the
vehicle warranty.
Finish Damage
Quickly repair minor chips and
scratches with touch-up materials
available from your dealer to avoid
corrosion. Larger areas of finish
damage can be corrected in your
dealer's body and paint shop.
Chemical Paint Spotting
Airborne pollutants can fall upon
and attack painted vehicle surfaces
causing blotchy, ring-shaped
discolorations, and small, irregular
dark spots etched into the paint
surface. See “Finish Care”
previously in this section.
Interior Care
To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
Immediately remove any soils. Note
that newspapers or dark garments
that can transfer color to home
furnishings can also permanently
transfer color to the vehicle's
interior.
Black plate (79,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-79
Use a soft bristle brush to remove
dust from knobs and crevices on the
instrument cluster. Using a mild
soap solution, immediately remove
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
repellent from all interior surfaces or
permanent damage may result.
Your dealer may have products for
cleaning the interior. Use cleaners
specifically designed for the
surfaces being cleaned to prevent
permanent damage. Apply all
cleaners directly to the cleaning
cloth. Do not spray cleaners directly
on any switches or controls.
Cleaners should be removed
quickly. Never allow cleaners to
remain on the surface being
cleaned for extended periods
of time.
Cleaners may contain solvents that
can become concentrated in the
interior. Before using cleaners, read
and adhere to all safety instructions
on the label. While cleaning the
interior, maintain adequate
ventilation by opening the doors and
windows.
To prevent damage, do not clean
the interior using the following
cleaners or techniques:
.Never use a razor or any other
sharp object to remove a soil
from any interior surface.
.Never use a brush with stiff
bristles.
.Never rub any surface
aggressively or with excessive
pressure.
.Do not use laundry detergents or
dishwashing soaps with
degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
use approximately 20 drops per
3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
A concentrated soap solution will
leave a residue that creates
streaks and attracts dirt. Do not
use solutions that contain strong
or caustic soap.
.Do not heavily saturate the
upholstery when cleaning.
.Do not use solvents or cleaners
containing solvents.
Interior Glass
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
dampened with water. Wipe droplets
left behind with a clean dry cloth.
Commercial glass cleaners may be
used, if necessary, after cleaning
the interior glass with plain water.
{Caution
To prevent scratching, never use
abrasive cleaners on automotive
glass. Abrasive cleaners or
aggressive cleaning may damage
the rear window defogger.
Cleaning the windshield with water
during the first three to six months
of ownership will reduce tendency
to fog.
Speaker Covers
Vacuum around a speaker cover
gently, so that the speaker will not
be damaged. Clean spots with just
water and mild soap.
Black plate (80,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-80 Vehicle Care
Coated Moldings
Coated moldings should be cleaned.
.When lightly soiled, wipe with a
sponge or soft lint-free cloth
dampened with water.
.When heavily soiled, use warm
soapy water.
Fabric/Carpet/Suede
Start by vacuuming the surface
using a soft brush attachment. If a
rotating brush attachment is being
used during vacuuming, only use it
on the floor carpet. Before cleaning,
gently remove as much of the soil
as possible using one of the
following techniques:
.Gently blot liquids with a paper
towel. Continue blotting until no
more soil can be removed.
.For solid soils, remove as much
as possible prior to vacuuming.
To clean:
1. Saturate a clean lint-free
colorfast cloth with water.
Microfiber cloth is recommended
to prevent lint transfer to the
fabric or carpet.
2. Remove excess moisture by
gently wringing until water does
not drip from the cleaning cloth.
3. Start on the outside edge of the
soil and gently rub toward the
center. Fold the cleaning cloth to
a clean area frequently to
prevent forcing the soil in to the
fabric.
4. Continue gently rubbing the
soiled area until there is no
longer any color transfer from
the soil to the cleaning cloth.
5. If the soil is not completely
removed, use a mild soap
solution followed only by plain
water.
If the soil is not completely
removed, it may be necessary to
use a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
hidden area for colorfastness before
using a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
formation occurs, clean the entire
fabric or carpet.
Following the cleaning process, a
paper towel can be used to blot
excess moisture.
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
and Vehicle Information and
Radio Displays
For vehicles with high gloss
surfaces or vehicle displays, use a
microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces.
Before wiping the surface with the
microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle
brush to remove dirt that could
scratch the surface. Then use the
microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to
clean. Never use window cleaners
or solvents. Periodically hand wash
the microfiber cloth separately,
using mild soap. Do not use bleach
or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly
and air dry before next use.
Black plate (81,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Vehicle Care 10-81
{Caution
Do not attach a device with a
suction cup to the display. This
may cause damage and would
not be covered by the warranty.
Instrument Panel, Leather,
Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,
Low Gloss Paint Surfaces and
Natural Open Pore Wood
Surfaces
Use a soft microfiber cloth
dampened with water to remove
dust and loose dirt. For a more
thorough cleaning, use a soft
microfiber cloth dampened with a
mild soap solution.
{Caution
Soaking or saturating leather,
especially perforated leather, as
well as other interior surfaces,
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
may cause permanent damage.
Wipe excess moisture from these
surfaces after cleaning and allow
them to dry naturally. Never use
heat, steam, spot lifters, or spot
removers. Do not use cleaners
that contain silicone or wax-based
products. Cleaners containing
these solvents can permanently
change the appearance and feel
of leather or soft trim and are not
recommended.
Do not use cleaners that increase
gloss, especially on the instrument
panel. Reflected glare can decrease
visibility through the windshield
under certain conditions.
{Caution
Use of air fresheners may cause
permanent damage to plastics
and painted surfaces. If an air
freshener comes in contact with
any plastic or painted surface in
the vehicle, blot immediately and
clean with a soft cloth dampened
with a mild soap solution.
Damage caused by air fresheners
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Cargo Cover and
Convenience Net
Wash with warm water and mild
detergent. Do not use chlorine
bleach. Rinse with cold water, and
then dry completely.
Care of Safety Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.
Black plate (82,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
10-82 Vehicle Care
{Warning
Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
It may severely weaken them. In
a crash, they might not be able to
provide adequate protection.
Clean safety belts only with mild
soap and lukewarm water.
Floor Mats
{Warning
If a floor mat is the wrong size or
is not properly installed, it can
interfere with the pedals.
Interference with the pedals can
cause unintended acceleration
and/or increased stopping
distance which can cause a crash
and injury. Make sure the floor
mat does not interfere with the
pedals.
Use the following guidelines for
proper floor mat usage.
.The original equipment floor
mats were designed for your
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the accelerator or
brake pedal. Always check that
the floor mats do not interfere
with the pedals.
.Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn
it over.
.Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat.
.Use only a single floor mat on
the driver side.
.Do not place one floor mat on
top of another.
The driver side floor mat is held in
place by a button-type retainer.
Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mats
1. Pull up on the rear of the floor
mat to unlock the retainers and
remove.
2. Reinstall by lining up the floor
mat retainer openings over the
carpet retainers and snap into
position.
3. Make sure the floor mat is
properly secured and verify that
it does not interfere with the
pedals.
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Service and Maintenance 11-1
Service and
Maintenance
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Maintenance Schedule
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-2
Special Application Services
Special Application
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Additional Maintenance
and Care
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11
Maintenance Replacement
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13
Maintenance Records
Maintenance Records . . . . . . 11-14
General Information
Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
the required maintenance for the
vehicle. Follow this schedule to help
protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance. It may
also help to maintain the value of
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the
responsibility of the owner to have
all required maintenance performed.
Your dealer has trained technicians
who can perform required
maintenance using genuine
replacement parts. They have
up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many
dealers have extended evening and
Saturday hours, courtesy
transportation, and online
scheduling to assist with service
needs.
Your dealer recognizes the
importance of providing
competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained
technicians, the dealer is the place
for routine maintenance such as oil
changes and tire rotations and
additional maintenance items like
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
blades.
{Caution
Damage caused by improper
maintenance can lead to costly
repairs and may not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Maintenance intervals, checks,
inspections, recommended fluids,
and lubricants are important to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition.
The Tire Rotation and Required
Services are the responsibility of the
vehicle owner. It is recommended to
have your dealer perform these
services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition, improves fuel economy,
and reduces vehicle emissions.
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
11-2 Service and Maintenance
Because of the way people use
vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
There may need to be more
frequent checks and services. The
Additional Required Services -
Normal are for vehicles that:
.Carry passengers and cargo
within recommended limits on
the Tire and Loading Information
label. See Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9-10.
.Are driven on reasonable road
surfaces within legal driving
limits.
.Use the recommended fuel. See
Fuel on page 9-40.
Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Normal chart.
The Additional Required Services -
Severe are for vehicles that are:
.Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
in hot weather.
.Mainly driven in hilly or
mountainous terrain.
.Frequently towing a trailer.
.Used for high speed or
competitive driving.
.Used for taxi, police, or delivery
service.
Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Severe chart.
{Warning
Performing maintenance work can
be dangerous and can cause
serious injury. Perform
maintenance work only if the
required information, proper tools,
and equipment are available.
If they are not, see your dealer to
have a trained technician do the
work. See Doing Your Own
Service Work on page 10-3.
Maintenance
Schedule
Owner Checks and Services
At Each Fuel Stop
.Check the engine oil level. See
Engine Oil on page 10-9.
Once a Month
.Check the tire inflation
pressures. See Tire Pressure on
page 10-48.
.Inspect the tires for wear. See
Tire Inspection on page 10-54.
.Check the windshield washer
fluid level. See Washer Fluid on
page 10-21.
Engine Oil Change
When the :% CHANGE
(Change Engine Oil Soon) DIC
message displays, have the engine
oil and filter changed within the next
1 000 km/600 mi. If driven under the
best conditions, the engine oil life
system may not indicate the need
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Service and Maintenance 11-3
for vehicle service for up to a year.
The engine oil and filter must be
changed at least once a year and
the oil life system must be reset.
Your trained dealer technician can
perform this work. If the engine oil
life system is reset accidentally,
service the vehicle within 5 000 km/
3,000 mi since the last service.
Reset the oil life system when the
oil is changed. See Engine Oil Life
System on page 10-11.
Tire Rotation and Required
Services Every 12 000 km/
7,500 mi
Rotate the tires, if recommended for
the vehicle, and perform the
following services. See Tire
Rotation on page 10-54.
.Check engine oil level and oil
life percentage. If needed,
change engine oil and filter, and
reset oil life system. See Engine
Oil on page 10-9 and Engine Oil
Life System on page 10-11.
.Check engine coolant level. See
Engine Coolant on page 10-16.
.Check engine cooling system
hoses and connections.
.Check windshield washer fluid
level. See Washer Fluid on
page 10-21.
.Visually inspect windshield wiper
blades for wear, cracking,
or contamination. See Exterior
Care on page 10-74. Replace
worn or damaged wiper blades.
See Wiper Blade Replacement
on page 10-27.
.Check tire inflation pressures.
See Tire Pressure on
page 10-48.
.Inspect tire wear. See Tire
Inspection on page 10-54.
.Visually check for fluid leaks.
.Inspect engine air cleaner filter.
See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on
page 10-13.
.Inspect brake system.
.Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis
components for damaged, loose,
or missing parts or signs of
wear. See Exterior Care on
page 10-74.
.Check restraint system
components. See Safety System
Check on page 3-25.
.Visually inspect fuel system for
damage or leaks.
.Visually inspect exhaust system
and nearby heat shields for
loose or damaged parts.
.Lubricate body components. See
Exterior Care on page 10-74.
.Check starter switch. See Starter
Switch Check on page 10-26.
.Check automatic transmission
shift lock control function. See
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function Check on
page 10-26.
.Check ignition transmission lock.
See Ignition Transmission Lock
Check on page 10-27.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
11-4 Service and Maintenance
.Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism Check on
page 10-27.
.Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.
.Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. See your
dealer if service is required.
.Inspect sunroof track and seal,
if equipped. See Sunroof on
page 2-16.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Service and Maintenance 11-5
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
12 000 km/7,500 mi
24 000 km/15,000 mi
36 000 km/22,500 mi
48 000 km/30,000 mi
60 000 km/37,500 mi
72 000 km/45,000 mi
84 000 km/52,500 mi
96 000 km/60,000 mi
108 000 km/67,500 mi
120 000 km/75,000 mi
132 000 km/82,500 mi
144 000 km/90,000 mi
156 000 km/97,500 mi
168 000 km/105,000 mi
180 000 km/112,500 mi
192 000 km/120,000 mi
204 000 km/127,500 mi
216 000 km/135,000 mi
228 000 km/142,500 mi
240 000 km/150,000 mi
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @@@@@@
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @@@
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @@@
Replace spark plugs (1.8L Engine). Inspect spark
plug wires. @
Replace spark plugs (1.4L Turbo Engine). Inspect
spark plug wires. @@@@
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @@@@@
Replace brake/clutch fluid. (6) @@@
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
11-6 Service and Maintenance
Footnotes —Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services - Normal
(1) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. More frequent
replacement may be needed if the
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy
traffic, areas with poor air quality,
or areas with high dust levels.
Replacement may also be needed if
there is a reduction in air flow,
excessive window fogging, or odors.
(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first.
(4) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System on
page 10-15.
(5) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
(6) Or every three years, whichever
comes first.
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Service and Maintenance 11-7
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
12 000 km/7,500 mi
24 000 km/15,000 mi
36 000 km/22,500 mi
48 000 km/30,000 mi
60 000 km/37,500 mi
72 000 km/45,000 mi
84 000 km/52,500 mi
96 000 km/60,000 mi
108 000 km/67,500 mi
120 000 km/75,000 mi
132 000 km/82,500 mi
144 000 km/90,000 mi
156 000 km/97,500 mi
168 000 km/105,000 mi
180 000 km/112,500 mi
192 000 km/120,000 mi
204 000 km/127,500 mi
216 000 km/135,000 mi
228 000 km/142,500 mi
240 000 km/150,000 mi
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @@@@@@
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @@@
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @@@
Replace spark plugs (1.8L Engine). Inspect spark
plug wires. @
Replace spark plugs (1.4L Turbo Engine). Inspect
spark plug wires. @@@@
Change automatic transmission fluid. @@@
Change manual transmission fluid (If equipped). @@@
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @@@@@
Replace brake/clutch fluid. (6) @@@
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
11-8 Service and Maintenance
Footnotes —Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services - Severe
(1) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. More frequent
replacement may be needed if the
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy
traffic, areas with poor air quality,
or areas with high dust levels.
Replacement may also be needed if
there is a reduction in air flow,
excessive window fogging, or odors.
(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first.
(4) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System on
page 10-15.
(5) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
(6) Or every three years, whichever
comes first.
Special Application
Services
.Severe Commercial Use
Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis
components every 5 000 km/
3,000 mi.
.Have underbody flushing service
performed. See "Underbody
Maintenance" in Exterior Care
on page 10-74.
Additional
Maintenance and Care
Your vehicle is an important
investment and caring for it properly
may help to avoid future costly
repairs. To maintain vehicle
performance, additional
maintenance services may be
required.
It is recommended that your dealer
perform these services —their
trained dealer technicians know
your vehicle best. Your dealer can
also perform a thorough
assessment with a multi-point
inspection to recommend when your
vehicle may need attention.
The following list is intended to
explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate
services are required.
Battery
The battery supplies power to start
the engine and operate any
additional electrical accessories.
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Service and Maintenance 11-9
.To avoid break-down or failure to
start the vehicle, maintain a
battery with full cranking power.
.Trained dealer technicians have
the diagnostic equipment to test
the battery and ensure that the
connections and cables are
corrosion-free.
Belts
.Belts may need replacing if they
squeak or show signs of
cracking or splitting.
.Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the belts and
recommend adjustment or
replacement when necessary.
Brakes
Brakes stop the vehicle and are
crucial to safe driving.
.Signs of brake wear may include
chirping, grinding, or squealing
noises, or difficulty stopping.
.Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the brakes and
recommend quality parts
engineered for the vehicle.
Fluids
Proper fluid levels and approved
fluids protect the vehicle’s systems
and components. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-11 for GM
approved fluids.
.Engine oil and windshield
washer fluid levels should be
checked at every fuel fill.
.Instrument cluster lights may
come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
filled.
Hoses
Hoses transport fluids and should
be regularly inspected to ensure
that there are no cracks or leaks.
With a multi-point inspection, your
dealer can inspect the hoses and
advise if replacement is needed.
Lamps
Properly working headlamps,
taillamps, and brake lamps are
important to see and be seen on
the road.
.Signs that the headlamps need
attention include dimming, failure
to light, cracking, or damage.
The brake lamps need to be
checked periodically to ensure
that they light when braking.
.With a multi-point inspection,
your dealer can check the lamps
and note any concerns.
Shocks and Struts
Shocks and struts help aid in control
for a smoother ride.
.Signs of wear may include
steering wheel vibration, bounce/
sway while braking, longer
stopping distance, or uneven
tire wear.
.As part of the multi-point
inspection, trained dealer
technicians can visually inspect
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
11-10 Service and Maintenance
the shocks and struts for signs
of leaking, blown seals,
or damage, and can advise
when service is needed.
Tires
Tires need to be properly inflated,
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining
the tires can save money and fuel,
and can reduce the risk of tire
failure.
.Signs that the tires need to be
replaced include three or more
visible treadwear indicators; cord
or fabric showing through the
rubber; cracks or cuts in the
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or
split in the tire.
.Trained dealer technicians can
inspect and recommend the right
tires. Your dealer can also
provide tire/wheel balancing
services to ensure smooth
vehicle operation at all speeds.
Your dealer sells and services
name brand tires.
Vehicle Care
To help keep the vehicle looking like
new, vehicle care products are
available from your dealer. For
information on how to clean and
protect the vehicle’s interior and
exterior, see Interior Care on
page 10-78 and Exterior Care on
page 10-74.
Wheel Alignment
Wheel alignment is critical for
ensuring that the tires deliver
optimal wear and performance.
.Signs that the alignment may
need to be adjusted include
pulling, improper vehicle
handling, or unusual tire wear.
.Your dealer has the required
equipment to ensure proper
wheel alignment.
Windshield
For safety, appearance, and the
best viewing, keep the windshield
clean and clear.
.Signs of damage include
scratches, cracks, and chips.
.Trained dealer technicians can
inspect the windshield and
recommend proper replacement
if needed.
Wiper Blades
Wiper blades need to be cleaned
and kept in good condition to
provide a clear view.
.Signs of wear include streaking,
skipping across the windshield,
and worn or split rubber.
.Trained dealer technicians can
check the wiper blades and
replace them when needed.
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Service and Maintenance 11-11
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Engine Oil Use only engine oil licensed to the dexos1
®
specification of the proper
SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended.
See Engine Oil on page 10-9.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL
®
Coolant.
See Engine Coolant on page 10-16.
Hydraulic Brake/Clutch System
(Vehicles with DOT 3 brake fluid)
DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
Hydraulic Brake/Clutch System
(Vehicles with DOT 4 brake fluid)
DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299570, in
Canada 19299571).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Hydraulic Power Steering System DEXRON
®
-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Automatic Transmission DEXRON
®
-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Manual Transmission Manual Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19259104, in Canada 19259105).
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
11-12 Service and Maintenance
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and
Release Pawl
Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in
Canada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,
Category LB or GC-LB.
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and Door
Hinges
Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Black plate (13,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Service and Maintenance 11-13
Maintenance Replacement Parts
Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Maintenance Replacement Parts
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 95021102 A3184C
Engine Oil Filter 55594651 PF2257G
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13271190 CF181
Spark Plugs
1.4L L4 55585517 41–121
1.8L L4 25193473 —
Wiper Blades
Driver Side –65.0 cm (25.6 in) 95915125 —
Passenger Side –38.0 cm (15.0 in) 95915127 —
Rear –26.5 cm (10.4 in) 95915137 —
Black plate (14,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
11-14 Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Date Odometer
Reading Serviced By Services Performed
Black plate (15,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Service and Maintenance 11-15
Date Odometer
Reading Serviced By Services Performed
Black plate (16,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
11-16 Service and Maintenance
Date Odometer
Reading Serviced By Services Performed
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Technical Data 12-1
Technical Data
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Service Parts Identification
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)
This legal identifier is in the front
corner of the instrument panel, on
the left side of the vehicle. It can be
seen through the windshield from
outside. The VIN also appears on
the Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
on page 12-2 for the vehicle's
engine code.
Service Parts
Identification Label
If equipped, this label on the inside
of the glove box, has the following
information:
.Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
.Model designation.
.Paint information.
.Production options and special
equipment.
Do not remove this label from the
vehicle.
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
12-2 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-11 for more information.
Application Capacities
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Cooling System
1.4L L4 7.3 L 7.7 qt
1.8L L4 6.3 L 6.7 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
1.4L L4 4.0 L 4.2 qt
1.8L L4 4.5 L 4.8 qt
Fuel Tank 53 L 14 gal
Wheel Nut Torque 140 Y100 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Technical Data 12-3
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
1.4L L4 B Automatic and Manual 0.7 mm (0.028 in)
1.8L L4 E Automatic and Manual 0.9 mm (0.035 in)
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
12-4 Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing
1.4L L4 Engine
1.8L L4 Engine (with Air
Conditioning)
1.8L L4 Engine (without Air
Conditioning)
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Customer Information 13-1
Customer
Information
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
Customer Assistance
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3
Customer Assistance for Text
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . 13-4
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program .................... 13-4
Roadside Assistance
Program .................... 13-5
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Courtesy Transportation
Program .................... 13-7
Collision Damage Repair . . . . 13-8
Service Publications
Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-10
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-11
Radio Frequency
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-11
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to
the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Reporting Safety Defects to
the Canadian
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Reporting Safety Defects to
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 13-13
OnStar
®
.................... 13-14
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . 13-14
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure
Your satisfaction and goodwill are
important to your dealer and to
Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
with the sales transaction or the
operation of the vehicle will be
resolved by your dealer's sales or
service departments. Sometimes,
however, despite the best intentions
of all concerned, misunderstandings
can occur. If your concern has not
been resolved to your satisfaction,
the following steps should be taken:
STEP ONE: Discuss your concern
with a member of dealership
management. Normally, concerns
can be quickly resolved at that level.
If the matter has already been
reviewed with the sales, service,
or parts manager, contact the owner
of your dealership or the general
manager.
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
13-2 Customer Information
STEP TWO: If after contacting a
member of dealership management,
it appears your concern cannot be
resolved by your dealership without
further help, in the U.S., call the
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In
Canada, call General Motors of
Canada Customer Care Centre at
1-800-263-3777 (English),
or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
We encourage you to call the
toll-free number in order to give your
inquiry prompt attention. Have the
following information available to
give the Customer Assistance
representative:
.Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN). This is available
from the vehicle registration or
title, or the plate at the top left of
the instrument panel and visible
through the windshield.
.Dealership name and location.
.Vehicle delivery date and
present mileage.
When contacting Chevrolet,
remember that your concern will
likely be resolved at a dealer's
facility. That is why we suggest
following Step One first.
STEP THREE —U.S. Owners:
Both General Motors and your
dealer are committed to making
sure you are completely satisfied
with your new vehicle. However,
if you continue to remain unsatisfied
after following the procedure
outlined in Steps One and Two, you
can file with the Better Business
Bureau (BBB) Auto Line
®
Program
to enforce your rights.
The BBB Auto Line Program is an
out-of-court program administered
by the Council of Better Business
Bureaus to settle automotive
disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle
Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal
dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the
program is free of charge and your
case will generally be heard within
40 days. If you do not agree with the
decision given in your case, you
may reject it and proceed with any
other venue for relief available
to you.
You may contact the BBB Auto Line
Program using the toll-free
telephone number or write them at
the following address:
BBB Auto Line Program
Council of Better Business Bureaus,
Inc.
4200 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 800
Arlington , VA 22203-1838
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
www.dr.bbb.org/goauto
This program is available in all
50 states and the District of
Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
vehicle age, mileage, and other
factors. General Motors reserves
the right to change eligibility
limitations and/or discontinue its
participation in this program.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Customer Information 13-3
STEP THREE —Canadian
Owners: In the event that you do
not feel your concerns have been
addressed after following the
procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
Limited wants you to be aware of its
participation in a no-charge
Mediation/Arbitration Program.
General Motors of Canada Limited
has committed to binding arbitration
of owner disputes involving
factory-related vehicle service
claims. The program provides for
the review of the facts involved by
an impartial third party arbiter, and
may include an informal hearing
before the arbiter. The program is
designed so that the entire dispute
settlement process, from the time
you file your complaint to the final
decision, should be completed in
about 70 days. We believe our
impartial program offers advantages
over courts in most jurisdictions
because it is informal, quick, and
free of charge.
For further information concerning
eligibility in the Canadian Motor
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call
the General Motors Customer Care
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
1-800-263-7854 (French),
or write to:
The Mediation/Arbitration Program
c/o Customer Care Centre
General Motors of Canada Limited
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa , Ontario L1H 8P7
Your inquiry should be accompanied
by the Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
Customer Assistance
Offices
Chevrolet encourages customers to
call the toll-free number for
assistance. However, if a customer
wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
the letter should be addressed to:
United States and Puerto Rico
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center
P.O. Box 33170
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
www.Chevrolet.com
1-800-222-1020
1-800-833-2438 (For Text
Telephone Devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-243-8872
From U.S. Virgin Islands:
1-800-496-9994
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
13-4 Customer Information
Canada
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
www.gm.ca
1-800-263-3777 (English)
1-800-263-7854 (French)
1-800-263-3830 (For Text
Telephone devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800
Overseas
Please contact the local General
Motors Business Unit.
Customer Assistance for
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users
To assist customers who are deaf,
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
and who use Text Telephones
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
equipment available at its Customer
Care Center. Any TTY user can
communicate with Chevrolet by
dialing: 1-800-263-3830.
Online Owner Center
Chevrolet Owner Centre
(chevroletowner.ca)
Take a trip to the Chevrolet Owner
Centre:
.Chat live with online help
representatives.
.Use the Vehicle Tools section.
.Access third party enthusiast
sites and social media networks.
.Locate owner resources such as
lease-end, financing, and
warranty information.
.Retrieve your favorite articles,
quizzes, tips and multimedia
galleries organized into the
Features and Auto Care
Sections.
.Download the owner manual for
your vehicle, quickly and easily.
.Find the
Chevrolet-recommended
maintenance services for your
vehicle.
GM Mobility
Reimbursement Program
This program is available to
qualified applicants for cost
reimbursement of eligible
aftermarket adaptive equipment
required for the vehicle, such as
hand controls or a wheelchair/
scooter lift for the vehicle.
For more information on this offer,
call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483).
TTY users call 1-800-263-3830.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Customer Information 13-5
Roadside Assistance
Program
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.)
For Canadian-purchased vehicles,
call 1-800-268-6800.
Service is available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year.
Calling for Assistance
When calling Roadside Assistance,
have the following information
ready:
.Your name, home address, and
home telephone number.
.Telephone number of your
location.
.Location of the vehicle.
.Model, year, color, and license
plate number of the vehicle.
.Odometer reading, Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN), and
delivery date of the vehicle.
.Description of the problem.
Coverage
Services are provided up to 5 years/
160 000 km (100,000 mi), whichever
comes first.
In the U.S., anyone driving the
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
person driving the vehicle without
permission from the owner is not
covered.
Roadside Assistance is not a part of
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
General Motors North America and
Chevrolet reserve the right to make
any changes or discontinue the
Roadside Assistance program at
any time without notification.
General Motors North America and
Chevrolet reserve the right to limit
services or payment to an owner or
driver if they decide the claims are
made too often, or the same type of
claim is made many times.
Services Provided
.Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the
vehicle to get to the nearest
service station.
.Lock-Out Service: Service to
unlock the vehicle if you are
locked out. A remote unlock may
be available if you have OnStar.
For security reasons, the driver
must present identification
before this service is given.
.Emergency Tow from a Public
Road or Highway: Tow to the
nearest Chevrolet dealer for
warranty service, or if the vehicle
was in a crash and cannot be
driven. Assistance is not given
when the vehicle is stuck in the
sand, mud, or snow.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
13-6 Customer Information
.Flat Tire Change: Service to
change a flat tire with the spare
tire. The spare tire, if equipped,
must be in good condition and
properly inflated. It is the owner's
responsibility for the repair or
replacement of the tire if it is not
covered by the warranty.
.Battery Jump Start: Service to
jump start a dead battery.
Services Not Included in
Roadside Assistance
.Impound towing caused by
violation of any laws.
.Legal fines.
.Mounting, dismounting,
or changing of snow tires,
chains, or other traction devices.
Service is not provided if a vehicle
is in an area that is not accessible
to the service vehicle or is not a
regularly traveled or maintained
public road, which includes ice and
winter roads. Off-road use is not
covered.
Services Specific to
Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
.Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
is up to 7 liters. Diesel fuel
delivery may be restricted.
Propane and other fuels are not
provided through this service.
.Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
registration is required.
.Trip Interruption Benefits and
Assistance: Must be over
150 kilometers from where your
trip was started to qualify.
General Motors of Canada
Limited requires
pre-authorization, original
detailed receipts, and a copy of
the repair orders. Once
authorization has been received,
the Roadside Assistance advisor
will help to make arrangements
and explain how to receive
payment.
.Alternative Service: If
assistance cannot be provided
right away, the Roadside
Assistance advisor may give
permission to get local
emergency road service. You will
receive payment, up to $100,
after sending the original receipt
to Roadside Assistance.
Mechanical failures may be
covered, however any cost for
parts and labor for repairs not
covered by the warranty are the
owner responsibility.
Scheduling Service
Appointments
When the vehicle requires warranty
service, contact your dealer and
request an appointment. By
scheduling a service appointment
and advising the service consultant
of your transportation needs, your
dealer can help minimize your
inconvenience.
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled
into the service department
immediately, keep driving it until it
can be scheduled for service,
unless, of course, the problem is
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Customer Information 13-7
safety related. If it is, please call
your dealership, let them know this,
and ask for instructions.
If your dealer requests you to bring
the vehicle for service, you are
urged to do so as early in the work
day as possible to allow for
same-day repair.
Courtesy Transportation
Program
To enhance your ownership
experience, we and our participating
dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
Transportation, a customer support
program for vehicles with the
Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
Coverage period in Canada),
extended powertrain, and/or
hybrid-specific warranties in both
the U.S. and Canada.
Several Courtesy Transportation
options are available to assist in
reducing inconvenience when
warranty repairs are required.
Courtesy Transportation is not a
part of the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. A separate booklet
entitled “Limited Warranty and
Owner Assistance Information”
furnished with each new vehicle
provides detailed warranty coverage
information.
Transportation Options
Warranty service can generally be
completed while you wait. However,
if you are unable to do so, your
dealer may offer the following
transportation options:
Shuttle Service
This includes one-way or round-trip
shuttle service within reasonable
time and distance parameters of
your dealer's area.
Public Transportation or Fuel
Reimbursement
If overnight warranty repairs are
needed, and public transportation is
used, the expense must be
supported by original receipts and
within the maximum amount allowed
by GM for shuttle service. If U.S.
customers arrange their own
transportation, limited
reimbursement for reasonable fuel
expenses may be available. Claim
amounts should reflect actual costs
and be supported by original
receipts. See your dealer for
information.
Courtesy Rental Vehicle
For an overnight warranty repair, the
dealer may provide an available
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for
reimbursement of a rental vehicle.
Reimbursement is limited and must
be supported by original receipts as
well as a signed and completed
rental agreement and meet state/
provincial, local, and rental vehicle
provider requirements.
Requirements vary and may include
minimum age requirements,
insurance coverage, credit card, etc.
Additional fees such as fuel usage
charges, taxes, levies, usage fees,
excessive mileage, or rental usage
beyond the completion of the repair
are also your responsibility.
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
13-8 Customer Information
It may not be possible to provide a
like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
Additional Program
Information
All program options, such as shuttle
service, may not be available at
every dealer. Contact your dealer
for specific availability.
General Motors reserves the right to
unilaterally modify, change,
or discontinue Courtesy
Transportation at any time and to
resolve all questions of claim
eligibility pursuant to the terms and
conditions described herein at its
sole discretion.
Collision Damage Repair
If the vehicle is involved in a
collision and it is damaged, have the
damage repaired by a qualified
technician using the proper
equipment and quality replacement
parts. Poorly performed collision
repairs diminish the vehicle resale
value, and safety performance can
be compromised in subsequent
collisions.
Collision Parts
Genuine GM Collision parts are new
parts made with the same materials
and construction methods as the
parts with which the vehicle was
originally built. Genuine GM
Collision parts are the best choice to
ensure that the vehicle's designed
appearance, durability, and safety
are preserved. The use of Genuine
GM parts can help maintain the GM
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Recycled original equipment parts
may also be used for repair. These
parts are typically removed from
vehicles that were total losses in
prior crashes. In most cases, the
parts being recycled are from
undamaged sections of the vehicle.
A recycled original equipment GM
part may be an acceptable choice to
maintain the vehicle's originally
designed appearance and safety
performance; however, the history of
these parts is not known. Such parts
are not covered by the GM New
Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by
that warranty.
Aftermarket collision parts are also
available. These are made by
companies other than GM and may
not have been tested for the vehicle.
As a result, these parts may fit
poorly, exhibit premature durability/
corrosion problems, and may not
perform properly in subsequent
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
covered by the GM New Vehicle
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle
failure related to such parts is not
covered by that warranty.
Repair Facility
GM also recommends that you
choose a collision repair facility that
meets your needs before you ever
need collision repairs. Your dealer
may have a collision repair center
with GM-trained technicians and
state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be
able to recommend a collision repair
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Customer Information 13-9
center that has GM-trained
technicians and comparable
equipment.
Insuring the Vehicle
Protect your investment in the GM
vehicle with comprehensive and
collision insurance coverage. There
are significant differences in the
quality of coverage afforded by
various insurance policy terms.
Many insurance policies provide
reduced protection to the GM
vehicle by limiting compensation for
damage repairs through the use of
aftermarket collision parts. Some
insurance companies will not
specify aftermarket collision parts.
When purchasing insurance, we
recommend that you ensure that the
vehicle will be repaired with GM
original equipment collision parts.
If such insurance coverage is not
available from your current
insurance carrier, consider switching
to another insurance carrier.
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing
company may require you to have
insurance that ensures repairs with
Genuine GM Original Equipment
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
Genuine Manufacturer replacement
parts. Read the lease carefully, as
you may be charged at the end of
the lease for poor quality repairs.
If a Crash Occurs
If there has been an injury, call
emergency services for help. Do not
leave the scene of a crash until all
matters have been taken care of.
Move the vehicle only if its position
puts you in danger, or you are
instructed to move it by a police
officer.
Give only the necessary information
to police and other parties involved
in the crash.
For emergency towing see
Roadside Assistance Program on
page 13-5.
Gather the following information:
.Driver name, address, and
telephone number.
.Driver license number.
.Owner name, address, and
telephone number.
.Vehicle license plate number.
.Vehicle make, model, and
model year.
.Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
.Insurance company and policy
number.
.General description of the
damage to the other vehicle.
Choose a reputable repair facility
that uses quality replacement parts.
See “Collision Parts”earlier in this
section.
If the airbag has inflated, see What
Will You See after an Airbag
Inflates? on page 3-35.
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
13-10 Customer Information
Managing the Vehicle Damage
Repair Process
In the event that the vehicle requires
damage repairs, GM recommends
that you take an active role in its
repair. If you have a pre-determined
repair facility of choice, take the
vehicle there, or have it towed there.
Specify to the facility that any
required replacement collision parts
be original equipment parts, either
new Genuine GM parts or recycled
original GM parts. Remember,
recycled parts will not be covered by
the GM vehicle warranty.
Insurance pays the bill for the repair,
but you must live with the repair.
Depending on your policy limits,
your insurance company may
initially value the repair using
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with
the repair professional, and insist on
Genuine GM parts. Remember,
if the vehicle is leased, you may be
obligated to have the vehicle
repaired with Genuine GM parts,
even if your insurance coverage
does not pay the full cost.
If another party's insurance
company is paying for the repairs,
you are not obligated to accept a
repair valuation based on that
insurance company's collision policy
repair limits, as you have no
contractual limits with that company.
In such cases, you can have control
of the repair and parts choices as
long as the cost stays within
reasonable limits.
Service Publications
Ordering Information
Service Manuals
Service Manuals have the diagnosis
and repair information on the
engines, transmission, axle,
suspension, brakes, electrical,
steering, body, etc.
Service Bulletins
Service Bulletins give additional
technical service information
needed to knowledgeably service
General Motors cars and trucks.
Each bulletin contains instructions
to assist in the diagnosis and
service of the vehicle.
Owner Information
Owner publications are written
specifically for owners and intended
to provide basic operational
information about the vehicle. The
Owner Manual includes the
Maintenance Schedule for all
models.
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
Owner Manual, and Warranty
Manual.
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –
$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Customer Information 13-11
Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.
RETAIL SELL PRICE:
$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.
Current and Past Models
Technical Service Bulletins and
Manuals are available for current
and past model GM vehicles.
ORDER TOLL FREE:
1-800-551-4123 Monday –Friday
8:00 AM –6:00 PM Eastern Time
For Credit Card Orders Only
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.
Or write to:
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
Prices are subject to change without
notice and without incurring
obligation. Allow ample time for
delivery.
All listed prices are quoted in U.S.
funds. Make checks payable in U.S.
funds.
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID)
RFID technology is used in some
vehicles for functions such as tire
pressure monitoring and ignition
system security, as well as in
connection with conveniences such
as Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitters for remote door locking/
unlocking and starting, and
in-vehicle transmitters for garage
door openers. RFID technology in
GM vehicles does not use or record
personal information or link with any
other GM system containing
personal information.
Radio Frequency
Statement
This vehicle has systems that
operate on a radio frequency that
complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) rules and with
Industry Canada Standards
RSS-GEN/210/220/310.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. The device may not cause
harmful interference.
2. The device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation of the
device.
Changes or modifications to any of
these systems by other than an
authorized service facility could void
authorization to use this equipment.
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
13-12 Customer Information
Reporting Safety
Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
to the United States
Government
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could cause
a crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
General Motors.
If NHTSA receives similar
complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that
a safety defect exists in a group
of vehicles, it may order a recall
and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
To contact NHTSA, you may call
the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
http://www.safercar.gov; or
write to:
Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other
information about motor
vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
Reporting Safety Defects
to the Canadian
Government
If you live in Canada, and you
believe that the vehicle has a safety
defect, notify Transport Canada
immediately, and notify General
Motors of Canada Limited. Call
Transport Canada at
1-800-333-0510 or write to:
Transport Canada
Road Safety Branch
80 rue Noel
Gatineau , QC J8Z 0A1
Black plate (13,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
Customer Information 13-13
Reporting Safety Defects
to General Motors
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
Transport Canada) in a situation like
this, notify General Motors.
Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center
P.O. Box 33170
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
(English) or 1-800-263-7854
(French), or write:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Vehicle Data
Recording and
Privacy
The vehicle has a number of
computers that record information
about the vehicle’s performance and
how it is driven. For example, the
vehicle uses computer modules to
monitor and control engine and
transmission performance, to
monitor the conditions for airbag
deployment and deploy them in a
crash, and, if equipped, to provide
antilock braking to help the driver
control the vehicle. These modules
may store data to help the dealer
technician service the vehicle.
Some modules may also store data
about how the vehicle is operated,
such as rate of fuel consumption or
average speed. These modules may
retain personal preferences, such as
radio presets, seat positions, and
temperature settings.
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an
event data recorder (EDR). The
main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air
bag deployment or hitting a road
obstacle, data that will assist in
understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety
systems for a short period of time,
typically 30 seconds or less. The
EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
.How various systems in your
vehicle were operating;
.Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
.How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/
or brake pedal; and,
.How fast the vehicle was
traveling.
Black plate (14,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
13-14 Customer Information
These data can help provide a
better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and
injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are
recorded by your vehicle only if a
non-trivial crash situation occurs; no
data are recorded by the EDR under
normal driving conditions and no
personal data (e.g., name, gender,
age, and crash location) are
recorded. However, other parties,
such as law enforcement, could
combine the EDR data with the type
of personally identifying data
routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such as
law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
GM will not access this data or
share it with others except: with the
consent of the vehicle owner or,
if the vehicle is leased, with the
consent of the lessee; in response
to an official request by police or
similar government office; as part of
GM's defense of litigation through
the discovery process; or, as
required by law. Data that GM
collects or receives may also be
used for GM research needs or may
be made available to others for
research purposes, where a need is
shown and the data is not tied to a
specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
OnStar
®
If the vehicle is equipped with
OnStar
®
and has an active
subscription, additional data may be
collected through the OnStar
system. This includes information
about the vehicle’s operation;
collisions involving the vehicle; the
use of the vehicle and its features;
and, in certain situations, the
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
OnStar Terms and Conditions and
Privacy Statement on the OnStar
website.
Infotainment System
If the vehicle is equipped with a
navigation system as part of the
infotainment system, use of the
system may result in the storage of
destinations, addresses, telephone
numbers, and other trip information.
See the infotainment manual for
information on stored data and for
deletion instructions.
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
OnStar 14-1
OnStar
OnStar Overview
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
OnStar Services
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4
Vehicle Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . 14-6
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6
OnStar Overview
=Voice Command Button
QBlue OnStar Button
>Emergency Button
This vehicle may be equipped with a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to a live OnStar
Advisor for Emergency, Security,
Navigation, Connection, and
Diagnostic Services. OnStar
services may require a paid
subscription. OnStar requires the
vehicle battery and electrical
system, cellular service, and GPS
satellite signals to be available and
operating. OnStar acts as a link to
existing public emergency service
providers. OnStar may collect
information about you and your
vehicle, including location
information. See OnStar’s Terms
and Conditions and Privacy
Statement for more details including
system limitations at
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
The OnStar system status light is
next to the OnStar buttons. If the
status light is:
.Solid Green: System is on.
.Flashing Green: On a call.
.Red: Indicates a problem.
.Off: System is off. Press the blue
OnStar button twice to speak
with an OnStar Advisor.
Press Qor call 1-888-4-ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
Advisor.
Press =to:
.Make a call, end a call,
or answer an incoming call.
.Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
voice commands.
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
14-2 OnStar
.Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
Navigation voice commands.
Requires a specific OnStar
subscription plan.
.Obtain the WiFi network name,
or Service Set Identifier or SSID,
and passphrase (if equipped).
Press Qto connect to a live
Advisor to:
.Verify account information or
update contact information.
.Get driving directions. Requires
a specific OnStar
subscription plan..
.Receive On-Demand
Diagnostics for a check of the
vehicle’s key operating systems.
.Receive Roadside Assistance.
.Manage WiFi Settings (if
equipped).
Press >to get a priority connection
to an OnStar Emergency Advisor
available 24/7 to:
.Get help for an emergency.
.Be a Good Samaritan or
respond to an AMBER Alert.
.Get assistance in severe
weather or other crisis and
evacuation routes.
OnStar Services
Emergency
With Automatic Crash Response,
the OnStar system can
automatically connect to an OnStar
Emergency Advisor. The built-in
system can automatically connect to
help in certain crashes.
Press >to connect to an OnStar
Emergency Advisor. GPS
technology is used to identify the
vehicle location and can provide
important information to emergency
personnel. OnStar Emergency
Advisors are trained to provide
assistance and link to existing
public emergency service providers
in emergency situations.
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially
trained Crisis Advisors are available
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to
provide a central point of contact,
assistance, and information if a
crisis occurs.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
OnStar 14-3
Security
OnStar provides services including
Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Remote
Ignition Block, and Roadside
Assistance, if equipped. OnStar can
unlock the vehicle doors remotely,
if equipped with automatic door
locks, and can help police locate the
vehicle if it is stolen.
Navigation
OnStar navigation requires a
specific OnStar subscription plan.
Press Qto receive directions or
have them sent to the vehicle
navigation screen, if equipped.
Destinations can also be forwarded
to the vehicle from MapQuest.com.
Turn-by-Turn Navigation
1. Press Qto connect to a live
Advisor.
2. Request directions.
3. Directions are downloaded to the
vehicle.
4. Follow the voice-guided
commands.
Using Voice Commands
During a Planned Route
Cancel Route
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,”then a tone. Say
“Cancel route.”System
responds: “Do you want to
cancel directions?”
2. Say “Yes.”System responds:
“OK, request completed, thank
you, goodbye.”
Route Preview
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,”then a tone.
2. Say “Route preview.”System
responds with the next three
maneuvers.
Repeat
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,”then a tone.
2. Say “Repeat.”System responds
with the last direction given, then
responds with “OnStar ready,”
then a tone.
Get My Destination
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,”then a tone.
2. Say “Get my destination.”
System responds with the
address and the distance to the
destination, then responds with
“OnStar ready,”then a tone.
Other Navigation Services
Available from OnStar
OnStar eNav: Subscribers can
send destinations from
MapQuest.com to the vehicle
Turn-by-Turn Navigation or
screen-based navigation system (if
equipped). When ready, the
directions will be downloaded to the
vehicle.
Destination Download: Press Q,
then request the Advisor to
download directions to the
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
14-4 OnStar
navigation system in the vehicle (if
equipped). After the call ends, press
the “Go”button on the navigation
screen to begin driving directions.
If directions are downloaded to the
navigation system, the route can
only be canceled through the
navigation system.
Destinations can also be
downloaded on the go. For
information about eNav or
Destination Download, see
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Connections
The required specific Onstar
subscription plan includes the
services that follow to help
customers stay connected.
For coverage maps, see
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
WiFi Connectivity (If Equipped)
The vehicle has a WiFi hotspot that
provides a high-speed, wireless
Internet connection to connect
multiple mobile devices (data plan
required).
1. To retrieve WiFi hotspot
information, press =and select
or say “WiFi settings.”
2. The WiFi settings will display the
WiFi network name/SSID,
passphrase, and level of
encryption.
3. To change the SSID or
passphrase, press Qor call
1-888-4-ONSTAR to connect
with an Advisor.
OnStar RemoteLink
®
Mobile App
(If Equipped)
Download the OnStar RemoteLink
mobile app to select Apple
®
,
Android™, and BlackBerry
®
or
Windows 7 or 8 mobile devices.
From the mobile device, check the
vehicle’s fuel level, oil life, or tire
pressure (if the vehicle is equipped
with the tire pressure monitoring
system); or activate remote horn
and lights. Also remote start the
vehicle (if factory equipped) or
unlock the doors from anywhere
with a wireless connection (if
equipped with automatic locks).
With a required specific OnStar
subscription plan, a destination can
be sent to the vehicle. For OnStar
RemoteLink information and
compatibility, see www.onstar.com
(U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar RemoteLink
®
Key Fob
Services
This feature is included for five
years and allows for remote door
lock/unlock (if equipped with
automatic locks), remote start (if
factory equipped), or activation of
horn and lights from anywhere with
a wireless signal. Download the app
and start using it any time during the
trial period to get started.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
OnStar 14-5
OnStar Hands-Free Calling
This service allows calls to be made
and received from the vehicle.
To Make a Call
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “Call.”System responds:
“Call. Please say the name or
number to call.”
3. Say the entire number without
pausing, including a “1”and the
area code. System responds:
“OK calling.”
Calling 911 Emergency
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar Ready,”followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Call.”System responds:
“Call. Please say the name or
number to call.”
3. Say “911”without pausing.
System responds: “911.”
4. Say “Call.”System responds:
“OK, dialing 911.”
Retrieve My Number
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “My number.”System
responds: “Your OnStar
Hands-Free Calling number is,”
then says the number.
End a Call
Press =. System responds: “Call
ended.”
Store a Name Tag for Speed
Dialing
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “Store.”System responds:
“Please say the number you
would like to store.”
3. Say the entire number without
pausing. System responds:
“Please say the name tag.”
4. Pick a name tag. System
responds: “About to store <name
tag>. Does that sound OK?”
5. Say “Yes”or say “No”to try
again. System responds: “OK,
storing <name tag>.”
Place a Call Using a Stored
Number
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “Call <name tag>.”System
responds: “OK, calling
<name tag>.”
Verify Minutes and Expiration
Press =and say “Minutes”then
“Verify”to check how many minutes
remain and their expiration date.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
14-6 OnStar
Vehicle Diagnostics
OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics can
perform a vehicle check every
month. It will check the engine,
transmission, antilock brakes, and
other major vehicle systems. It also
checks the tire pressures, if the
vehicle is equipped with the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System. If an
On-Demand Diagnostics check is
needed, press Q, and an Advisor
can run a check.
OnStar Additional
Information
Transferring Service
Press Qto request account transfer
eligibility information. The Advisor
can assist in canceling or removing
account information.
Selling/Transferring the
Vehicle
Call 1-888-4-ONSTAR immediately
to terminate your OnStar services if
the vehicle is disposed of, sold,
transferred, or if the lease ends.
Reactivation for Subsequent
Owners
Press Qand follow the prompts to
speak to an Advisor as soon as
possible. The Advisor will update
vehicle records and explain the
OnStar service options available.
How OnStar Service Works
Automatic Crash Response,
Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle
Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock,
Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn
Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling
are available on most vehicles. Not
all OnStar services are available
everywhere or on all vehicles. For
more information, a full description
of OnStar services, system
limitations, and OnStar terms and
conditions:
.Call 1-888-4-ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827).
.See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
.See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
.Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.
.Press Qto speak with an
Advisor.
OnStar services cannot work unless
the vehicle is in a place where
OnStar has an agreement with a
wireless service provider for service
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
OnStar 14-7
in that area. The wireless service
provider must also have coverage,
network capacity, reception, and
technology compatible with OnStar
services. Service involving location
information about the vehicle cannot
work unless GPS signals are
available, unobstructed, and
compatible with the OnStar
hardware. OnStar services may not
work if the OnStar equipment is not
properly installed or it has not been
properly maintained. If equipment or
software is added, connected,
or modified, OnStar services may
not work. Other problems beyond
the control of OnStar may prevent
service such as hills, tall buildings,
tunnels, weather, electrical system
design and architecture of the
vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a
crash, or wireless phone network
congestion or jamming.
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13-11.
Services for People with
Disabilities
Advisors provide services to help
subscribers with physical disabilities
and medical conditions.
Press Qfor help with:
.Locating a gas station with an
attendant to pump gas.
.Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc.,
that meets accessibility needs.
.Providing directions to the
closest hospital or pharmacy in
urgent situations.
TTY Users
OnStar has the ability to
communicate to deaf,
hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
customers while in the vehicle. The
available dealer-installed TTY
system can provide in-vehicle
access to all of the OnStar services,
except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
OnStar Personal Identification
Number (PIN)
A PIN is needed to access some of
the OnStar services, like Remote
Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle
Assistance. The PIN will need to be
changed the first time when
speaking with an Advisor. To
change the OnStar PIN, contact an
OnStar Advisor by pressing Qor
calling 1-888-4-ONSTAR.
Warranty
OnStar equipment may be
warranted as part of the vehicle
warranty.
Languages
The vehicle can be programmed to
respond in multiple languages.
Press Qand ask for an Advisor.
Advisors are available in English,
Spanish, and French. Available
languages may vary by country.
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
14-8 OnStar
Potential Issues
OnStar cannot perform Remote
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
Assistance after the vehicle has
been off continuously for five days.
After five days, OnStar can contact
Roadside Assistance and a
locksmith to help gain access to the
vehicle.
Global Positioning
System (GPS)
.Obstruction of the GPS can
occur in a large city with tall
buildings; in parking garages;
around airports; in tunnels,
underpasses; or in an area with
very dense trees. If GPS signals
are not available, the OnStar
system should still operate to
call OnStar. However, OnStar
could have difficulty identifying
the exact location.
.In emergency situations, OnStar
can use the last stored GPS
location to send to emergency
responders.
A temporary loss of GPS can cause
loss of the ability to send a
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The
Advisor may give a verbal route or
may ask for a call back after the
vehicle is driven into an open area.
Cellular and GPS Antennas
Do not place items over or near the
antenna to prevent blocking cellular
and GPS signal reception. Cellular
reception is required for OnStar to
send remote signals to the vehicle.
Unable to Connect to OnStar
Message
If there is limited cellular coverage
or the cellular network has reached
maximum capacity, this message
may come on. Press Qto try the
call again or try again after driving a
few miles into another cellular area.
Vehicle and Power Issues
OnStar services require a vehicle
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
available and operating for features
to function properly. These systems
may not operate if the battery is
discharged or disconnected.
Add-on Electrical Equipment
The OnStar system is integrated
into the electrical architecture of the
vehicle. Do not add any electrical
equipment. See Add-On Electrical
Equipment on page 9-44. Added
electrical equipment may interfere
with the operation of the OnStar
system and cause it to not operate.
Privacy
The complete OnStar Privacy
Statement may be found at
www.onstar.com (U.S.),
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We
recommend that you review it. If you
have any questions, call
1-888-4-ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
or press Qto speak with an
Advisor. Users of wireless
communications are cautioned that
the privacy of any information sent
via wireless cellular communications
cannot be assured. Third parties
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
OnStar 14-9
may unlawfully intercept or access
transmissions and private
communications without consent.
OnStar - software
acknowledgements
Certain OnStar components include
libcurl and unzip software and other
third party software. Below are the
notices and licenses associated with
libcurl and unzip and for other third
party software please see http://
www.lg.com/global/support/
opensource/index and https://
www.onstar.com/web/portal/
getdocuments
libcurl:
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION
NOTICE
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel
Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>.
All rights reserved.
Permission to use, copy, modify,
and distribute this software for any
purpose with or without fee is
hereby granted, provided that the
above copyright notice and this
permission notice appear in all
copies.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
“AS IS,”WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice,
the name of a copyright holder shall
not be used in advertising or
otherwise to promote the sale, use
or other dealings in this Software
without prior written authorization of
the copyright holder.
unzip:
This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
Info-ZIP copyright and license. The
definitive version of this document
should be available at ftp://
ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/
license.html indefinitely.
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
rights reserved.
For the purposes of this copyright
and license, “Info-ZIP”is defined as
the following set of individuals:
Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,
Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed
Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris
Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,
Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,
Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
14-10 OnStar
Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,
Rich Wales, Mike White.
This software is provided “as is,”
without warranty of any kind,
express or implied. In no event shall
Info-ZIP or its contributors be held
liable for any direct, indirect,
incidental, special or consequential
damages arising out of the use of or
inability to use this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to
use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications,
and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following
restrictions:
1. Redistributions of source code
must retain the above copyright
notice, definition, disclaimer, and
this list of conditions.
2. Redistributions in binary form
(compiled executables) must
reproduce the above copyright
notice, definition, disclaimer, and
this list of conditions in
documentation and/or other
materials provided with the
distribution. The sole exception
to this condition is redistribution
of a standard UnZipSFX binary
(including SFXWiz) as part of a
self-extracting archive; that is
permitted without inclusion of
this license, as long as the
normal SFX banner has not
been removed from the binary or
disabled.
3. Altered versions–including, but
not limited to, ports to new
operating systems, existing ports
with new graphical interfaces,
and dynamic, shared, or static
library versions–must be plainly
marked as such and must not be
misrepresented as being the
original source. Such altered
versions also must not be
misrepresented as being
Info-ZIP releases–including, but
not limited to, labeling of the
altered versions with the names
“Info-ZIP”(or any variation
thereof, including, but not limited
to, different capitalizations),
“Pocket UnZip,” “WiZ”or
“MacZip”without the explicit
permission of Info-ZIP. Such
altered versions are further
prohibited from
misrepresentative use of the
Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
and “MacZip”for its own source
and binary releases.
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
INDEX i-1
A
About Driving the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . iv
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Add-On Electrical
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44
Additional Information
OnStar
®
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-6
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Adjustments
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-13
Air Filter, Passenger
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Airbag System
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-42
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34
Passenger Sensing
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34
Airbag System (cont'd)
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35
When Should an
Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . 3-32, 3-33
Where Are the
Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30, 3-31
Airbags
Adding Equipment to the
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-41
Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-12
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40
System Check . . . . . . . . . .3-26, 3-28
Alarm
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . 9-28, 10-26
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Antenna
Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-18
Antilock Brake
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Appearance Care
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78
Armrest
Front Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Rear Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12
Assistance Program,
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Audio
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-25
Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-18
Audio System
Fixed Mast Antenna . . . . . . . . . .7-18
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-17
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . . 7-2
Automatic
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Automatic Transmission
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25
Shift Lock Control
Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
i-2 INDEX
Auxiliary
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-24
B
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-27
Bluetooth
Overview . . . . . . . . . 7-26, 7-27, 7-36
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Brake
System Warning Light . . . . . . . .5-16
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 9-14
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal, and Parking
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-31
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
C
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Camera
Rear Vision (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . .9-38
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . iii
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Carbon Monoxide
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Cargo
Management System . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Cautions, Danger, and
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . 5-13
Check
Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Ignition
Transmission Lock . . . . . . . . 10-27
Child Restraints
Infants and Young
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-45
Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . .3-50
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-43
Securing . . . . . . . . . 3-57, 3-59,
3-61, 3-64
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-47
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Cleaning
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 8-1
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . 13-8
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 10-67
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
INDEX i-3
Compartments
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Computer, Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Connections
OnStar
®
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-4
Control
Traction and Electronic
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-31
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Coolant
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Engine Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Courtesy Transportation
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-3
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-4
Customer Information
Service Publications
Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-10
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
D
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . 13-8
Danger, Warnings, and
Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 13-13
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Descent Control
System (DCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
Devices
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-24
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Door
Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-4
Drive Systems
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . 9-28, 10-26
Driver Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Driving
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-21
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 9-7
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . .9-10
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Driving the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
i-4 INDEX
E
Electrical Equipment,
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44
Electrical System
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Fuses and Circuit
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
Emergency
OnStar
®
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
Engine
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Check and Service Engine
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-6
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Coolant Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . .12-4
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22
Engine (cont'd)
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-18
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11
Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Reduced Power Light . . . . . . . . .5-21
Running While Parked . . . . . . . .9-23
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-16
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 13-13
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1
F
Filter,
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 6-3
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82
Fluid
Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-13
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Fog Lamps
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Folding Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Frequency Statement
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-11
Front Fog Lamp
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Front Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Front Seats
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-41
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-43
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-41
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . .9-41
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . .5-21
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 10-68
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
INDEX i-5
Fuses
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Fuses and Circuit
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
G
Gauges
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Warning Lights and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
General Information
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-44
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
H
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 6-3
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Headlamps
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Daytime Running Lamps
(DRL) Indicator Light . . . . . . . .5-22
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-22
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .5-22
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Heater
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-18
Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 8-1
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 9-7
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . 9-31
Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
I
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Ignition Transmission Lock
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Indicator
Owner Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Infants and Young Children,
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Instrument Panel
Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 2-13
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
i-6 INDEX
J
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69
K
Keyless Entry
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . 2-3
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
L
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . 10-43
Lamps
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . 6-2
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Front Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal, and Parking
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-13
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . 3-15, 3-20
LATCH System
Replacing Parts after a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-57
LATCH, Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Lighting
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Lights
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-16
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Engine Coolant
Temperature Warning . . . . . . .5-19
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Lights (cont'd)
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Reduced Engine Power . . . . . .5-21
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 5-11
Service Vehicle Soon . . . . . . . . .5-16
StabiliTrak
®
OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak
®
. . . . . . . . . .5-19
Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Ultrasonic Parking Sensor . . . .5-18
Up-Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Warning, Power Steering . . . . .5-18
Link
Smartphone . . . . . . 7-45, 7-47, 7-49
Locks
Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 5-21
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
INDEX i-7
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
M
Maintenance
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-14
Maintenance and Care
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . 11-2
Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-11
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-13
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Messages
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Mirrors
Automatic Dimming
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Mirrors (cont'd)
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . 2-13
Monitor System, Tire
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49
Movies . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51, 7-55, 7-57
Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
N
Navigation
OnStar
®
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-3
Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
O
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Off-Road
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Oil
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . .10-11
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-43
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
OnStar
®
System, In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21
OnStar
®
Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6
OnStar
®
Connections . . . . . . . . . . 14-4
OnStar
®
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
OnStar
®
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3
OnStar
®
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
OnStar
®
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3
OnStar
®
Vehicle
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6
Operation, Infotainment
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Ordering
Service Publications . . . . . . . . 13-10
Outlets
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
i-8 INDEX
Overview,
Infotainment
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3, 7-5, 7-7
Owner Manual Indicator . . . . . . . 5-16
P
Park
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30
Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-27
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .9-22
Ultrasonic Sensor Light . . . . . . .5-18
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-36
Personalization
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Phone
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . 7-26, 7-27, 7-36
Hands-Free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-42
Pictures and
Movies . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51, 7-55, 7-57
Port
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-20
Power
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Reduced Engine Light . . . . . . . .5-21
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-19
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Power Steering Warning
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Pregnancy, Using Safety
Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . 13-13
Program
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . .13-7
R
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . . . 13-11
Radio Frequency
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-11
Radios
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-17
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-15
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-38
Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 5-4
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11
Records
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-14
Recreational Vehicle
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-72
Reduced Engine Power
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
INDEX i-9
Reimbursement Program,
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2, 2-3
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Replacement Parts
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-42
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-13
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 3-42
Replacing LATCH System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
Replacing Safety Belt
System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-25
Reporting Safety Defects
Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-12
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Restraints
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-49
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Roads
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23
S
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . .3-15, 3-20
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . .3-25
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .3-24
Safety Defects Reporting
Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-12
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . 13-6
Seats
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Folding Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-5
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 3-4
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Securing Child
Restraints . . . . . . . . 3-57, 3-59,
3-61, 3-64
Security
OnStar
®
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-3
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Service
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-3
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Maintenance Records . . . . . . .11-14
Maintenance, General
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
i-10 INDEX
Service (cont'd)
Publications Ordering
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-10
Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-6
Vehicle Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Services
Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Shift Lock Control Function
Check, Automatic
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Shifting
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20
Signals, Turn and
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Smartphone
Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45, 7-47, 7-49
Spare Tire
Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67
Special Application Services . . . 11-8
Specifications and
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
StabiliTrak
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Start Assist, Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Power, Warning Lights . . . . . . . .5-18
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Storage Areas
Cargo Management System . . . 4-2
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Sunglasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Underseat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Sunglass Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
System
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1, 13-14
Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
T
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . 2-11
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-68
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-50
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-49
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
Terminology and
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
INDEX i-11
Tires (cont'd)
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-60
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Towing
General Information . . . . . . . . . .9-44
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . 10-72
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71
Traction
Control System (TCS)/
StabiliTrak
®
Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
Trademarks and License
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
Transmission
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Transportation Program,
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
Triangle, Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Trip Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
U
Ultrasonic Parking Sensor
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
V
Vehicle
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Vehicle (cont'd)
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Service Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71
Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Vehicle Data Recording
and Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Vehicle Diagnostics
OnStar
®
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-6
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
W
Warning
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Warning Triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Cautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . .iv
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet TRAX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
7576294) - 2015 - crc - 5/8/14
i-12 INDEX
Wheels
Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-49
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Windshield
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-27
Wipers
Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

Navigation menu